1 |
1181 |
sfurman |
/* Ada language support routines for GDB, the GNU debugger. Copyright
|
2 |
|
|
1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
3 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
This file is part of GDB.
|
5 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
7 |
|
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
8 |
|
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
9 |
|
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
10 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
12 |
|
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
13 |
|
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
14 |
|
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
15 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
17 |
|
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
18 |
|
|
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
19 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
21 |
|
|
#include "gdb_string.h"
|
22 |
|
|
#include <ctype.h>
|
23 |
|
|
#include <stdarg.h>
|
24 |
|
|
#include "demangle.h"
|
25 |
|
|
#include "defs.h"
|
26 |
|
|
#include "symtab.h"
|
27 |
|
|
#include "gdbtypes.h"
|
28 |
|
|
#include "gdbcmd.h"
|
29 |
|
|
#include "expression.h"
|
30 |
|
|
#include "parser-defs.h"
|
31 |
|
|
#include "language.h"
|
32 |
|
|
#include "c-lang.h"
|
33 |
|
|
#include "inferior.h"
|
34 |
|
|
#include "symfile.h"
|
35 |
|
|
#include "objfiles.h"
|
36 |
|
|
#include "breakpoint.h"
|
37 |
|
|
#include "gdbcore.h"
|
38 |
|
|
#include "ada-lang.h"
|
39 |
|
|
#ifdef UI_OUT
|
40 |
|
|
#include "ui-out.h"
|
41 |
|
|
#endif
|
42 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
struct cleanup *unresolved_names;
|
44 |
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
void extract_string (CORE_ADDR addr, char *buf);
|
46 |
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
static struct type *ada_create_fundamental_type (struct objfile *, int);
|
48 |
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
static void modify_general_field (char *, LONGEST, int, int);
|
50 |
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
static struct type *desc_base_type (struct type *);
|
52 |
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
static struct type *desc_bounds_type (struct type *);
|
54 |
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
static struct value *desc_bounds (struct value *);
|
56 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type *);
|
58 |
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type *);
|
60 |
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
static struct type *desc_data_type (struct type *);
|
62 |
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
static struct value *desc_data (struct value *);
|
64 |
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
static int fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type *);
|
66 |
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
static int fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type *);
|
68 |
|
|
|
69 |
|
|
static struct value *desc_one_bound (struct value *, int, int);
|
70 |
|
|
|
71 |
|
|
static int desc_bound_bitpos (struct type *, int, int);
|
72 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
|
static int desc_bound_bitsize (struct type *, int, int);
|
74 |
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
static struct type *desc_index_type (struct type *, int);
|
76 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
static int desc_arity (struct type *);
|
78 |
|
|
|
79 |
|
|
static int ada_type_match (struct type *, struct type *, int);
|
80 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
static int ada_args_match (struct symbol *, struct value **, int);
|
82 |
|
|
|
83 |
|
|
static struct value *place_on_stack (struct value *, CORE_ADDR *);
|
84 |
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
static struct value *convert_actual (struct value *, struct type *,
|
86 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR *);
|
87 |
|
|
|
88 |
|
|
static struct value *make_array_descriptor (struct type *, struct value *,
|
89 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR *);
|
90 |
|
|
|
91 |
|
|
static void ada_add_block_symbols (struct block *, const char *,
|
92 |
|
|
namespace_enum, struct objfile *, int);
|
93 |
|
|
|
94 |
|
|
static void fill_in_ada_prototype (struct symbol *);
|
95 |
|
|
|
96 |
|
|
static int is_nonfunction (struct symbol **, int);
|
97 |
|
|
|
98 |
|
|
static void add_defn_to_vec (struct symbol *, struct block *);
|
99 |
|
|
|
100 |
|
|
static struct partial_symbol *ada_lookup_partial_symbol (struct partial_symtab
|
101 |
|
|
*, const char *, int,
|
102 |
|
|
namespace_enum, int);
|
103 |
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
static struct symtab *symtab_for_sym (struct symbol *);
|
105 |
|
|
|
106 |
|
|
static struct value *ada_resolve_subexp (struct expression **, int *, int,
|
107 |
|
|
struct type *);
|
108 |
|
|
|
109 |
|
|
static void replace_operator_with_call (struct expression **, int, int, int,
|
110 |
|
|
struct symbol *, struct block *);
|
111 |
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
static int possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode, struct value **);
|
113 |
|
|
|
114 |
|
|
static const char *ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode);
|
115 |
|
|
|
116 |
|
|
static int numeric_type_p (struct type *);
|
117 |
|
|
|
118 |
|
|
static int integer_type_p (struct type *);
|
119 |
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
static int scalar_type_p (struct type *);
|
121 |
|
|
|
122 |
|
|
static int discrete_type_p (struct type *);
|
123 |
|
|
|
124 |
|
|
static char *extended_canonical_line_spec (struct symtab_and_line,
|
125 |
|
|
const char *);
|
126 |
|
|
|
127 |
|
|
static struct value *evaluate_subexp (struct type *, struct expression *,
|
128 |
|
|
int *, enum noside);
|
129 |
|
|
|
130 |
|
|
static struct value *evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression *, int *);
|
131 |
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
static struct type *ada_create_fundamental_type (struct objfile *, int);
|
133 |
|
|
|
134 |
|
|
static int is_dynamic_field (struct type *, int);
|
135 |
|
|
|
136 |
|
|
static struct type *to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type *, char *,
|
137 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR, struct value *);
|
138 |
|
|
|
139 |
|
|
static struct type *to_fixed_range_type (char *, struct value *,
|
140 |
|
|
struct objfile *);
|
141 |
|
|
|
142 |
|
|
static struct type *to_static_fixed_type (struct type *);
|
143 |
|
|
|
144 |
|
|
static struct value *unwrap_value (struct value *);
|
145 |
|
|
|
146 |
|
|
static struct type *packed_array_type (struct type *, long *);
|
147 |
|
|
|
148 |
|
|
static struct type *decode_packed_array_type (struct type *);
|
149 |
|
|
|
150 |
|
|
static struct value *decode_packed_array (struct value *);
|
151 |
|
|
|
152 |
|
|
static struct value *value_subscript_packed (struct value *, int,
|
153 |
|
|
struct value **);
|
154 |
|
|
|
155 |
|
|
static struct value *coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value *, long,
|
156 |
|
|
struct type *);
|
157 |
|
|
|
158 |
|
|
static struct value *get_var_value (char *, char *);
|
159 |
|
|
|
160 |
|
|
static int lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol *, struct symbol *);
|
161 |
|
|
|
162 |
|
|
static int equiv_types (struct type *, struct type *);
|
163 |
|
|
|
164 |
|
|
static int is_name_suffix (const char *);
|
165 |
|
|
|
166 |
|
|
static int wild_match (const char *, int, const char *);
|
167 |
|
|
|
168 |
|
|
static struct symtabs_and_lines find_sal_from_funcs_and_line (const char *,
|
169 |
|
|
int,
|
170 |
|
|
struct symbol
|
171 |
|
|
**, int);
|
172 |
|
|
|
173 |
|
|
static int find_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *, int, struct symbol **,
|
174 |
|
|
int, int *);
|
175 |
|
|
|
176 |
|
|
static int find_next_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *, int, int, int);
|
177 |
|
|
|
178 |
|
|
static struct symtabs_and_lines all_sals_for_line (const char *, int,
|
179 |
|
|
char ***);
|
180 |
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
static void read_all_symtabs (const char *);
|
182 |
|
|
|
183 |
|
|
static int is_plausible_func_for_line (struct symbol *, int);
|
184 |
|
|
|
185 |
|
|
static struct value *ada_coerce_ref (struct value *);
|
186 |
|
|
|
187 |
|
|
static struct value *value_pos_atr (struct value *);
|
188 |
|
|
|
189 |
|
|
static struct value *value_val_atr (struct type *, struct value *);
|
190 |
|
|
|
191 |
|
|
static struct symbol *standard_lookup (const char *, namespace_enum);
|
192 |
|
|
|
193 |
|
|
extern void markTimeStart (int index);
|
194 |
|
|
extern void markTimeStop (int index);
|
195 |
|
|
|
196 |
|
|
|
197 |
|
|
|
198 |
|
|
/* Maximum-sized dynamic type. */
|
199 |
|
|
static unsigned int varsize_limit;
|
200 |
|
|
|
201 |
|
|
static const char *ada_completer_word_break_characters =
|
202 |
|
|
" \t\n!@#$%^&*()+=|~`}{[]\";:?/,-";
|
203 |
|
|
|
204 |
|
|
/* The name of the symbol to use to get the name of the main subprogram */
|
205 |
|
|
#define ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME "__gnat_ada_main_program_name"
|
206 |
|
|
|
207 |
|
|
/* Utilities */
|
208 |
|
|
|
209 |
|
|
/* extract_string
|
210 |
|
|
*
|
211 |
|
|
* read the string located at ADDR from the inferior and store the
|
212 |
|
|
* result into BUF
|
213 |
|
|
*/
|
214 |
|
|
void
|
215 |
|
|
extract_string (CORE_ADDR addr, char *buf)
|
216 |
|
|
{
|
217 |
|
|
int char_index = 0;
|
218 |
|
|
|
219 |
|
|
/* Loop, reading one byte at a time, until we reach the '\000'
|
220 |
|
|
end-of-string marker */
|
221 |
|
|
do
|
222 |
|
|
{
|
223 |
|
|
target_read_memory (addr + char_index * sizeof (char),
|
224 |
|
|
buf + char_index * sizeof (char), sizeof (char));
|
225 |
|
|
char_index++;
|
226 |
|
|
}
|
227 |
|
|
while (buf[char_index - 1] != '\000');
|
228 |
|
|
}
|
229 |
|
|
|
230 |
|
|
/* Assuming *OLD_VECT points to an array of *SIZE objects of size
|
231 |
|
|
ELEMENT_SIZE, grow it to contain at least MIN_SIZE objects,
|
232 |
|
|
updating *OLD_VECT and *SIZE as necessary. */
|
233 |
|
|
|
234 |
|
|
void
|
235 |
|
|
grow_vect (void **old_vect, size_t * size, size_t min_size, int element_size)
|
236 |
|
|
{
|
237 |
|
|
if (*size < min_size)
|
238 |
|
|
{
|
239 |
|
|
*size *= 2;
|
240 |
|
|
if (*size < min_size)
|
241 |
|
|
*size = min_size;
|
242 |
|
|
*old_vect = xrealloc (*old_vect, *size * element_size);
|
243 |
|
|
}
|
244 |
|
|
}
|
245 |
|
|
|
246 |
|
|
/* True (non-zero) iff TARGET matches FIELD_NAME up to any trailing
|
247 |
|
|
suffix of FIELD_NAME beginning "___" */
|
248 |
|
|
|
249 |
|
|
static int
|
250 |
|
|
field_name_match (const char *field_name, const char *target)
|
251 |
|
|
{
|
252 |
|
|
int len = strlen (target);
|
253 |
|
|
return
|
254 |
|
|
STREQN (field_name, target, len)
|
255 |
|
|
&& (field_name[len] == '\0'
|
256 |
|
|
|| (STREQN (field_name + len, "___", 3)
|
257 |
|
|
&& !STREQ (field_name + strlen (field_name) - 6, "___XVN")));
|
258 |
|
|
}
|
259 |
|
|
|
260 |
|
|
|
261 |
|
|
/* The length of the prefix of NAME prior to any "___" suffix. */
|
262 |
|
|
|
263 |
|
|
int
|
264 |
|
|
ada_name_prefix_len (const char *name)
|
265 |
|
|
{
|
266 |
|
|
if (name == NULL)
|
267 |
|
|
return 0;
|
268 |
|
|
else
|
269 |
|
|
{
|
270 |
|
|
const char *p = strstr (name, "___");
|
271 |
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
272 |
|
|
return strlen (name);
|
273 |
|
|
else
|
274 |
|
|
return p - name;
|
275 |
|
|
}
|
276 |
|
|
}
|
277 |
|
|
|
278 |
|
|
/* SUFFIX is a suffix of STR. False if STR is null. */
|
279 |
|
|
static int
|
280 |
|
|
is_suffix (const char *str, const char *suffix)
|
281 |
|
|
{
|
282 |
|
|
int len1, len2;
|
283 |
|
|
if (str == NULL)
|
284 |
|
|
return 0;
|
285 |
|
|
len1 = strlen (str);
|
286 |
|
|
len2 = strlen (suffix);
|
287 |
|
|
return (len1 >= len2 && STREQ (str + len1 - len2, suffix));
|
288 |
|
|
}
|
289 |
|
|
|
290 |
|
|
/* Create a value of type TYPE whose contents come from VALADDR, if it
|
291 |
|
|
* is non-null, and whose memory address (in the inferior) is
|
292 |
|
|
* ADDRESS. */
|
293 |
|
|
struct value *
|
294 |
|
|
value_from_contents_and_address (struct type *type, char *valaddr,
|
295 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR address)
|
296 |
|
|
{
|
297 |
|
|
struct value *v = allocate_value (type);
|
298 |
|
|
if (valaddr == NULL)
|
299 |
|
|
VALUE_LAZY (v) = 1;
|
300 |
|
|
else
|
301 |
|
|
memcpy (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (v), valaddr, TYPE_LENGTH (type));
|
302 |
|
|
VALUE_ADDRESS (v) = address;
|
303 |
|
|
if (address != 0)
|
304 |
|
|
VALUE_LVAL (v) = lval_memory;
|
305 |
|
|
return v;
|
306 |
|
|
}
|
307 |
|
|
|
308 |
|
|
/* The contents of value VAL, beginning at offset OFFSET, treated as a
|
309 |
|
|
value of type TYPE. The result is an lval in memory if VAL is. */
|
310 |
|
|
|
311 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
312 |
|
|
coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value *val, long offset, struct type *type)
|
313 |
|
|
{
|
314 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
|
315 |
|
|
if (VALUE_LVAL (val) == lval_memory)
|
316 |
|
|
return value_at_lazy (type,
|
317 |
|
|
VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val) + offset,
|
318 |
|
|
NULL);
|
319 |
|
|
else
|
320 |
|
|
{
|
321 |
|
|
struct value *result = allocate_value (type);
|
322 |
|
|
VALUE_LVAL (result) = not_lval;
|
323 |
|
|
if (VALUE_ADDRESS (val) == 0)
|
324 |
|
|
memcpy (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (result), VALUE_CONTENTS (val) + offset,
|
325 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (type) > TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (val))
|
326 |
|
|
? TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (val)) : TYPE_LENGTH (type));
|
327 |
|
|
else
|
328 |
|
|
{
|
329 |
|
|
VALUE_ADDRESS (result) =
|
330 |
|
|
VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val) + offset;
|
331 |
|
|
VALUE_LAZY (result) = 1;
|
332 |
|
|
}
|
333 |
|
|
return result;
|
334 |
|
|
}
|
335 |
|
|
}
|
336 |
|
|
|
337 |
|
|
static char *
|
338 |
|
|
cond_offset_host (char *valaddr, long offset)
|
339 |
|
|
{
|
340 |
|
|
if (valaddr == NULL)
|
341 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
342 |
|
|
else
|
343 |
|
|
return valaddr + offset;
|
344 |
|
|
}
|
345 |
|
|
|
346 |
|
|
static CORE_ADDR
|
347 |
|
|
cond_offset_target (CORE_ADDR address, long offset)
|
348 |
|
|
{
|
349 |
|
|
if (address == 0)
|
350 |
|
|
return 0;
|
351 |
|
|
else
|
352 |
|
|
return address + offset;
|
353 |
|
|
}
|
354 |
|
|
|
355 |
|
|
/* Perform execute_command on the result of concatenating all
|
356 |
|
|
arguments up to NULL. */
|
357 |
|
|
static void
|
358 |
|
|
do_command (const char *arg, ...)
|
359 |
|
|
{
|
360 |
|
|
int len;
|
361 |
|
|
char *cmd;
|
362 |
|
|
const char *s;
|
363 |
|
|
va_list ap;
|
364 |
|
|
|
365 |
|
|
va_start (ap, arg);
|
366 |
|
|
len = 0;
|
367 |
|
|
s = arg;
|
368 |
|
|
cmd = "";
|
369 |
|
|
for (; s != NULL; s = va_arg (ap, const char *))
|
370 |
|
|
{
|
371 |
|
|
char *cmd1;
|
372 |
|
|
len += strlen (s);
|
373 |
|
|
cmd1 = alloca (len + 1);
|
374 |
|
|
strcpy (cmd1, cmd);
|
375 |
|
|
strcat (cmd1, s);
|
376 |
|
|
cmd = cmd1;
|
377 |
|
|
}
|
378 |
|
|
va_end (ap);
|
379 |
|
|
execute_command (cmd, 0);
|
380 |
|
|
}
|
381 |
|
|
|
382 |
|
|
|
383 |
|
|
/* Language Selection */
|
384 |
|
|
|
385 |
|
|
/* If the main program is in Ada, return language_ada, otherwise return LANG
|
386 |
|
|
(the main program is in Ada iif the adainit symbol is found).
|
387 |
|
|
|
388 |
|
|
MAIN_PST is not used. */
|
389 |
|
|
|
390 |
|
|
enum language
|
391 |
|
|
ada_update_initial_language (enum language lang,
|
392 |
|
|
struct partial_symtab *main_pst)
|
393 |
|
|
{
|
394 |
|
|
if (lookup_minimal_symbol ("adainit", (const char *) NULL,
|
395 |
|
|
(struct objfile *) NULL) != NULL)
|
396 |
|
|
/* return language_ada; */
|
397 |
|
|
/* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */
|
398 |
|
|
return language_unknown;
|
399 |
|
|
|
400 |
|
|
return lang;
|
401 |
|
|
}
|
402 |
|
|
|
403 |
|
|
|
404 |
|
|
/* Symbols */
|
405 |
|
|
|
406 |
|
|
/* Table of Ada operators and their GNAT-mangled names. Last entry is pair
|
407 |
|
|
of NULLs. */
|
408 |
|
|
|
409 |
|
|
const struct ada_opname_map ada_opname_table[] = {
|
410 |
|
|
{"Oadd", "\"+\"", BINOP_ADD},
|
411 |
|
|
{"Osubtract", "\"-\"", BINOP_SUB},
|
412 |
|
|
{"Omultiply", "\"*\"", BINOP_MUL},
|
413 |
|
|
{"Odivide", "\"/\"", BINOP_DIV},
|
414 |
|
|
{"Omod", "\"mod\"", BINOP_MOD},
|
415 |
|
|
{"Orem", "\"rem\"", BINOP_REM},
|
416 |
|
|
{"Oexpon", "\"**\"", BINOP_EXP},
|
417 |
|
|
{"Olt", "\"<\"", BINOP_LESS},
|
418 |
|
|
{"Ole", "\"<=\"", BINOP_LEQ},
|
419 |
|
|
{"Ogt", "\">\"", BINOP_GTR},
|
420 |
|
|
{"Oge", "\">=\"", BINOP_GEQ},
|
421 |
|
|
{"Oeq", "\"=\"", BINOP_EQUAL},
|
422 |
|
|
{"One", "\"/=\"", BINOP_NOTEQUAL},
|
423 |
|
|
{"Oand", "\"and\"", BINOP_BITWISE_AND},
|
424 |
|
|
{"Oor", "\"or\"", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR},
|
425 |
|
|
{"Oxor", "\"xor\"", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR},
|
426 |
|
|
{"Oconcat", "\"&\"", BINOP_CONCAT},
|
427 |
|
|
{"Oabs", "\"abs\"", UNOP_ABS},
|
428 |
|
|
{"Onot", "\"not\"", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT},
|
429 |
|
|
{"Oadd", "\"+\"", UNOP_PLUS},
|
430 |
|
|
{"Osubtract", "\"-\"", UNOP_NEG},
|
431 |
|
|
{NULL, NULL}
|
432 |
|
|
};
|
433 |
|
|
|
434 |
|
|
/* True if STR should be suppressed in info listings. */
|
435 |
|
|
static int
|
436 |
|
|
is_suppressed_name (const char *str)
|
437 |
|
|
{
|
438 |
|
|
if (STREQN (str, "_ada_", 5))
|
439 |
|
|
str += 5;
|
440 |
|
|
if (str[0] == '_' || str[0] == '\000')
|
441 |
|
|
return 1;
|
442 |
|
|
else
|
443 |
|
|
{
|
444 |
|
|
const char *p;
|
445 |
|
|
const char *suffix = strstr (str, "___");
|
446 |
|
|
if (suffix != NULL && suffix[3] != 'X')
|
447 |
|
|
return 1;
|
448 |
|
|
if (suffix == NULL)
|
449 |
|
|
suffix = str + strlen (str);
|
450 |
|
|
for (p = suffix - 1; p != str; p -= 1)
|
451 |
|
|
if (isupper (*p))
|
452 |
|
|
{
|
453 |
|
|
int i;
|
454 |
|
|
if (p[0] == 'X' && p[-1] != '_')
|
455 |
|
|
goto OK;
|
456 |
|
|
if (*p != 'O')
|
457 |
|
|
return 1;
|
458 |
|
|
for (i = 0; ada_opname_table[i].mangled != NULL; i += 1)
|
459 |
|
|
if (STREQN (ada_opname_table[i].mangled, p,
|
460 |
|
|
strlen (ada_opname_table[i].mangled)))
|
461 |
|
|
goto OK;
|
462 |
|
|
return 1;
|
463 |
|
|
OK:;
|
464 |
|
|
}
|
465 |
|
|
return 0;
|
466 |
|
|
}
|
467 |
|
|
}
|
468 |
|
|
|
469 |
|
|
/* The "mangled" form of DEMANGLED, according to GNAT conventions.
|
470 |
|
|
* The result is valid until the next call to ada_mangle. */
|
471 |
|
|
char *
|
472 |
|
|
ada_mangle (const char *demangled)
|
473 |
|
|
{
|
474 |
|
|
static char *mangling_buffer = NULL;
|
475 |
|
|
static size_t mangling_buffer_size = 0;
|
476 |
|
|
const char *p;
|
477 |
|
|
int k;
|
478 |
|
|
|
479 |
|
|
if (demangled == NULL)
|
480 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
481 |
|
|
|
482 |
|
|
GROW_VECT (mangling_buffer, mangling_buffer_size,
|
483 |
|
|
2 * strlen (demangled) + 10);
|
484 |
|
|
|
485 |
|
|
k = 0;
|
486 |
|
|
for (p = demangled; *p != '\0'; p += 1)
|
487 |
|
|
{
|
488 |
|
|
if (*p == '.')
|
489 |
|
|
{
|
490 |
|
|
mangling_buffer[k] = mangling_buffer[k + 1] = '_';
|
491 |
|
|
k += 2;
|
492 |
|
|
}
|
493 |
|
|
else if (*p == '"')
|
494 |
|
|
{
|
495 |
|
|
const struct ada_opname_map *mapping;
|
496 |
|
|
|
497 |
|
|
for (mapping = ada_opname_table;
|
498 |
|
|
mapping->mangled != NULL &&
|
499 |
|
|
!STREQN (mapping->demangled, p, strlen (mapping->demangled));
|
500 |
|
|
p += 1)
|
501 |
|
|
;
|
502 |
|
|
if (mapping->mangled == NULL)
|
503 |
|
|
error ("invalid Ada operator name: %s", p);
|
504 |
|
|
strcpy (mangling_buffer + k, mapping->mangled);
|
505 |
|
|
k += strlen (mapping->mangled);
|
506 |
|
|
break;
|
507 |
|
|
}
|
508 |
|
|
else
|
509 |
|
|
{
|
510 |
|
|
mangling_buffer[k] = *p;
|
511 |
|
|
k += 1;
|
512 |
|
|
}
|
513 |
|
|
}
|
514 |
|
|
|
515 |
|
|
mangling_buffer[k] = '\0';
|
516 |
|
|
return mangling_buffer;
|
517 |
|
|
}
|
518 |
|
|
|
519 |
|
|
/* Return NAME folded to lower case, or, if surrounded by single
|
520 |
|
|
* quotes, unfolded, but with the quotes stripped away. Result good
|
521 |
|
|
* to next call. */
|
522 |
|
|
char *
|
523 |
|
|
ada_fold_name (const char *name)
|
524 |
|
|
{
|
525 |
|
|
static char *fold_buffer = NULL;
|
526 |
|
|
static size_t fold_buffer_size = 0;
|
527 |
|
|
|
528 |
|
|
int len = strlen (name);
|
529 |
|
|
GROW_VECT (fold_buffer, fold_buffer_size, len + 1);
|
530 |
|
|
|
531 |
|
|
if (name[0] == '\'')
|
532 |
|
|
{
|
533 |
|
|
strncpy (fold_buffer, name + 1, len - 2);
|
534 |
|
|
fold_buffer[len - 2] = '\000';
|
535 |
|
|
}
|
536 |
|
|
else
|
537 |
|
|
{
|
538 |
|
|
int i;
|
539 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i <= len; i += 1)
|
540 |
|
|
fold_buffer[i] = tolower (name[i]);
|
541 |
|
|
}
|
542 |
|
|
|
543 |
|
|
return fold_buffer;
|
544 |
|
|
}
|
545 |
|
|
|
546 |
|
|
/* Demangle:
|
547 |
|
|
1. Discard final __{DIGIT}+ or ${DIGIT}+
|
548 |
|
|
2. Convert other instances of embedded "__" to `.'.
|
549 |
|
|
3. Discard leading _ada_.
|
550 |
|
|
4. Convert operator names to the appropriate quoted symbols.
|
551 |
|
|
5. Remove everything after first ___ if it is followed by
|
552 |
|
|
'X'.
|
553 |
|
|
6. Replace TK__ with __, and a trailing B or TKB with nothing.
|
554 |
|
|
7. Put symbols that should be suppressed in <...> brackets.
|
555 |
|
|
8. Remove trailing X[bn]* suffix (indicating names in package bodies).
|
556 |
|
|
The resulting string is valid until the next call of ada_demangle.
|
557 |
|
|
*/
|
558 |
|
|
|
559 |
|
|
char *
|
560 |
|
|
ada_demangle (const char *mangled)
|
561 |
|
|
{
|
562 |
|
|
int i, j;
|
563 |
|
|
int len0;
|
564 |
|
|
const char *p;
|
565 |
|
|
char *demangled;
|
566 |
|
|
int at_start_name;
|
567 |
|
|
static char *demangling_buffer = NULL;
|
568 |
|
|
static size_t demangling_buffer_size = 0;
|
569 |
|
|
|
570 |
|
|
if (STREQN (mangled, "_ada_", 5))
|
571 |
|
|
mangled += 5;
|
572 |
|
|
|
573 |
|
|
if (mangled[0] == '_' || mangled[0] == '<')
|
574 |
|
|
goto Suppress;
|
575 |
|
|
|
576 |
|
|
p = strstr (mangled, "___");
|
577 |
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
578 |
|
|
len0 = strlen (mangled);
|
579 |
|
|
else
|
580 |
|
|
{
|
581 |
|
|
if (p[3] == 'X')
|
582 |
|
|
len0 = p - mangled;
|
583 |
|
|
else
|
584 |
|
|
goto Suppress;
|
585 |
|
|
}
|
586 |
|
|
if (len0 > 3 && STREQ (mangled + len0 - 3, "TKB"))
|
587 |
|
|
len0 -= 3;
|
588 |
|
|
if (len0 > 1 && STREQ (mangled + len0 - 1, "B"))
|
589 |
|
|
len0 -= 1;
|
590 |
|
|
|
591 |
|
|
/* Make demangled big enough for possible expansion by operator name. */
|
592 |
|
|
GROW_VECT (demangling_buffer, demangling_buffer_size, 2 * len0 + 1);
|
593 |
|
|
demangled = demangling_buffer;
|
594 |
|
|
|
595 |
|
|
if (isdigit (mangled[len0 - 1]))
|
596 |
|
|
{
|
597 |
|
|
for (i = len0 - 2; i >= 0 && isdigit (mangled[i]); i -= 1)
|
598 |
|
|
;
|
599 |
|
|
if (i > 1 && mangled[i] == '_' && mangled[i - 1] == '_')
|
600 |
|
|
len0 = i - 1;
|
601 |
|
|
else if (mangled[i] == '$')
|
602 |
|
|
len0 = i;
|
603 |
|
|
}
|
604 |
|
|
|
605 |
|
|
for (i = 0, j = 0; i < len0 && !isalpha (mangled[i]); i += 1, j += 1)
|
606 |
|
|
demangled[j] = mangled[i];
|
607 |
|
|
|
608 |
|
|
at_start_name = 1;
|
609 |
|
|
while (i < len0)
|
610 |
|
|
{
|
611 |
|
|
if (at_start_name && mangled[i] == 'O')
|
612 |
|
|
{
|
613 |
|
|
int k;
|
614 |
|
|
for (k = 0; ada_opname_table[k].mangled != NULL; k += 1)
|
615 |
|
|
{
|
616 |
|
|
int op_len = strlen (ada_opname_table[k].mangled);
|
617 |
|
|
if (STREQN
|
618 |
|
|
(ada_opname_table[k].mangled + 1, mangled + i + 1,
|
619 |
|
|
op_len - 1) && !isalnum (mangled[i + op_len]))
|
620 |
|
|
{
|
621 |
|
|
strcpy (demangled + j, ada_opname_table[k].demangled);
|
622 |
|
|
at_start_name = 0;
|
623 |
|
|
i += op_len;
|
624 |
|
|
j += strlen (ada_opname_table[k].demangled);
|
625 |
|
|
break;
|
626 |
|
|
}
|
627 |
|
|
}
|
628 |
|
|
if (ada_opname_table[k].mangled != NULL)
|
629 |
|
|
continue;
|
630 |
|
|
}
|
631 |
|
|
at_start_name = 0;
|
632 |
|
|
|
633 |
|
|
if (i < len0 - 4 && STREQN (mangled + i, "TK__", 4))
|
634 |
|
|
i += 2;
|
635 |
|
|
if (mangled[i] == 'X' && i != 0 && isalnum (mangled[i - 1]))
|
636 |
|
|
{
|
637 |
|
|
do
|
638 |
|
|
i += 1;
|
639 |
|
|
while (i < len0 && (mangled[i] == 'b' || mangled[i] == 'n'));
|
640 |
|
|
if (i < len0)
|
641 |
|
|
goto Suppress;
|
642 |
|
|
}
|
643 |
|
|
else if (i < len0 - 2 && mangled[i] == '_' && mangled[i + 1] == '_')
|
644 |
|
|
{
|
645 |
|
|
demangled[j] = '.';
|
646 |
|
|
at_start_name = 1;
|
647 |
|
|
i += 2;
|
648 |
|
|
j += 1;
|
649 |
|
|
}
|
650 |
|
|
else
|
651 |
|
|
{
|
652 |
|
|
demangled[j] = mangled[i];
|
653 |
|
|
i += 1;
|
654 |
|
|
j += 1;
|
655 |
|
|
}
|
656 |
|
|
}
|
657 |
|
|
demangled[j] = '\000';
|
658 |
|
|
|
659 |
|
|
for (i = 0; demangled[i] != '\0'; i += 1)
|
660 |
|
|
if (isupper (demangled[i]) || demangled[i] == ' ')
|
661 |
|
|
goto Suppress;
|
662 |
|
|
|
663 |
|
|
return demangled;
|
664 |
|
|
|
665 |
|
|
Suppress:
|
666 |
|
|
GROW_VECT (demangling_buffer, demangling_buffer_size, strlen (mangled) + 3);
|
667 |
|
|
demangled = demangling_buffer;
|
668 |
|
|
if (mangled[0] == '<')
|
669 |
|
|
strcpy (demangled, mangled);
|
670 |
|
|
else
|
671 |
|
|
sprintf (demangled, "<%s>", mangled);
|
672 |
|
|
return demangled;
|
673 |
|
|
|
674 |
|
|
}
|
675 |
|
|
|
676 |
|
|
/* Returns non-zero iff SYM_NAME matches NAME, ignoring any trailing
|
677 |
|
|
* suffixes that encode debugging information or leading _ada_ on
|
678 |
|
|
* SYM_NAME (see is_name_suffix commentary for the debugging
|
679 |
|
|
* information that is ignored). If WILD, then NAME need only match a
|
680 |
|
|
* suffix of SYM_NAME minus the same suffixes. Also returns 0 if
|
681 |
|
|
* either argument is NULL. */
|
682 |
|
|
|
683 |
|
|
int
|
684 |
|
|
ada_match_name (const char *sym_name, const char *name, int wild)
|
685 |
|
|
{
|
686 |
|
|
if (sym_name == NULL || name == NULL)
|
687 |
|
|
return 0;
|
688 |
|
|
else if (wild)
|
689 |
|
|
return wild_match (name, strlen (name), sym_name);
|
690 |
|
|
else
|
691 |
|
|
{
|
692 |
|
|
int len_name = strlen (name);
|
693 |
|
|
return (STREQN (sym_name, name, len_name)
|
694 |
|
|
&& is_name_suffix (sym_name + len_name))
|
695 |
|
|
|| (STREQN (sym_name, "_ada_", 5)
|
696 |
|
|
&& STREQN (sym_name + 5, name, len_name)
|
697 |
|
|
&& is_name_suffix (sym_name + len_name + 5));
|
698 |
|
|
}
|
699 |
|
|
}
|
700 |
|
|
|
701 |
|
|
/* True (non-zero) iff in Ada mode, the symbol SYM should be
|
702 |
|
|
suppressed in info listings. */
|
703 |
|
|
|
704 |
|
|
int
|
705 |
|
|
ada_suppress_symbol_printing (struct symbol *sym)
|
706 |
|
|
{
|
707 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) == STRUCT_NAMESPACE)
|
708 |
|
|
return 1;
|
709 |
|
|
else
|
710 |
|
|
return is_suppressed_name (SYMBOL_NAME (sym));
|
711 |
|
|
}
|
712 |
|
|
|
713 |
|
|
|
714 |
|
|
/* Arrays */
|
715 |
|
|
|
716 |
|
|
/* Names of MAX_ADA_DIMENS bounds in P_BOUNDS fields of
|
717 |
|
|
array descriptors. */
|
718 |
|
|
|
719 |
|
|
static char *bound_name[] = {
|
720 |
|
|
"LB0", "UB0", "LB1", "UB1", "LB2", "UB2", "LB3", "UB3",
|
721 |
|
|
"LB4", "UB4", "LB5", "UB5", "LB6", "UB6", "LB7", "UB7"
|
722 |
|
|
};
|
723 |
|
|
|
724 |
|
|
/* Maximum number of array dimensions we are prepared to handle. */
|
725 |
|
|
|
726 |
|
|
#define MAX_ADA_DIMENS (sizeof(bound_name) / (2*sizeof(char*)))
|
727 |
|
|
|
728 |
|
|
/* Like modify_field, but allows bitpos > wordlength. */
|
729 |
|
|
|
730 |
|
|
static void
|
731 |
|
|
modify_general_field (char *addr, LONGEST fieldval, int bitpos, int bitsize)
|
732 |
|
|
{
|
733 |
|
|
modify_field (addr + sizeof (LONGEST) * bitpos / (8 * sizeof (LONGEST)),
|
734 |
|
|
fieldval, bitpos % (8 * sizeof (LONGEST)), bitsize);
|
735 |
|
|
}
|
736 |
|
|
|
737 |
|
|
|
738 |
|
|
/* The desc_* routines return primitive portions of array descriptors
|
739 |
|
|
(fat pointers). */
|
740 |
|
|
|
741 |
|
|
/* The descriptor or array type, if any, indicated by TYPE; removes
|
742 |
|
|
level of indirection, if needed. */
|
743 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
744 |
|
|
desc_base_type (struct type *type)
|
745 |
|
|
{
|
746 |
|
|
if (type == NULL)
|
747 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
748 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
|
749 |
|
|
if (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
|
750 |
|
|
return check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
|
751 |
|
|
else
|
752 |
|
|
return type;
|
753 |
|
|
}
|
754 |
|
|
|
755 |
|
|
/* True iff TYPE indicates a "thin" array pointer type. */
|
756 |
|
|
static int
|
757 |
|
|
is_thin_pntr (struct type *type)
|
758 |
|
|
{
|
759 |
|
|
return
|
760 |
|
|
is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)), "___XUT")
|
761 |
|
|
|| is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)), "___XUT___XVE");
|
762 |
|
|
}
|
763 |
|
|
|
764 |
|
|
/* The descriptor type for thin pointer type TYPE. */
|
765 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
766 |
|
|
thin_descriptor_type (struct type *type)
|
767 |
|
|
{
|
768 |
|
|
struct type *base_type = desc_base_type (type);
|
769 |
|
|
if (base_type == NULL)
|
770 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
771 |
|
|
if (is_suffix (ada_type_name (base_type), "___XVE"))
|
772 |
|
|
return base_type;
|
773 |
|
|
else
|
774 |
|
|
{
|
775 |
|
|
struct type *alt_type = ada_find_parallel_type (base_type, "___XVE");
|
776 |
|
|
if (alt_type == NULL)
|
777 |
|
|
return base_type;
|
778 |
|
|
else
|
779 |
|
|
return alt_type;
|
780 |
|
|
}
|
781 |
|
|
}
|
782 |
|
|
|
783 |
|
|
/* A pointer to the array data for thin-pointer value VAL. */
|
784 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
785 |
|
|
thin_data_pntr (struct value *val)
|
786 |
|
|
{
|
787 |
|
|
struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (val);
|
788 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
|
789 |
|
|
return value_cast (desc_data_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)),
|
790 |
|
|
value_copy (val));
|
791 |
|
|
else
|
792 |
|
|
return value_from_longest (desc_data_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)),
|
793 |
|
|
VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val));
|
794 |
|
|
}
|
795 |
|
|
|
796 |
|
|
/* True iff TYPE indicates a "thick" array pointer type. */
|
797 |
|
|
static int
|
798 |
|
|
is_thick_pntr (struct type *type)
|
799 |
|
|
{
|
800 |
|
|
type = desc_base_type (type);
|
801 |
|
|
return (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
|
802 |
|
|
&& lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL);
|
803 |
|
|
}
|
804 |
|
|
|
805 |
|
|
/* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a
|
806 |
|
|
pointer to one, the type of its bounds data; otherwise, NULL. */
|
807 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
808 |
|
|
desc_bounds_type (struct type *type)
|
809 |
|
|
{
|
810 |
|
|
struct type *r;
|
811 |
|
|
|
812 |
|
|
type = desc_base_type (type);
|
813 |
|
|
|
814 |
|
|
if (type == NULL)
|
815 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
816 |
|
|
else if (is_thin_pntr (type))
|
817 |
|
|
{
|
818 |
|
|
type = thin_descriptor_type (type);
|
819 |
|
|
if (type == NULL)
|
820 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
821 |
|
|
r = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "BOUNDS", 1);
|
822 |
|
|
if (r != NULL)
|
823 |
|
|
return check_typedef (r);
|
824 |
|
|
}
|
825 |
|
|
else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
|
826 |
|
|
{
|
827 |
|
|
r = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1);
|
828 |
|
|
if (r != NULL)
|
829 |
|
|
return check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (r)));
|
830 |
|
|
}
|
831 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
832 |
|
|
}
|
833 |
|
|
|
834 |
|
|
/* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), or pointer to
|
835 |
|
|
one, a pointer to its bounds data. Otherwise NULL. */
|
836 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
837 |
|
|
desc_bounds (struct value *arr)
|
838 |
|
|
{
|
839 |
|
|
struct type *type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
|
840 |
|
|
if (is_thin_pntr (type))
|
841 |
|
|
{
|
842 |
|
|
struct type *bounds_type =
|
843 |
|
|
desc_bounds_type (thin_descriptor_type (type));
|
844 |
|
|
LONGEST addr;
|
845 |
|
|
|
846 |
|
|
if (desc_bounds_type == NULL)
|
847 |
|
|
error ("Bad GNAT array descriptor");
|
848 |
|
|
|
849 |
|
|
/* NOTE: The following calculation is not really kosher, but
|
850 |
|
|
since desc_type is an XVE-encoded type (and shouldn't be),
|
851 |
|
|
the correct calculation is a real pain. FIXME (and fix GCC). */
|
852 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
|
853 |
|
|
addr = value_as_long (arr);
|
854 |
|
|
else
|
855 |
|
|
addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (arr) + VALUE_OFFSET (arr);
|
856 |
|
|
|
857 |
|
|
return
|
858 |
|
|
value_from_longest (lookup_pointer_type (bounds_type),
|
859 |
|
|
addr - TYPE_LENGTH (bounds_type));
|
860 |
|
|
}
|
861 |
|
|
|
862 |
|
|
else if (is_thick_pntr (type))
|
863 |
|
|
return value_struct_elt (&arr, NULL, "P_BOUNDS", NULL,
|
864 |
|
|
"Bad GNAT array descriptor");
|
865 |
|
|
else
|
866 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
867 |
|
|
}
|
868 |
|
|
|
869 |
|
|
/* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
|
870 |
|
|
position of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */
|
871 |
|
|
static int
|
872 |
|
|
fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type *type)
|
873 |
|
|
{
|
874 |
|
|
return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 1);
|
875 |
|
|
}
|
876 |
|
|
|
877 |
|
|
/* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
|
878 |
|
|
size of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */
|
879 |
|
|
static int
|
880 |
|
|
fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type *type)
|
881 |
|
|
{
|
882 |
|
|
type = desc_base_type (type);
|
883 |
|
|
|
884 |
|
|
if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 1) > 0)
|
885 |
|
|
return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 1);
|
886 |
|
|
else
|
887 |
|
|
return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 1)));
|
888 |
|
|
}
|
889 |
|
|
|
890 |
|
|
/* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a
|
891 |
|
|
pointer to one, the type of its array data (a
|
892 |
|
|
pointer-to-array-with-no-bounds type); otherwise, NULL. Use
|
893 |
|
|
ada_type_of_array to get an array type with bounds data. */
|
894 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
895 |
|
|
desc_data_type (struct type *type)
|
896 |
|
|
{
|
897 |
|
|
type = desc_base_type (type);
|
898 |
|
|
|
899 |
|
|
/* NOTE: The following is bogus; see comment in desc_bounds. */
|
900 |
|
|
if (is_thin_pntr (type))
|
901 |
|
|
return lookup_pointer_type
|
902 |
|
|
(desc_base_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (thin_descriptor_type (type), 1)));
|
903 |
|
|
else if (is_thick_pntr (type))
|
904 |
|
|
return lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_ARRAY", 1);
|
905 |
|
|
else
|
906 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
907 |
|
|
}
|
908 |
|
|
|
909 |
|
|
/* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), a pointer to
|
910 |
|
|
its array data. */
|
911 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
912 |
|
|
desc_data (struct value *arr)
|
913 |
|
|
{
|
914 |
|
|
struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (arr);
|
915 |
|
|
if (is_thin_pntr (type))
|
916 |
|
|
return thin_data_pntr (arr);
|
917 |
|
|
else if (is_thick_pntr (type))
|
918 |
|
|
return value_struct_elt (&arr, NULL, "P_ARRAY", NULL,
|
919 |
|
|
"Bad GNAT array descriptor");
|
920 |
|
|
else
|
921 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
922 |
|
|
}
|
923 |
|
|
|
924 |
|
|
|
925 |
|
|
/* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
|
926 |
|
|
position of the field containing the address of the data. */
|
927 |
|
|
static int
|
928 |
|
|
fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type *type)
|
929 |
|
|
{
|
930 |
|
|
return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 0);
|
931 |
|
|
}
|
932 |
|
|
|
933 |
|
|
/* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
|
934 |
|
|
size of the field containing the address of the data. */
|
935 |
|
|
static int
|
936 |
|
|
fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type *type)
|
937 |
|
|
{
|
938 |
|
|
type = desc_base_type (type);
|
939 |
|
|
|
940 |
|
|
if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0) > 0)
|
941 |
|
|
return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0);
|
942 |
|
|
else
|
943 |
|
|
return TARGET_CHAR_BIT * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0));
|
944 |
|
|
}
|
945 |
|
|
|
946 |
|
|
/* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure (or pointer to one), return
|
947 |
|
|
the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
|
948 |
|
|
bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
|
949 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
950 |
|
|
desc_one_bound (struct value *bounds, int i, int which)
|
951 |
|
|
{
|
952 |
|
|
return value_struct_elt (&bounds, NULL, bound_name[2 * i + which - 2], NULL,
|
953 |
|
|
"Bad GNAT array descriptor bounds");
|
954 |
|
|
}
|
955 |
|
|
|
956 |
|
|
/* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit position
|
957 |
|
|
of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
|
958 |
|
|
bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
|
959 |
|
|
static int
|
960 |
|
|
desc_bound_bitpos (struct type *type, int i, int which)
|
961 |
|
|
{
|
962 |
|
|
return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 2 * i + which - 2);
|
963 |
|
|
}
|
964 |
|
|
|
965 |
|
|
/* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit field size
|
966 |
|
|
of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
|
967 |
|
|
bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
|
968 |
|
|
static int
|
969 |
|
|
desc_bound_bitsize (struct type *type, int i, int which)
|
970 |
|
|
{
|
971 |
|
|
type = desc_base_type (type);
|
972 |
|
|
|
973 |
|
|
if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 2 * i + which - 2) > 0)
|
974 |
|
|
return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 2 * i + which - 2);
|
975 |
|
|
else
|
976 |
|
|
return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 2 * i + which - 2));
|
977 |
|
|
}
|
978 |
|
|
|
979 |
|
|
/* If TYPE is the type of an array-bounds structure, the type of its
|
980 |
|
|
Ith bound (numbering from 1). Otherwise, NULL. */
|
981 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
982 |
|
|
desc_index_type (struct type *type, int i)
|
983 |
|
|
{
|
984 |
|
|
type = desc_base_type (type);
|
985 |
|
|
|
986 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
|
987 |
|
|
return lookup_struct_elt_type (type, bound_name[2 * i - 2], 1);
|
988 |
|
|
else
|
989 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
990 |
|
|
}
|
991 |
|
|
|
992 |
|
|
/* The number of index positions in the array-bounds type TYPE. 0
|
993 |
|
|
if TYPE is NULL. */
|
994 |
|
|
static int
|
995 |
|
|
desc_arity (struct type *type)
|
996 |
|
|
{
|
997 |
|
|
type = desc_base_type (type);
|
998 |
|
|
|
999 |
|
|
if (type != NULL)
|
1000 |
|
|
return TYPE_NFIELDS (type) / 2;
|
1001 |
|
|
return 0;
|
1002 |
|
|
}
|
1003 |
|
|
|
1004 |
|
|
|
1005 |
|
|
/* Non-zero iff type is a simple array type (or pointer to one). */
|
1006 |
|
|
int
|
1007 |
|
|
ada_is_simple_array (struct type *type)
|
1008 |
|
|
{
|
1009 |
|
|
if (type == NULL)
|
1010 |
|
|
return 0;
|
1011 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
|
1012 |
|
|
return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
|
1013 |
|
|
|| (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
|
1014 |
|
|
&& TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY));
|
1015 |
|
|
}
|
1016 |
|
|
|
1017 |
|
|
/* Non-zero iff type belongs to a GNAT array descriptor. */
|
1018 |
|
|
int
|
1019 |
|
|
ada_is_array_descriptor (struct type *type)
|
1020 |
|
|
{
|
1021 |
|
|
struct type *data_type = desc_data_type (type);
|
1022 |
|
|
|
1023 |
|
|
if (type == NULL)
|
1024 |
|
|
return 0;
|
1025 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
|
1026 |
|
|
return
|
1027 |
|
|
data_type != NULL
|
1028 |
|
|
&& ((TYPE_CODE (data_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
|
1029 |
|
|
&& TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (data_type) != NULL
|
1030 |
|
|
&& TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (data_type)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
|
1031 |
|
|
||
|
1032 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (data_type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
|
1033 |
|
|
&& desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type)) > 0;
|
1034 |
|
|
}
|
1035 |
|
|
|
1036 |
|
|
/* Non-zero iff type is a partially mal-formed GNAT array
|
1037 |
|
|
descriptor. (FIXME: This is to compensate for some problems with
|
1038 |
|
|
debugging output from GNAT. Re-examine periodically to see if it
|
1039 |
|
|
is still needed. */
|
1040 |
|
|
int
|
1041 |
|
|
ada_is_bogus_array_descriptor (struct type *type)
|
1042 |
|
|
{
|
1043 |
|
|
return
|
1044 |
|
|
type != NULL
|
1045 |
|
|
&& TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
|
1046 |
|
|
&& (lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL
|
1047 |
|
|
|| lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_ARRAY", 1) != NULL)
|
1048 |
|
|
&& !ada_is_array_descriptor (type);
|
1049 |
|
|
}
|
1050 |
|
|
|
1051 |
|
|
|
1052 |
|
|
/* If ARR has a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array descriptor,
|
1053 |
|
|
(fat pointer) returns the type of the array data described---specifically,
|
1054 |
|
|
a pointer-to-array type. If BOUNDS is non-zero, the bounds data are filled
|
1055 |
|
|
in from the descriptor; otherwise, they are left unspecified. If
|
1056 |
|
|
the ARR denotes a null array descriptor and BOUNDS is non-zero,
|
1057 |
|
|
returns NULL. The result is simply the type of ARR if ARR is not
|
1058 |
|
|
a descriptor. */
|
1059 |
|
|
struct type *
|
1060 |
|
|
ada_type_of_array (struct value *arr, int bounds)
|
1061 |
|
|
{
|
1062 |
|
|
if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
|
1063 |
|
|
return decode_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
|
1064 |
|
|
|
1065 |
|
|
if (!ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
|
1066 |
|
|
return VALUE_TYPE (arr);
|
1067 |
|
|
|
1068 |
|
|
if (!bounds)
|
1069 |
|
|
return
|
1070 |
|
|
check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (desc_data_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr))));
|
1071 |
|
|
else
|
1072 |
|
|
{
|
1073 |
|
|
struct type *elt_type;
|
1074 |
|
|
int arity;
|
1075 |
|
|
struct value *descriptor;
|
1076 |
|
|
struct objfile *objf = TYPE_OBJFILE (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
|
1077 |
|
|
|
1078 |
|
|
elt_type = ada_array_element_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr), -1);
|
1079 |
|
|
arity = ada_array_arity (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
|
1080 |
|
|
|
1081 |
|
|
if (elt_type == NULL || arity == 0)
|
1082 |
|
|
return check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
|
1083 |
|
|
|
1084 |
|
|
descriptor = desc_bounds (arr);
|
1085 |
|
|
if (value_as_long (descriptor) == 0)
|
1086 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1087 |
|
|
while (arity > 0)
|
1088 |
|
|
{
|
1089 |
|
|
struct type *range_type = alloc_type (objf);
|
1090 |
|
|
struct type *array_type = alloc_type (objf);
|
1091 |
|
|
struct value *low = desc_one_bound (descriptor, arity, 0);
|
1092 |
|
|
struct value *high = desc_one_bound (descriptor, arity, 1);
|
1093 |
|
|
arity -= 1;
|
1094 |
|
|
|
1095 |
|
|
create_range_type (range_type, VALUE_TYPE (low),
|
1096 |
|
|
(int) value_as_long (low),
|
1097 |
|
|
(int) value_as_long (high));
|
1098 |
|
|
elt_type = create_array_type (array_type, elt_type, range_type);
|
1099 |
|
|
}
|
1100 |
|
|
|
1101 |
|
|
return lookup_pointer_type (elt_type);
|
1102 |
|
|
}
|
1103 |
|
|
}
|
1104 |
|
|
|
1105 |
|
|
/* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged.
|
1106 |
|
|
Otherwise, returns either a standard GDB array with bounds set
|
1107 |
|
|
appropriately or, if ARR is a non-null fat pointer, a pointer to a standard
|
1108 |
|
|
GDB array. Returns NULL if ARR is a null fat pointer. */
|
1109 |
|
|
struct value *
|
1110 |
|
|
ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (struct value *arr)
|
1111 |
|
|
{
|
1112 |
|
|
if (ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
|
1113 |
|
|
{
|
1114 |
|
|
struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (arr, 1);
|
1115 |
|
|
if (arrType == NULL)
|
1116 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1117 |
|
|
return value_cast (arrType, value_copy (desc_data (arr)));
|
1118 |
|
|
}
|
1119 |
|
|
else if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
|
1120 |
|
|
return decode_packed_array (arr);
|
1121 |
|
|
else
|
1122 |
|
|
return arr;
|
1123 |
|
|
}
|
1124 |
|
|
|
1125 |
|
|
/* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged.
|
1126 |
|
|
Otherwise, returns a standard GDB array describing ARR (which may
|
1127 |
|
|
be ARR itself if it already is in the proper form). */
|
1128 |
|
|
struct value *
|
1129 |
|
|
ada_coerce_to_simple_array (struct value *arr)
|
1130 |
|
|
{
|
1131 |
|
|
if (ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
|
1132 |
|
|
{
|
1133 |
|
|
struct value *arrVal = ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (arr);
|
1134 |
|
|
if (arrVal == NULL)
|
1135 |
|
|
error ("Bounds unavailable for null array pointer.");
|
1136 |
|
|
return value_ind (arrVal);
|
1137 |
|
|
}
|
1138 |
|
|
else if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
|
1139 |
|
|
return decode_packed_array (arr);
|
1140 |
|
|
else
|
1141 |
|
|
return arr;
|
1142 |
|
|
}
|
1143 |
|
|
|
1144 |
|
|
/* If TYPE represents a GNAT array type, return it translated to an
|
1145 |
|
|
ordinary GDB array type (possibly with BITSIZE fields indicating
|
1146 |
|
|
packing). For other types, is the identity. */
|
1147 |
|
|
struct type *
|
1148 |
|
|
ada_coerce_to_simple_array_type (struct type *type)
|
1149 |
|
|
{
|
1150 |
|
|
struct value *mark = value_mark ();
|
1151 |
|
|
struct value *dummy = value_from_longest (builtin_type_long, 0);
|
1152 |
|
|
struct type *result;
|
1153 |
|
|
VALUE_TYPE (dummy) = type;
|
1154 |
|
|
result = ada_type_of_array (dummy, 0);
|
1155 |
|
|
value_free_to_mark (dummy);
|
1156 |
|
|
return result;
|
1157 |
|
|
}
|
1158 |
|
|
|
1159 |
|
|
/* Non-zero iff TYPE represents a standard GNAT packed-array type. */
|
1160 |
|
|
int
|
1161 |
|
|
ada_is_packed_array_type (struct type *type)
|
1162 |
|
|
{
|
1163 |
|
|
if (type == NULL)
|
1164 |
|
|
return 0;
|
1165 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
|
1166 |
|
|
return
|
1167 |
|
|
ada_type_name (type) != NULL
|
1168 |
|
|
&& strstr (ada_type_name (type), "___XP") != NULL;
|
1169 |
|
|
}
|
1170 |
|
|
|
1171 |
|
|
/* Given that TYPE is a standard GDB array type with all bounds filled
|
1172 |
|
|
in, and that the element size of its ultimate scalar constituents
|
1173 |
|
|
(that is, either its elements, or, if it is an array of arrays, its
|
1174 |
|
|
elements' elements, etc.) is *ELT_BITS, return an identical type,
|
1175 |
|
|
but with the bit sizes of its elements (and those of any
|
1176 |
|
|
constituent arrays) recorded in the BITSIZE components of its
|
1177 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE values, and with *ELT_BITS set to its total size
|
1178 |
|
|
in bits. */
|
1179 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
1180 |
|
|
packed_array_type (struct type *type, long *elt_bits)
|
1181 |
|
|
{
|
1182 |
|
|
struct type *new_elt_type;
|
1183 |
|
|
struct type *new_type;
|
1184 |
|
|
LONGEST low_bound, high_bound;
|
1185 |
|
|
|
1186 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
|
1187 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
|
1188 |
|
|
return type;
|
1189 |
|
|
|
1190 |
|
|
new_type = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type));
|
1191 |
|
|
new_elt_type = packed_array_type (check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)),
|
1192 |
|
|
elt_bits);
|
1193 |
|
|
create_array_type (new_type, new_elt_type, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0));
|
1194 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (new_type, 0) = *elt_bits;
|
1195 |
|
|
TYPE_NAME (new_type) = ada_type_name (type);
|
1196 |
|
|
|
1197 |
|
|
if (get_discrete_bounds (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0),
|
1198 |
|
|
&low_bound, &high_bound) < 0)
|
1199 |
|
|
low_bound = high_bound = 0;
|
1200 |
|
|
if (high_bound < low_bound)
|
1201 |
|
|
*elt_bits = TYPE_LENGTH (new_type) = 0;
|
1202 |
|
|
else
|
1203 |
|
|
{
|
1204 |
|
|
*elt_bits *= (high_bound - low_bound + 1);
|
1205 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (new_type) =
|
1206 |
|
|
(*elt_bits + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
|
1207 |
|
|
}
|
1208 |
|
|
|
1209 |
|
|
/* TYPE_FLAGS (new_type) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
|
1210 |
|
|
/* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
|
1211 |
|
|
return new_type;
|
1212 |
|
|
}
|
1213 |
|
|
|
1214 |
|
|
/* The array type encoded by TYPE, where ada_is_packed_array_type (TYPE).
|
1215 |
|
|
*/
|
1216 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
1217 |
|
|
decode_packed_array_type (struct type *type)
|
1218 |
|
|
{
|
1219 |
|
|
struct symbol **syms;
|
1220 |
|
|
struct block **blocks;
|
1221 |
|
|
const char *raw_name = ada_type_name (check_typedef (type));
|
1222 |
|
|
char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (raw_name) + 1);
|
1223 |
|
|
char *tail = strstr (raw_name, "___XP");
|
1224 |
|
|
struct type *shadow_type;
|
1225 |
|
|
long bits;
|
1226 |
|
|
int i, n;
|
1227 |
|
|
|
1228 |
|
|
memcpy (name, raw_name, tail - raw_name);
|
1229 |
|
|
name[tail - raw_name] = '\000';
|
1230 |
|
|
|
1231 |
|
|
/* NOTE: Use ada_lookup_symbol_list because of bug in some versions
|
1232 |
|
|
* of gcc (Solaris, e.g.). FIXME when compiler is fixed. */
|
1233 |
|
|
n = ada_lookup_symbol_list (name, get_selected_block (NULL),
|
1234 |
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE, &syms, &blocks);
|
1235 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1)
|
1236 |
|
|
if (syms[i] != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_TYPEDEF
|
1237 |
|
|
&& STREQ (name, ada_type_name (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]))))
|
1238 |
|
|
break;
|
1239 |
|
|
if (i >= n)
|
1240 |
|
|
{
|
1241 |
|
|
warning ("could not find bounds information on packed array");
|
1242 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1243 |
|
|
}
|
1244 |
|
|
shadow_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]);
|
1245 |
|
|
|
1246 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (shadow_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
|
1247 |
|
|
{
|
1248 |
|
|
warning ("could not understand bounds information on packed array");
|
1249 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1250 |
|
|
}
|
1251 |
|
|
|
1252 |
|
|
if (sscanf (tail + sizeof ("___XP") - 1, "%ld", &bits) != 1)
|
1253 |
|
|
{
|
1254 |
|
|
warning ("could not understand bit size information on packed array");
|
1255 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1256 |
|
|
}
|
1257 |
|
|
|
1258 |
|
|
return packed_array_type (shadow_type, &bits);
|
1259 |
|
|
}
|
1260 |
|
|
|
1261 |
|
|
/* Given that ARR is a struct value* indicating a GNAT packed array,
|
1262 |
|
|
returns a simple array that denotes that array. Its type is a
|
1263 |
|
|
standard GDB array type except that the BITSIZEs of the array
|
1264 |
|
|
target types are set to the number of bits in each element, and the
|
1265 |
|
|
type length is set appropriately. */
|
1266 |
|
|
|
1267 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
1268 |
|
|
decode_packed_array (struct value *arr)
|
1269 |
|
|
{
|
1270 |
|
|
struct type *type = decode_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
|
1271 |
|
|
|
1272 |
|
|
if (type == NULL)
|
1273 |
|
|
{
|
1274 |
|
|
error ("can't unpack array");
|
1275 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1276 |
|
|
}
|
1277 |
|
|
else
|
1278 |
|
|
return coerce_unspec_val_to_type (arr, 0, type);
|
1279 |
|
|
}
|
1280 |
|
|
|
1281 |
|
|
|
1282 |
|
|
/* The value of the element of packed array ARR at the ARITY indices
|
1283 |
|
|
given in IND. ARR must be a simple array. */
|
1284 |
|
|
|
1285 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
1286 |
|
|
value_subscript_packed (struct value *arr, int arity, struct value **ind)
|
1287 |
|
|
{
|
1288 |
|
|
int i;
|
1289 |
|
|
int bits, elt_off, bit_off;
|
1290 |
|
|
long elt_total_bit_offset;
|
1291 |
|
|
struct type *elt_type;
|
1292 |
|
|
struct value *v;
|
1293 |
|
|
|
1294 |
|
|
bits = 0;
|
1295 |
|
|
elt_total_bit_offset = 0;
|
1296 |
|
|
elt_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
|
1297 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < arity; i += 1)
|
1298 |
|
|
{
|
1299 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
|
1300 |
|
|
|| TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) == 0)
|
1301 |
|
|
error
|
1302 |
|
|
("attempt to do packed indexing of something other than a packed array");
|
1303 |
|
|
else
|
1304 |
|
|
{
|
1305 |
|
|
struct type *range_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (elt_type);
|
1306 |
|
|
LONGEST lowerbound, upperbound;
|
1307 |
|
|
LONGEST idx;
|
1308 |
|
|
|
1309 |
|
|
if (get_discrete_bounds (range_type, &lowerbound, &upperbound) < 0)
|
1310 |
|
|
{
|
1311 |
|
|
warning ("don't know bounds of array");
|
1312 |
|
|
lowerbound = upperbound = 0;
|
1313 |
|
|
}
|
1314 |
|
|
|
1315 |
|
|
idx = value_as_long (value_pos_atr (ind[i]));
|
1316 |
|
|
if (idx < lowerbound || idx > upperbound)
|
1317 |
|
|
warning ("packed array index %ld out of bounds", (long) idx);
|
1318 |
|
|
bits = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0);
|
1319 |
|
|
elt_total_bit_offset += (idx - lowerbound) * bits;
|
1320 |
|
|
elt_type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type));
|
1321 |
|
|
}
|
1322 |
|
|
}
|
1323 |
|
|
elt_off = elt_total_bit_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
|
1324 |
|
|
bit_off = elt_total_bit_offset % HOST_CHAR_BIT;
|
1325 |
|
|
|
1326 |
|
|
v = ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arr, NULL, elt_off, bit_off,
|
1327 |
|
|
bits, elt_type);
|
1328 |
|
|
if (VALUE_LVAL (arr) == lval_internalvar)
|
1329 |
|
|
VALUE_LVAL (v) = lval_internalvar_component;
|
1330 |
|
|
else
|
1331 |
|
|
VALUE_LVAL (v) = VALUE_LVAL (arr);
|
1332 |
|
|
return v;
|
1333 |
|
|
}
|
1334 |
|
|
|
1335 |
|
|
/* Non-zero iff TYPE includes negative integer values. */
|
1336 |
|
|
|
1337 |
|
|
static int
|
1338 |
|
|
has_negatives (struct type *type)
|
1339 |
|
|
{
|
1340 |
|
|
switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
|
1341 |
|
|
{
|
1342 |
|
|
default:
|
1343 |
|
|
return 0;
|
1344 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_INT:
|
1345 |
|
|
return !TYPE_UNSIGNED (type);
|
1346 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
|
1347 |
|
|
return TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type) < 0;
|
1348 |
|
|
}
|
1349 |
|
|
}
|
1350 |
|
|
|
1351 |
|
|
|
1352 |
|
|
/* Create a new value of type TYPE from the contents of OBJ starting
|
1353 |
|
|
at byte OFFSET, and bit offset BIT_OFFSET within that byte,
|
1354 |
|
|
proceeding for BIT_SIZE bits. If OBJ is an lval in memory, then
|
1355 |
|
|
assigning through the result will set the field fetched from. OBJ
|
1356 |
|
|
may also be NULL, in which case, VALADDR+OFFSET must address the
|
1357 |
|
|
start of storage containing the packed value. The value returned
|
1358 |
|
|
in this case is never an lval.
|
1359 |
|
|
Assumes 0 <= BIT_OFFSET < HOST_CHAR_BIT. */
|
1360 |
|
|
|
1361 |
|
|
struct value *
|
1362 |
|
|
ada_value_primitive_packed_val (struct value *obj, char *valaddr, long offset,
|
1363 |
|
|
int bit_offset, int bit_size,
|
1364 |
|
|
struct type *type)
|
1365 |
|
|
{
|
1366 |
|
|
struct value *v;
|
1367 |
|
|
int src, /* Index into the source area. */
|
1368 |
|
|
targ, /* Index into the target area. */
|
1369 |
|
|
i, srcBitsLeft, /* Number of source bits left to move. */
|
1370 |
|
|
nsrc, ntarg, /* Number of source and target bytes. */
|
1371 |
|
|
unusedLS, /* Number of bits in next significant
|
1372 |
|
|
* byte of source that are unused. */
|
1373 |
|
|
accumSize; /* Number of meaningful bits in accum */
|
1374 |
|
|
unsigned char *bytes; /* First byte containing data to unpack. */
|
1375 |
|
|
unsigned char *unpacked;
|
1376 |
|
|
unsigned long accum; /* Staging area for bits being transferred */
|
1377 |
|
|
unsigned char sign;
|
1378 |
|
|
int len = (bit_size + bit_offset + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / 8;
|
1379 |
|
|
/* Transmit bytes from least to most significant; delta is the
|
1380 |
|
|
* direction the indices move. */
|
1381 |
|
|
int delta = BITS_BIG_ENDIAN ? -1 : 1;
|
1382 |
|
|
|
1383 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
|
1384 |
|
|
|
1385 |
|
|
if (obj == NULL)
|
1386 |
|
|
{
|
1387 |
|
|
v = allocate_value (type);
|
1388 |
|
|
bytes = (unsigned char *) (valaddr + offset);
|
1389 |
|
|
}
|
1390 |
|
|
else if (VALUE_LAZY (obj))
|
1391 |
|
|
{
|
1392 |
|
|
v = value_at (type,
|
1393 |
|
|
VALUE_ADDRESS (obj) + VALUE_OFFSET (obj) + offset, NULL);
|
1394 |
|
|
bytes = (unsigned char *) alloca (len);
|
1395 |
|
|
read_memory (VALUE_ADDRESS (v), bytes, len);
|
1396 |
|
|
}
|
1397 |
|
|
else
|
1398 |
|
|
{
|
1399 |
|
|
v = allocate_value (type);
|
1400 |
|
|
bytes = (unsigned char *) VALUE_CONTENTS (obj) + offset;
|
1401 |
|
|
}
|
1402 |
|
|
|
1403 |
|
|
if (obj != NULL)
|
1404 |
|
|
{
|
1405 |
|
|
VALUE_LVAL (v) = VALUE_LVAL (obj);
|
1406 |
|
|
if (VALUE_LVAL (obj) == lval_internalvar)
|
1407 |
|
|
VALUE_LVAL (v) = lval_internalvar_component;
|
1408 |
|
|
VALUE_ADDRESS (v) = VALUE_ADDRESS (obj) + VALUE_OFFSET (obj) + offset;
|
1409 |
|
|
VALUE_BITPOS (v) = bit_offset + VALUE_BITPOS (obj);
|
1410 |
|
|
VALUE_BITSIZE (v) = bit_size;
|
1411 |
|
|
if (VALUE_BITPOS (v) >= HOST_CHAR_BIT)
|
1412 |
|
|
{
|
1413 |
|
|
VALUE_ADDRESS (v) += 1;
|
1414 |
|
|
VALUE_BITPOS (v) -= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
|
1415 |
|
|
}
|
1416 |
|
|
}
|
1417 |
|
|
else
|
1418 |
|
|
VALUE_BITSIZE (v) = bit_size;
|
1419 |
|
|
unpacked = (unsigned char *) VALUE_CONTENTS (v);
|
1420 |
|
|
|
1421 |
|
|
srcBitsLeft = bit_size;
|
1422 |
|
|
nsrc = len;
|
1423 |
|
|
ntarg = TYPE_LENGTH (type);
|
1424 |
|
|
sign = 0;
|
1425 |
|
|
if (bit_size == 0)
|
1426 |
|
|
{
|
1427 |
|
|
memset (unpacked, 0, TYPE_LENGTH (type));
|
1428 |
|
|
return v;
|
1429 |
|
|
}
|
1430 |
|
|
else if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
1431 |
|
|
{
|
1432 |
|
|
src = len - 1;
|
1433 |
|
|
if (has_negatives (type) &&
|
1434 |
|
|
((bytes[0] << bit_offset) & (1 << (HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1))))
|
1435 |
|
|
sign = ~0;
|
1436 |
|
|
|
1437 |
|
|
unusedLS =
|
1438 |
|
|
(HOST_CHAR_BIT - (bit_size + bit_offset) % HOST_CHAR_BIT)
|
1439 |
|
|
% HOST_CHAR_BIT;
|
1440 |
|
|
|
1441 |
|
|
switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
|
1442 |
|
|
{
|
1443 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
|
1444 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
|
1445 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
|
1446 |
|
|
/* Non-scalar values must be aligned at a byte boundary. */
|
1447 |
|
|
accumSize =
|
1448 |
|
|
(HOST_CHAR_BIT - bit_size % HOST_CHAR_BIT) % HOST_CHAR_BIT;
|
1449 |
|
|
/* And are placed at the beginning (most-significant) bytes
|
1450 |
|
|
* of the target. */
|
1451 |
|
|
targ = src;
|
1452 |
|
|
break;
|
1453 |
|
|
default:
|
1454 |
|
|
accumSize = 0;
|
1455 |
|
|
targ = TYPE_LENGTH (type) - 1;
|
1456 |
|
|
break;
|
1457 |
|
|
}
|
1458 |
|
|
}
|
1459 |
|
|
else
|
1460 |
|
|
{
|
1461 |
|
|
int sign_bit_offset = (bit_size + bit_offset - 1) % 8;
|
1462 |
|
|
|
1463 |
|
|
src = targ = 0;
|
1464 |
|
|
unusedLS = bit_offset;
|
1465 |
|
|
accumSize = 0;
|
1466 |
|
|
|
1467 |
|
|
if (has_negatives (type) && (bytes[len - 1] & (1 << sign_bit_offset)))
|
1468 |
|
|
sign = ~0;
|
1469 |
|
|
}
|
1470 |
|
|
|
1471 |
|
|
accum = 0;
|
1472 |
|
|
while (nsrc > 0)
|
1473 |
|
|
{
|
1474 |
|
|
/* Mask for removing bits of the next source byte that are not
|
1475 |
|
|
* part of the value. */
|
1476 |
|
|
unsigned int unusedMSMask =
|
1477 |
|
|
(1 << (srcBitsLeft >= HOST_CHAR_BIT ? HOST_CHAR_BIT : srcBitsLeft)) -
|
1478 |
|
|
1;
|
1479 |
|
|
/* Sign-extend bits for this byte. */
|
1480 |
|
|
unsigned int signMask = sign & ~unusedMSMask;
|
1481 |
|
|
accum |=
|
1482 |
|
|
(((bytes[src] >> unusedLS) & unusedMSMask) | signMask) << accumSize;
|
1483 |
|
|
accumSize += HOST_CHAR_BIT - unusedLS;
|
1484 |
|
|
if (accumSize >= HOST_CHAR_BIT)
|
1485 |
|
|
{
|
1486 |
|
|
unpacked[targ] = accum & ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT);
|
1487 |
|
|
accumSize -= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
|
1488 |
|
|
accum >>= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
|
1489 |
|
|
ntarg -= 1;
|
1490 |
|
|
targ += delta;
|
1491 |
|
|
}
|
1492 |
|
|
srcBitsLeft -= HOST_CHAR_BIT - unusedLS;
|
1493 |
|
|
unusedLS = 0;
|
1494 |
|
|
nsrc -= 1;
|
1495 |
|
|
src += delta;
|
1496 |
|
|
}
|
1497 |
|
|
while (ntarg > 0)
|
1498 |
|
|
{
|
1499 |
|
|
accum |= sign << accumSize;
|
1500 |
|
|
unpacked[targ] = accum & ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT);
|
1501 |
|
|
accumSize -= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
|
1502 |
|
|
accum >>= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
|
1503 |
|
|
ntarg -= 1;
|
1504 |
|
|
targ += delta;
|
1505 |
|
|
}
|
1506 |
|
|
|
1507 |
|
|
return v;
|
1508 |
|
|
}
|
1509 |
|
|
|
1510 |
|
|
/* Move N bits from SOURCE, starting at bit offset SRC_OFFSET to
|
1511 |
|
|
TARGET, starting at bit offset TARG_OFFSET. SOURCE and TARGET must
|
1512 |
|
|
not overlap. */
|
1513 |
|
|
static void
|
1514 |
|
|
move_bits (char *target, int targ_offset, char *source, int src_offset, int n)
|
1515 |
|
|
{
|
1516 |
|
|
unsigned int accum, mask;
|
1517 |
|
|
int accum_bits, chunk_size;
|
1518 |
|
|
|
1519 |
|
|
target += targ_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
|
1520 |
|
|
targ_offset %= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
|
1521 |
|
|
source += src_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
|
1522 |
|
|
src_offset %= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
|
1523 |
|
|
if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
1524 |
|
|
{
|
1525 |
|
|
accum = (unsigned char) *source;
|
1526 |
|
|
source += 1;
|
1527 |
|
|
accum_bits = HOST_CHAR_BIT - src_offset;
|
1528 |
|
|
|
1529 |
|
|
while (n > 0)
|
1530 |
|
|
{
|
1531 |
|
|
int unused_right;
|
1532 |
|
|
accum = (accum << HOST_CHAR_BIT) + (unsigned char) *source;
|
1533 |
|
|
accum_bits += HOST_CHAR_BIT;
|
1534 |
|
|
source += 1;
|
1535 |
|
|
chunk_size = HOST_CHAR_BIT - targ_offset;
|
1536 |
|
|
if (chunk_size > n)
|
1537 |
|
|
chunk_size = n;
|
1538 |
|
|
unused_right = HOST_CHAR_BIT - (chunk_size + targ_offset);
|
1539 |
|
|
mask = ((1 << chunk_size) - 1) << unused_right;
|
1540 |
|
|
*target =
|
1541 |
|
|
(*target & ~mask)
|
1542 |
|
|
| ((accum >> (accum_bits - chunk_size - unused_right)) & mask);
|
1543 |
|
|
n -= chunk_size;
|
1544 |
|
|
accum_bits -= chunk_size;
|
1545 |
|
|
target += 1;
|
1546 |
|
|
targ_offset = 0;
|
1547 |
|
|
}
|
1548 |
|
|
}
|
1549 |
|
|
else
|
1550 |
|
|
{
|
1551 |
|
|
accum = (unsigned char) *source >> src_offset;
|
1552 |
|
|
source += 1;
|
1553 |
|
|
accum_bits = HOST_CHAR_BIT - src_offset;
|
1554 |
|
|
|
1555 |
|
|
while (n > 0)
|
1556 |
|
|
{
|
1557 |
|
|
accum = accum + ((unsigned char) *source << accum_bits);
|
1558 |
|
|
accum_bits += HOST_CHAR_BIT;
|
1559 |
|
|
source += 1;
|
1560 |
|
|
chunk_size = HOST_CHAR_BIT - targ_offset;
|
1561 |
|
|
if (chunk_size > n)
|
1562 |
|
|
chunk_size = n;
|
1563 |
|
|
mask = ((1 << chunk_size) - 1) << targ_offset;
|
1564 |
|
|
*target = (*target & ~mask) | ((accum << targ_offset) & mask);
|
1565 |
|
|
n -= chunk_size;
|
1566 |
|
|
accum_bits -= chunk_size;
|
1567 |
|
|
accum >>= chunk_size;
|
1568 |
|
|
target += 1;
|
1569 |
|
|
targ_offset = 0;
|
1570 |
|
|
}
|
1571 |
|
|
}
|
1572 |
|
|
}
|
1573 |
|
|
|
1574 |
|
|
|
1575 |
|
|
/* Store the contents of FROMVAL into the location of TOVAL.
|
1576 |
|
|
Return a new value with the location of TOVAL and contents of
|
1577 |
|
|
FROMVAL. Handles assignment into packed fields that have
|
1578 |
|
|
floating-point or non-scalar types. */
|
1579 |
|
|
|
1580 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
1581 |
|
|
ada_value_assign (struct value *toval, struct value *fromval)
|
1582 |
|
|
{
|
1583 |
|
|
struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (toval);
|
1584 |
|
|
int bits = VALUE_BITSIZE (toval);
|
1585 |
|
|
|
1586 |
|
|
if (!toval->modifiable)
|
1587 |
|
|
error ("Left operand of assignment is not a modifiable lvalue.");
|
1588 |
|
|
|
1589 |
|
|
COERCE_REF (toval);
|
1590 |
|
|
|
1591 |
|
|
if (VALUE_LVAL (toval) == lval_memory
|
1592 |
|
|
&& bits > 0
|
1593 |
|
|
&& (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FLT
|
1594 |
|
|
|| TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT))
|
1595 |
|
|
{
|
1596 |
|
|
int len =
|
1597 |
|
|
(VALUE_BITPOS (toval) + bits + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
|
1598 |
|
|
char *buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
|
1599 |
|
|
struct value *val;
|
1600 |
|
|
|
1601 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FLT)
|
1602 |
|
|
fromval = value_cast (type, fromval);
|
1603 |
|
|
|
1604 |
|
|
read_memory (VALUE_ADDRESS (toval) + VALUE_OFFSET (toval), buffer, len);
|
1605 |
|
|
if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
1606 |
|
|
move_bits (buffer, VALUE_BITPOS (toval),
|
1607 |
|
|
VALUE_CONTENTS (fromval),
|
1608 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (fromval)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT -
|
1609 |
|
|
bits, bits);
|
1610 |
|
|
else
|
1611 |
|
|
move_bits (buffer, VALUE_BITPOS (toval), VALUE_CONTENTS (fromval),
|
1612 |
|
|
0, bits);
|
1613 |
|
|
write_memory (VALUE_ADDRESS (toval) + VALUE_OFFSET (toval), buffer,
|
1614 |
|
|
len);
|
1615 |
|
|
|
1616 |
|
|
val = value_copy (toval);
|
1617 |
|
|
memcpy (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val), VALUE_CONTENTS (fromval),
|
1618 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (type));
|
1619 |
|
|
VALUE_TYPE (val) = type;
|
1620 |
|
|
|
1621 |
|
|
return val;
|
1622 |
|
|
}
|
1623 |
|
|
|
1624 |
|
|
return value_assign (toval, fromval);
|
1625 |
|
|
}
|
1626 |
|
|
|
1627 |
|
|
|
1628 |
|
|
/* The value of the element of array ARR at the ARITY indices given in IND.
|
1629 |
|
|
ARR may be either a simple array, GNAT array descriptor, or pointer
|
1630 |
|
|
thereto. */
|
1631 |
|
|
|
1632 |
|
|
struct value *
|
1633 |
|
|
ada_value_subscript (struct value *arr, int arity, struct value **ind)
|
1634 |
|
|
{
|
1635 |
|
|
int k;
|
1636 |
|
|
struct value *elt;
|
1637 |
|
|
struct type *elt_type;
|
1638 |
|
|
|
1639 |
|
|
elt = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arr);
|
1640 |
|
|
|
1641 |
|
|
elt_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (elt));
|
1642 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
|
1643 |
|
|
&& TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) > 0)
|
1644 |
|
|
return value_subscript_packed (elt, arity, ind);
|
1645 |
|
|
|
1646 |
|
|
for (k = 0; k < arity; k += 1)
|
1647 |
|
|
{
|
1648 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
|
1649 |
|
|
error ("too many subscripts (%d expected)", k);
|
1650 |
|
|
elt = value_subscript (elt, value_pos_atr (ind[k]));
|
1651 |
|
|
}
|
1652 |
|
|
return elt;
|
1653 |
|
|
}
|
1654 |
|
|
|
1655 |
|
|
/* Assuming ARR is a pointer to a standard GDB array of type TYPE, the
|
1656 |
|
|
value of the element of *ARR at the ARITY indices given in
|
1657 |
|
|
IND. Does not read the entire array into memory. */
|
1658 |
|
|
|
1659 |
|
|
struct value *
|
1660 |
|
|
ada_value_ptr_subscript (struct value *arr, struct type *type, int arity,
|
1661 |
|
|
struct value **ind)
|
1662 |
|
|
{
|
1663 |
|
|
int k;
|
1664 |
|
|
|
1665 |
|
|
for (k = 0; k < arity; k += 1)
|
1666 |
|
|
{
|
1667 |
|
|
LONGEST lwb, upb;
|
1668 |
|
|
struct value *idx;
|
1669 |
|
|
|
1670 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
|
1671 |
|
|
error ("too many subscripts (%d expected)", k);
|
1672 |
|
|
arr = value_cast (lookup_pointer_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)),
|
1673 |
|
|
value_copy (arr));
|
1674 |
|
|
get_discrete_bounds (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type), &lwb, &upb);
|
1675 |
|
|
if (lwb == 0)
|
1676 |
|
|
idx = ind[k];
|
1677 |
|
|
else
|
1678 |
|
|
idx = value_sub (ind[k], value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, lwb));
|
1679 |
|
|
arr = value_add (arr, idx);
|
1680 |
|
|
type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
|
1681 |
|
|
}
|
1682 |
|
|
|
1683 |
|
|
return value_ind (arr);
|
1684 |
|
|
}
|
1685 |
|
|
|
1686 |
|
|
/* If type is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array
|
1687 |
|
|
descriptor, returns the number of dimensions for type. If arr is a
|
1688 |
|
|
simple array, returns the number of "array of"s that prefix its
|
1689 |
|
|
type designation. Otherwise, returns 0. */
|
1690 |
|
|
|
1691 |
|
|
int
|
1692 |
|
|
ada_array_arity (struct type *type)
|
1693 |
|
|
{
|
1694 |
|
|
int arity;
|
1695 |
|
|
|
1696 |
|
|
if (type == NULL)
|
1697 |
|
|
return 0;
|
1698 |
|
|
|
1699 |
|
|
type = desc_base_type (type);
|
1700 |
|
|
|
1701 |
|
|
arity = 0;
|
1702 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
|
1703 |
|
|
return desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type));
|
1704 |
|
|
else
|
1705 |
|
|
while (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
|
1706 |
|
|
{
|
1707 |
|
|
arity += 1;
|
1708 |
|
|
type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
|
1709 |
|
|
}
|
1710 |
|
|
|
1711 |
|
|
return arity;
|
1712 |
|
|
}
|
1713 |
|
|
|
1714 |
|
|
/* If TYPE is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array
|
1715 |
|
|
descriptor or a simple array type, returns the element type for
|
1716 |
|
|
TYPE after indexing by NINDICES indices, or by all indices if
|
1717 |
|
|
NINDICES is -1. Otherwise, returns NULL. */
|
1718 |
|
|
|
1719 |
|
|
struct type *
|
1720 |
|
|
ada_array_element_type (struct type *type, int nindices)
|
1721 |
|
|
{
|
1722 |
|
|
type = desc_base_type (type);
|
1723 |
|
|
|
1724 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
|
1725 |
|
|
{
|
1726 |
|
|
int k;
|
1727 |
|
|
struct type *p_array_type;
|
1728 |
|
|
|
1729 |
|
|
p_array_type = desc_data_type (type);
|
1730 |
|
|
|
1731 |
|
|
k = ada_array_arity (type);
|
1732 |
|
|
if (k == 0)
|
1733 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1734 |
|
|
|
1735 |
|
|
/* Initially p_array_type = elt_type(*)[]...(k times)...[] */
|
1736 |
|
|
if (nindices >= 0 && k > nindices)
|
1737 |
|
|
k = nindices;
|
1738 |
|
|
p_array_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_array_type);
|
1739 |
|
|
while (k > 0 && p_array_type != NULL)
|
1740 |
|
|
{
|
1741 |
|
|
p_array_type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_array_type));
|
1742 |
|
|
k -= 1;
|
1743 |
|
|
}
|
1744 |
|
|
return p_array_type;
|
1745 |
|
|
}
|
1746 |
|
|
else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
|
1747 |
|
|
{
|
1748 |
|
|
while (nindices != 0 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
|
1749 |
|
|
{
|
1750 |
|
|
type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
|
1751 |
|
|
nindices -= 1;
|
1752 |
|
|
}
|
1753 |
|
|
return type;
|
1754 |
|
|
}
|
1755 |
|
|
|
1756 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1757 |
|
|
}
|
1758 |
|
|
|
1759 |
|
|
/* The type of nth index in arrays of given type (n numbering from 1). Does
|
1760 |
|
|
not examine memory. */
|
1761 |
|
|
|
1762 |
|
|
struct type *
|
1763 |
|
|
ada_index_type (struct type *type, int n)
|
1764 |
|
|
{
|
1765 |
|
|
type = desc_base_type (type);
|
1766 |
|
|
|
1767 |
|
|
if (n > ada_array_arity (type))
|
1768 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1769 |
|
|
|
1770 |
|
|
if (ada_is_simple_array (type))
|
1771 |
|
|
{
|
1772 |
|
|
int i;
|
1773 |
|
|
|
1774 |
|
|
for (i = 1; i < n; i += 1)
|
1775 |
|
|
type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
|
1776 |
|
|
|
1777 |
|
|
return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0));
|
1778 |
|
|
}
|
1779 |
|
|
else
|
1780 |
|
|
return desc_index_type (desc_bounds_type (type), n);
|
1781 |
|
|
}
|
1782 |
|
|
|
1783 |
|
|
/* Given that arr is an array type, returns the lower bound of the
|
1784 |
|
|
Nth index (numbering from 1) if WHICH is 0, and the upper bound if
|
1785 |
|
|
WHICH is 1. This returns bounds 0 .. -1 if ARR_TYPE is an
|
1786 |
|
|
array-descriptor type. If TYPEP is non-null, *TYPEP is set to the
|
1787 |
|
|
bounds type. It works for other arrays with bounds supplied by
|
1788 |
|
|
run-time quantities other than discriminants. */
|
1789 |
|
|
|
1790 |
|
|
LONGEST
|
1791 |
|
|
ada_array_bound_from_type (struct type * arr_type, int n, int which,
|
1792 |
|
|
struct type ** typep)
|
1793 |
|
|
{
|
1794 |
|
|
struct type *type;
|
1795 |
|
|
struct type *index_type_desc;
|
1796 |
|
|
|
1797 |
|
|
if (ada_is_packed_array_type (arr_type))
|
1798 |
|
|
arr_type = decode_packed_array_type (arr_type);
|
1799 |
|
|
|
1800 |
|
|
if (arr_type == NULL || !ada_is_simple_array (arr_type))
|
1801 |
|
|
{
|
1802 |
|
|
if (typep != NULL)
|
1803 |
|
|
*typep = builtin_type_int;
|
1804 |
|
|
return (LONGEST) - which;
|
1805 |
|
|
}
|
1806 |
|
|
|
1807 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (arr_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
|
1808 |
|
|
type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (arr_type);
|
1809 |
|
|
else
|
1810 |
|
|
type = arr_type;
|
1811 |
|
|
|
1812 |
|
|
index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XA");
|
1813 |
|
|
if (index_type_desc == NULL)
|
1814 |
|
|
{
|
1815 |
|
|
struct type *range_type;
|
1816 |
|
|
struct type *index_type;
|
1817 |
|
|
|
1818 |
|
|
while (n > 1)
|
1819 |
|
|
{
|
1820 |
|
|
type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
|
1821 |
|
|
n -= 1;
|
1822 |
|
|
}
|
1823 |
|
|
|
1824 |
|
|
range_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type);
|
1825 |
|
|
index_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (range_type);
|
1826 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (index_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF)
|
1827 |
|
|
index_type = builtin_type_long;
|
1828 |
|
|
if (typep != NULL)
|
1829 |
|
|
*typep = index_type;
|
1830 |
|
|
return
|
1831 |
|
|
(LONGEST) (which == 0
|
1832 |
|
|
? TYPE_LOW_BOUND (range_type)
|
1833 |
|
|
: TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (range_type));
|
1834 |
|
|
}
|
1835 |
|
|
else
|
1836 |
|
|
{
|
1837 |
|
|
struct type *index_type =
|
1838 |
|
|
to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_type_desc, n - 1),
|
1839 |
|
|
NULL, TYPE_OBJFILE (arr_type));
|
1840 |
|
|
if (typep != NULL)
|
1841 |
|
|
*typep = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (index_type);
|
1842 |
|
|
return
|
1843 |
|
|
(LONGEST) (which == 0
|
1844 |
|
|
? TYPE_LOW_BOUND (index_type)
|
1845 |
|
|
: TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (index_type));
|
1846 |
|
|
}
|
1847 |
|
|
}
|
1848 |
|
|
|
1849 |
|
|
/* Given that arr is an array value, returns the lower bound of the
|
1850 |
|
|
nth index (numbering from 1) if which is 0, and the upper bound if
|
1851 |
|
|
which is 1. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds
|
1852 |
|
|
supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. */
|
1853 |
|
|
|
1854 |
|
|
struct value *
|
1855 |
|
|
ada_array_bound (struct value *arr, int n, int which)
|
1856 |
|
|
{
|
1857 |
|
|
struct type *arr_type = VALUE_TYPE (arr);
|
1858 |
|
|
|
1859 |
|
|
if (ada_is_packed_array_type (arr_type))
|
1860 |
|
|
return ada_array_bound (decode_packed_array (arr), n, which);
|
1861 |
|
|
else if (ada_is_simple_array (arr_type))
|
1862 |
|
|
{
|
1863 |
|
|
struct type *type;
|
1864 |
|
|
LONGEST v = ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, which, &type);
|
1865 |
|
|
return value_from_longest (type, v);
|
1866 |
|
|
}
|
1867 |
|
|
else
|
1868 |
|
|
return desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr), n, which);
|
1869 |
|
|
}
|
1870 |
|
|
|
1871 |
|
|
/* Given that arr is an array value, returns the length of the
|
1872 |
|
|
nth index. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds
|
1873 |
|
|
supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. Does not
|
1874 |
|
|
work for arrays indexed by enumeration types with representation
|
1875 |
|
|
clauses at the moment. */
|
1876 |
|
|
|
1877 |
|
|
struct value *
|
1878 |
|
|
ada_array_length (struct value *arr, int n)
|
1879 |
|
|
{
|
1880 |
|
|
struct type *arr_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
|
1881 |
|
|
struct type *index_type_desc;
|
1882 |
|
|
|
1883 |
|
|
if (ada_is_packed_array_type (arr_type))
|
1884 |
|
|
return ada_array_length (decode_packed_array (arr), n);
|
1885 |
|
|
|
1886 |
|
|
if (ada_is_simple_array (arr_type))
|
1887 |
|
|
{
|
1888 |
|
|
struct type *type;
|
1889 |
|
|
LONGEST v =
|
1890 |
|
|
ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, 1, &type) -
|
1891 |
|
|
ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, 0, NULL) + 1;
|
1892 |
|
|
return value_from_longest (type, v);
|
1893 |
|
|
}
|
1894 |
|
|
else
|
1895 |
|
|
return
|
1896 |
|
|
value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int,
|
1897 |
|
|
value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr),
|
1898 |
|
|
n, 1))
|
1899 |
|
|
- value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr),
|
1900 |
|
|
n, 0)) + 1);
|
1901 |
|
|
}
|
1902 |
|
|
|
1903 |
|
|
|
1904 |
|
|
/* Name resolution */
|
1905 |
|
|
|
1906 |
|
|
/* The "demangled" name for the user-definable Ada operator corresponding
|
1907 |
|
|
to op. */
|
1908 |
|
|
|
1909 |
|
|
static const char *
|
1910 |
|
|
ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode op)
|
1911 |
|
|
{
|
1912 |
|
|
int i;
|
1913 |
|
|
|
1914 |
|
|
for (i = 0; ada_opname_table[i].mangled != NULL; i += 1)
|
1915 |
|
|
{
|
1916 |
|
|
if (ada_opname_table[i].op == op)
|
1917 |
|
|
return ada_opname_table[i].demangled;
|
1918 |
|
|
}
|
1919 |
|
|
error ("Could not find operator name for opcode");
|
1920 |
|
|
}
|
1921 |
|
|
|
1922 |
|
|
|
1923 |
|
|
/* Same as evaluate_type (*EXP), but resolves ambiguous symbol
|
1924 |
|
|
references (OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUES) and converts operators that are
|
1925 |
|
|
user-defined into appropriate function calls. If CONTEXT_TYPE is
|
1926 |
|
|
non-null, it provides a preferred result type [at the moment, only
|
1927 |
|
|
type void has any effect---causing procedures to be preferred over
|
1928 |
|
|
functions in calls]. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates that a non-void
|
1929 |
|
|
return type is preferred. The variable unresolved_names contains a list
|
1930 |
|
|
of character strings referenced by expout that should be freed.
|
1931 |
|
|
May change (expand) *EXP. */
|
1932 |
|
|
|
1933 |
|
|
void
|
1934 |
|
|
ada_resolve (struct expression **expp, struct type *context_type)
|
1935 |
|
|
{
|
1936 |
|
|
int pc;
|
1937 |
|
|
pc = 0;
|
1938 |
|
|
ada_resolve_subexp (expp, &pc, 1, context_type);
|
1939 |
|
|
}
|
1940 |
|
|
|
1941 |
|
|
/* Resolve the operator of the subexpression beginning at
|
1942 |
|
|
position *POS of *EXPP. "Resolving" consists of replacing
|
1943 |
|
|
OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE with an appropriate OP_VAR_VALUE, replacing
|
1944 |
|
|
built-in operators with function calls to user-defined operators,
|
1945 |
|
|
where appropriate, and (when DEPROCEDURE_P is non-zero), converting
|
1946 |
|
|
function-valued variables into parameterless calls. May expand
|
1947 |
|
|
EXP. The CONTEXT_TYPE functions as in ada_resolve, above. */
|
1948 |
|
|
|
1949 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
1950 |
|
|
ada_resolve_subexp (struct expression **expp, int *pos, int deprocedure_p,
|
1951 |
|
|
struct type *context_type)
|
1952 |
|
|
{
|
1953 |
|
|
int pc = *pos;
|
1954 |
|
|
int i;
|
1955 |
|
|
struct expression *exp; /* Convenience: == *expp */
|
1956 |
|
|
enum exp_opcode op = (*expp)->elts[pc].opcode;
|
1957 |
|
|
struct value **argvec; /* Vector of operand types (alloca'ed). */
|
1958 |
|
|
int nargs; /* Number of operands */
|
1959 |
|
|
|
1960 |
|
|
argvec = NULL;
|
1961 |
|
|
nargs = 0;
|
1962 |
|
|
exp = *expp;
|
1963 |
|
|
|
1964 |
|
|
/* Pass one: resolve operands, saving their types and updating *pos. */
|
1965 |
|
|
switch (op)
|
1966 |
|
|
{
|
1967 |
|
|
case OP_VAR_VALUE:
|
1968 |
|
|
/* case OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE: */
|
1969 |
|
|
/* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
|
1970 |
|
|
*pos += 4;
|
1971 |
|
|
break;
|
1972 |
|
|
|
1973 |
|
|
case OP_FUNCALL:
|
1974 |
|
|
nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst) + 1;
|
1975 |
|
|
/* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
|
1976 |
|
|
/* if (exp->elts[pc+3].opcode == OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE)
|
1977 |
|
|
{
|
1978 |
|
|
*pos += 7;
|
1979 |
|
|
|
1980 |
|
|
argvec = (struct value* *) alloca (sizeof (struct value*) * (nargs + 1));
|
1981 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < nargs-1; i += 1)
|
1982 |
|
|
argvec[i] = ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
|
1983 |
|
|
argvec[i] = NULL;
|
1984 |
|
|
}
|
1985 |
|
|
else
|
1986 |
|
|
{
|
1987 |
|
|
*pos += 3;
|
1988 |
|
|
ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL);
|
1989 |
|
|
for (i = 1; i < nargs; i += 1)
|
1990 |
|
|
ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
|
1991 |
|
|
}
|
1992 |
|
|
*/
|
1993 |
|
|
exp = *expp;
|
1994 |
|
|
break;
|
1995 |
|
|
|
1996 |
|
|
/* FIXME: UNOP_QUAL should be defined in expression.h */
|
1997 |
|
|
/* case UNOP_QUAL:
|
1998 |
|
|
nargs = 1;
|
1999 |
|
|
*pos += 3;
|
2000 |
|
|
ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, exp->elts[pc + 1].type);
|
2001 |
|
|
exp = *expp;
|
2002 |
|
|
break;
|
2003 |
|
|
*/
|
2004 |
|
|
/* FIXME: OP_ATTRIBUTE should be defined in expression.h */
|
2005 |
|
|
/* case OP_ATTRIBUTE:
|
2006 |
|
|
nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst) + 1;
|
2007 |
|
|
*pos += 4;
|
2008 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1)
|
2009 |
|
|
ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
|
2010 |
|
|
exp = *expp;
|
2011 |
|
|
break;
|
2012 |
|
|
*/
|
2013 |
|
|
case UNOP_ADDR:
|
2014 |
|
|
nargs = 1;
|
2015 |
|
|
*pos += 1;
|
2016 |
|
|
ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL);
|
2017 |
|
|
exp = *expp;
|
2018 |
|
|
break;
|
2019 |
|
|
|
2020 |
|
|
case BINOP_ASSIGN:
|
2021 |
|
|
{
|
2022 |
|
|
struct value *arg1;
|
2023 |
|
|
nargs = 2;
|
2024 |
|
|
*pos += 1;
|
2025 |
|
|
arg1 = ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL);
|
2026 |
|
|
if (arg1 == NULL)
|
2027 |
|
|
ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
|
2028 |
|
|
else
|
2029 |
|
|
ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, VALUE_TYPE (arg1));
|
2030 |
|
|
break;
|
2031 |
|
|
}
|
2032 |
|
|
|
2033 |
|
|
default:
|
2034 |
|
|
switch (op)
|
2035 |
|
|
{
|
2036 |
|
|
default:
|
2037 |
|
|
error ("Unexpected operator during name resolution");
|
2038 |
|
|
case UNOP_CAST:
|
2039 |
|
|
/* case UNOP_MBR:
|
2040 |
|
|
nargs = 1;
|
2041 |
|
|
*pos += 3;
|
2042 |
|
|
break;
|
2043 |
|
|
*/
|
2044 |
|
|
case BINOP_ADD:
|
2045 |
|
|
case BINOP_SUB:
|
2046 |
|
|
case BINOP_MUL:
|
2047 |
|
|
case BINOP_DIV:
|
2048 |
|
|
case BINOP_REM:
|
2049 |
|
|
case BINOP_MOD:
|
2050 |
|
|
case BINOP_EXP:
|
2051 |
|
|
case BINOP_CONCAT:
|
2052 |
|
|
case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
|
2053 |
|
|
case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
|
2054 |
|
|
case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
|
2055 |
|
|
case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
|
2056 |
|
|
case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
|
2057 |
|
|
|
2058 |
|
|
case BINOP_EQUAL:
|
2059 |
|
|
case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
|
2060 |
|
|
case BINOP_LESS:
|
2061 |
|
|
case BINOP_GTR:
|
2062 |
|
|
case BINOP_LEQ:
|
2063 |
|
|
case BINOP_GEQ:
|
2064 |
|
|
|
2065 |
|
|
case BINOP_REPEAT:
|
2066 |
|
|
case BINOP_SUBSCRIPT:
|
2067 |
|
|
case BINOP_COMMA:
|
2068 |
|
|
nargs = 2;
|
2069 |
|
|
*pos += 1;
|
2070 |
|
|
break;
|
2071 |
|
|
|
2072 |
|
|
case UNOP_NEG:
|
2073 |
|
|
case UNOP_PLUS:
|
2074 |
|
|
case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
|
2075 |
|
|
case UNOP_ABS:
|
2076 |
|
|
case UNOP_IND:
|
2077 |
|
|
nargs = 1;
|
2078 |
|
|
*pos += 1;
|
2079 |
|
|
break;
|
2080 |
|
|
|
2081 |
|
|
case OP_LONG:
|
2082 |
|
|
case OP_DOUBLE:
|
2083 |
|
|
case OP_VAR_VALUE:
|
2084 |
|
|
*pos += 4;
|
2085 |
|
|
break;
|
2086 |
|
|
|
2087 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE:
|
2088 |
|
|
case OP_BOOL:
|
2089 |
|
|
case OP_LAST:
|
2090 |
|
|
case OP_REGISTER:
|
2091 |
|
|
case OP_INTERNALVAR:
|
2092 |
|
|
*pos += 3;
|
2093 |
|
|
break;
|
2094 |
|
|
|
2095 |
|
|
case UNOP_MEMVAL:
|
2096 |
|
|
*pos += 3;
|
2097 |
|
|
nargs = 1;
|
2098 |
|
|
break;
|
2099 |
|
|
|
2100 |
|
|
case STRUCTOP_STRUCT:
|
2101 |
|
|
case STRUCTOP_PTR:
|
2102 |
|
|
nargs = 1;
|
2103 |
|
|
*pos += 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst + 1);
|
2104 |
|
|
break;
|
2105 |
|
|
|
2106 |
|
|
case OP_ARRAY:
|
2107 |
|
|
*pos += 4;
|
2108 |
|
|
nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst) + 1;
|
2109 |
|
|
nargs -= longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
|
2110 |
|
|
/* A null array contains one dummy element to give the type. */
|
2111 |
|
|
/* if (nargs == 0)
|
2112 |
|
|
nargs = 1;
|
2113 |
|
|
break; */
|
2114 |
|
|
|
2115 |
|
|
case TERNOP_SLICE:
|
2116 |
|
|
/* FIXME: TERNOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
|
2117 |
|
|
/* case TERNOP_MBR:
|
2118 |
|
|
*pos += 1;
|
2119 |
|
|
nargs = 3;
|
2120 |
|
|
break;
|
2121 |
|
|
*/
|
2122 |
|
|
/* FIXME: BINOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
|
2123 |
|
|
/* case BINOP_MBR:
|
2124 |
|
|
*pos += 3;
|
2125 |
|
|
nargs = 2;
|
2126 |
|
|
break; */
|
2127 |
|
|
}
|
2128 |
|
|
|
2129 |
|
|
argvec =
|
2130 |
|
|
(struct value * *) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 1));
|
2131 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1)
|
2132 |
|
|
argvec[i] = ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
|
2133 |
|
|
argvec[i] = NULL;
|
2134 |
|
|
exp = *expp;
|
2135 |
|
|
break;
|
2136 |
|
|
}
|
2137 |
|
|
|
2138 |
|
|
/* Pass two: perform any resolution on principal operator. */
|
2139 |
|
|
switch (op)
|
2140 |
|
|
{
|
2141 |
|
|
default:
|
2142 |
|
|
break;
|
2143 |
|
|
|
2144 |
|
|
/* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
|
2145 |
|
|
/* case OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE:
|
2146 |
|
|
{
|
2147 |
|
|
struct symbol** candidate_syms;
|
2148 |
|
|
struct block** candidate_blocks;
|
2149 |
|
|
int n_candidates;
|
2150 |
|
|
|
2151 |
|
|
n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (exp->elts[pc + 2].name,
|
2152 |
|
|
exp->elts[pc + 1].block,
|
2153 |
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE,
|
2154 |
|
|
&candidate_syms,
|
2155 |
|
|
&candidate_blocks);
|
2156 |
|
|
|
2157 |
|
|
if (n_candidates > 1)
|
2158 |
|
|
{ */
|
2159 |
|
|
/* Types tend to get re-introduced locally, so if there
|
2160 |
|
|
are any local symbols that are not types, first filter
|
2161 |
|
|
out all types. *//*
|
2162 |
|
|
int j;
|
2163 |
|
|
for (j = 0; j < n_candidates; j += 1)
|
2164 |
|
|
switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidate_syms[j]))
|
2165 |
|
|
{
|
2166 |
|
|
case LOC_REGISTER:
|
2167 |
|
|
case LOC_ARG:
|
2168 |
|
|
case LOC_REF_ARG:
|
2169 |
|
|
case LOC_REGPARM:
|
2170 |
|
|
case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
|
2171 |
|
|
case LOC_LOCAL:
|
2172 |
|
|
case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
|
2173 |
|
|
case LOC_BASEREG:
|
2174 |
|
|
case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
|
2175 |
|
|
goto FoundNonType;
|
2176 |
|
|
default:
|
2177 |
|
|
break;
|
2178 |
|
|
}
|
2179 |
|
|
FoundNonType:
|
2180 |
|
|
if (j < n_candidates)
|
2181 |
|
|
{
|
2182 |
|
|
j = 0;
|
2183 |
|
|
while (j < n_candidates)
|
2184 |
|
|
{
|
2185 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidate_syms[j]) == LOC_TYPEDEF)
|
2186 |
|
|
{
|
2187 |
|
|
candidate_syms[j] = candidate_syms[n_candidates-1];
|
2188 |
|
|
candidate_blocks[j] = candidate_blocks[n_candidates-1];
|
2189 |
|
|
n_candidates -= 1;
|
2190 |
|
|
}
|
2191 |
|
|
else
|
2192 |
|
|
j += 1;
|
2193 |
|
|
}
|
2194 |
|
|
}
|
2195 |
|
|
}
|
2196 |
|
|
|
2197 |
|
|
if (n_candidates == 0)
|
2198 |
|
|
error ("No definition found for %s",
|
2199 |
|
|
ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 2].name));
|
2200 |
|
|
else if (n_candidates == 1)
|
2201 |
|
|
i = 0;
|
2202 |
|
|
else if (deprocedure_p
|
2203 |
|
|
&& ! is_nonfunction (candidate_syms, n_candidates))
|
2204 |
|
|
{
|
2205 |
|
|
i = ada_resolve_function (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks,
|
2206 |
|
|
n_candidates, NULL, 0,
|
2207 |
|
|
exp->elts[pc + 2].name, context_type);
|
2208 |
|
|
if (i < 0)
|
2209 |
|
|
error ("Could not find a match for %s",
|
2210 |
|
|
ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 2].name));
|
2211 |
|
|
}
|
2212 |
|
|
else
|
2213 |
|
|
{
|
2214 |
|
|
printf_filtered ("Multiple matches for %s\n",
|
2215 |
|
|
ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc+2].name));
|
2216 |
|
|
user_select_syms (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks,
|
2217 |
|
|
n_candidates, 1);
|
2218 |
|
|
i = 0;
|
2219 |
|
|
}
|
2220 |
|
|
|
2221 |
|
|
exp->elts[pc].opcode = exp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE;
|
2222 |
|
|
exp->elts[pc + 1].block = candidate_blocks[i];
|
2223 |
|
|
exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol = candidate_syms[i];
|
2224 |
|
|
if (innermost_block == NULL ||
|
2225 |
|
|
contained_in (candidate_blocks[i], innermost_block))
|
2226 |
|
|
innermost_block = candidate_blocks[i];
|
2227 |
|
|
} */
|
2228 |
|
|
/* FALL THROUGH */
|
2229 |
|
|
|
2230 |
|
|
case OP_VAR_VALUE:
|
2231 |
|
|
if (deprocedure_p &&
|
2232 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)) ==
|
2233 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
|
2234 |
|
|
{
|
2235 |
|
|
replace_operator_with_call (expp, pc, 0, 0,
|
2236 |
|
|
exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol,
|
2237 |
|
|
exp->elts[pc + 1].block);
|
2238 |
|
|
exp = *expp;
|
2239 |
|
|
}
|
2240 |
|
|
break;
|
2241 |
|
|
|
2242 |
|
|
case OP_FUNCALL:
|
2243 |
|
|
{
|
2244 |
|
|
/* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
|
2245 |
|
|
/* if (exp->elts[pc+3].opcode == OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE)
|
2246 |
|
|
{
|
2247 |
|
|
struct symbol** candidate_syms;
|
2248 |
|
|
struct block** candidate_blocks;
|
2249 |
|
|
int n_candidates;
|
2250 |
|
|
|
2251 |
|
|
n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (exp->elts[pc + 5].name,
|
2252 |
|
|
exp->elts[pc + 4].block,
|
2253 |
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE,
|
2254 |
|
|
&candidate_syms,
|
2255 |
|
|
&candidate_blocks);
|
2256 |
|
|
if (n_candidates == 1)
|
2257 |
|
|
i = 0;
|
2258 |
|
|
else
|
2259 |
|
|
{
|
2260 |
|
|
i = ada_resolve_function (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks,
|
2261 |
|
|
n_candidates, argvec, nargs-1,
|
2262 |
|
|
exp->elts[pc + 5].name, context_type);
|
2263 |
|
|
if (i < 0)
|
2264 |
|
|
error ("Could not find a match for %s",
|
2265 |
|
|
ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 5].name));
|
2266 |
|
|
}
|
2267 |
|
|
|
2268 |
|
|
exp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = exp->elts[pc + 6].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE;
|
2269 |
|
|
exp->elts[pc + 4].block = candidate_blocks[i];
|
2270 |
|
|
exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol = candidate_syms[i];
|
2271 |
|
|
if (innermost_block == NULL ||
|
2272 |
|
|
contained_in (candidate_blocks[i], innermost_block))
|
2273 |
|
|
innermost_block = candidate_blocks[i];
|
2274 |
|
|
} */
|
2275 |
|
|
|
2276 |
|
|
}
|
2277 |
|
|
break;
|
2278 |
|
|
case BINOP_ADD:
|
2279 |
|
|
case BINOP_SUB:
|
2280 |
|
|
case BINOP_MUL:
|
2281 |
|
|
case BINOP_DIV:
|
2282 |
|
|
case BINOP_REM:
|
2283 |
|
|
case BINOP_MOD:
|
2284 |
|
|
case BINOP_CONCAT:
|
2285 |
|
|
case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
|
2286 |
|
|
case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
|
2287 |
|
|
case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
|
2288 |
|
|
case BINOP_EQUAL:
|
2289 |
|
|
case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
|
2290 |
|
|
case BINOP_LESS:
|
2291 |
|
|
case BINOP_GTR:
|
2292 |
|
|
case BINOP_LEQ:
|
2293 |
|
|
case BINOP_GEQ:
|
2294 |
|
|
case BINOP_EXP:
|
2295 |
|
|
case UNOP_NEG:
|
2296 |
|
|
case UNOP_PLUS:
|
2297 |
|
|
case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
|
2298 |
|
|
case UNOP_ABS:
|
2299 |
|
|
if (possible_user_operator_p (op, argvec))
|
2300 |
|
|
{
|
2301 |
|
|
struct symbol **candidate_syms;
|
2302 |
|
|
struct block **candidate_blocks;
|
2303 |
|
|
int n_candidates;
|
2304 |
|
|
|
2305 |
|
|
n_candidates =
|
2306 |
|
|
ada_lookup_symbol_list (ada_mangle (ada_op_name (op)),
|
2307 |
|
|
(struct block *) NULL, VAR_NAMESPACE,
|
2308 |
|
|
&candidate_syms, &candidate_blocks);
|
2309 |
|
|
i =
|
2310 |
|
|
ada_resolve_function (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks,
|
2311 |
|
|
n_candidates, argvec, nargs,
|
2312 |
|
|
ada_op_name (op), NULL);
|
2313 |
|
|
if (i < 0)
|
2314 |
|
|
break;
|
2315 |
|
|
|
2316 |
|
|
replace_operator_with_call (expp, pc, nargs, 1,
|
2317 |
|
|
candidate_syms[i], candidate_blocks[i]);
|
2318 |
|
|
exp = *expp;
|
2319 |
|
|
}
|
2320 |
|
|
break;
|
2321 |
|
|
}
|
2322 |
|
|
|
2323 |
|
|
*pos = pc;
|
2324 |
|
|
return evaluate_subexp_type (exp, pos);
|
2325 |
|
|
}
|
2326 |
|
|
|
2327 |
|
|
/* Return non-zero if formal type FTYPE matches actual type ATYPE. If
|
2328 |
|
|
MAY_DEREF is non-zero, the formal may be a pointer and the actual
|
2329 |
|
|
a non-pointer. */
|
2330 |
|
|
/* The term "match" here is rather loose. The match is heuristic and
|
2331 |
|
|
liberal. FIXME: TOO liberal, in fact. */
|
2332 |
|
|
|
2333 |
|
|
static int
|
2334 |
|
|
ada_type_match (struct type *ftype, struct type *atype, int may_deref)
|
2335 |
|
|
{
|
2336 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (ftype);
|
2337 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (atype);
|
2338 |
|
|
|
2339 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (ftype) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
|
2340 |
|
|
ftype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype);
|
2341 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
|
2342 |
|
|
atype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype);
|
2343 |
|
|
|
2344 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (ftype) == TYPE_CODE_VOID
|
2345 |
|
|
|| TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
|
2346 |
|
|
return 1;
|
2347 |
|
|
|
2348 |
|
|
switch (TYPE_CODE (ftype))
|
2349 |
|
|
{
|
2350 |
|
|
default:
|
2351 |
|
|
return 1;
|
2352 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_PTR:
|
2353 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
|
2354 |
|
|
return ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype),
|
2355 |
|
|
TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype), 0);
|
2356 |
|
|
else
|
2357 |
|
|
return (may_deref &&
|
2358 |
|
|
ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype), atype, 0));
|
2359 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_INT:
|
2360 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:
|
2361 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
|
2362 |
|
|
switch (TYPE_CODE (atype))
|
2363 |
|
|
{
|
2364 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_INT:
|
2365 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:
|
2366 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
|
2367 |
|
|
return 1;
|
2368 |
|
|
default:
|
2369 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2370 |
|
|
}
|
2371 |
|
|
|
2372 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
|
2373 |
|
|
return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
|
2374 |
|
|
|| ada_is_array_descriptor (atype));
|
2375 |
|
|
|
2376 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
|
2377 |
|
|
if (ada_is_array_descriptor (ftype))
|
2378 |
|
|
return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
|
2379 |
|
|
|| ada_is_array_descriptor (atype));
|
2380 |
|
|
else
|
2381 |
|
|
return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
|
2382 |
|
|
&& !ada_is_array_descriptor (atype));
|
2383 |
|
|
|
2384 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
|
2385 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_FLT:
|
2386 |
|
|
return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE (ftype));
|
2387 |
|
|
}
|
2388 |
|
|
}
|
2389 |
|
|
|
2390 |
|
|
/* Return non-zero if the formals of FUNC "sufficiently match" the
|
2391 |
|
|
vector of actual argument types ACTUALS of size N_ACTUALS. FUNC
|
2392 |
|
|
may also be an enumeral, in which case it is treated as a 0-
|
2393 |
|
|
argument function. */
|
2394 |
|
|
|
2395 |
|
|
static int
|
2396 |
|
|
ada_args_match (struct symbol *func, struct value **actuals, int n_actuals)
|
2397 |
|
|
{
|
2398 |
|
|
int i;
|
2399 |
|
|
struct type *func_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (func);
|
2400 |
|
|
|
2401 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_CLASS (func) == LOC_CONST &&
|
2402 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (func_type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
|
2403 |
|
|
return (n_actuals == 0);
|
2404 |
|
|
else if (func_type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (func_type) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
|
2405 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2406 |
|
|
|
2407 |
|
|
if (TYPE_NFIELDS (func_type) != n_actuals)
|
2408 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2409 |
|
|
|
2410 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n_actuals; i += 1)
|
2411 |
|
|
{
|
2412 |
|
|
struct type *ftype = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (func_type, i));
|
2413 |
|
|
struct type *atype = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (actuals[i]));
|
2414 |
|
|
|
2415 |
|
|
if (!ada_type_match (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (func_type, i),
|
2416 |
|
|
VALUE_TYPE (actuals[i]), 1))
|
2417 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2418 |
|
|
}
|
2419 |
|
|
return 1;
|
2420 |
|
|
}
|
2421 |
|
|
|
2422 |
|
|
/* False iff function type FUNC_TYPE definitely does not produce a value
|
2423 |
|
|
compatible with type CONTEXT_TYPE. Conservatively returns 1 if
|
2424 |
|
|
FUNC_TYPE is not a valid function type with a non-null return type
|
2425 |
|
|
or an enumerated type. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates any non-void type. */
|
2426 |
|
|
|
2427 |
|
|
static int
|
2428 |
|
|
return_match (struct type *func_type, struct type *context_type)
|
2429 |
|
|
{
|
2430 |
|
|
struct type *return_type;
|
2431 |
|
|
|
2432 |
|
|
if (func_type == NULL)
|
2433 |
|
|
return 1;
|
2434 |
|
|
|
2435 |
|
|
/* FIXME: base_type should be declared in gdbtypes.h, implemented in valarith.c */
|
2436 |
|
|
/* if (TYPE_CODE (func_type) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
|
2437 |
|
|
return_type = base_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (func_type));
|
2438 |
|
|
else
|
2439 |
|
|
return_type = base_type (func_type); */
|
2440 |
|
|
if (return_type == NULL)
|
2441 |
|
|
return 1;
|
2442 |
|
|
|
2443 |
|
|
/* FIXME: base_type should be declared in gdbtypes.h, implemented in valarith.c */
|
2444 |
|
|
/* context_type = base_type (context_type); */
|
2445 |
|
|
|
2446 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (return_type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
|
2447 |
|
|
return context_type == NULL || return_type == context_type;
|
2448 |
|
|
else if (context_type == NULL)
|
2449 |
|
|
return TYPE_CODE (return_type) != TYPE_CODE_VOID;
|
2450 |
|
|
else
|
2451 |
|
|
return TYPE_CODE (return_type) == TYPE_CODE (context_type);
|
2452 |
|
|
}
|
2453 |
|
|
|
2454 |
|
|
|
2455 |
|
|
/* Return the index in SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] of symbol for the
|
2456 |
|
|
function (if any) that matches the types of the NARGS arguments in
|
2457 |
|
|
ARGS. If CONTEXT_TYPE is non-null, and there is at least one match
|
2458 |
|
|
that returns type CONTEXT_TYPE, then eliminate other matches. If
|
2459 |
|
|
CONTEXT_TYPE is null, prefer a non-void-returning function.
|
2460 |
|
|
Asks the user if there is more than one match remaining. Returns -1
|
2461 |
|
|
if there is no such symbol or none is selected. NAME is used
|
2462 |
|
|
solely for messages. May re-arrange and modify SYMS in
|
2463 |
|
|
the process; the index returned is for the modified vector. BLOCKS
|
2464 |
|
|
is modified in parallel to SYMS. */
|
2465 |
|
|
|
2466 |
|
|
int
|
2467 |
|
|
ada_resolve_function (struct symbol *syms[], struct block *blocks[],
|
2468 |
|
|
int nsyms, struct value **args, int nargs,
|
2469 |
|
|
const char *name, struct type *context_type)
|
2470 |
|
|
{
|
2471 |
|
|
int k;
|
2472 |
|
|
int m; /* Number of hits */
|
2473 |
|
|
struct type *fallback;
|
2474 |
|
|
struct type *return_type;
|
2475 |
|
|
|
2476 |
|
|
return_type = context_type;
|
2477 |
|
|
if (context_type == NULL)
|
2478 |
|
|
fallback = builtin_type_void;
|
2479 |
|
|
else
|
2480 |
|
|
fallback = NULL;
|
2481 |
|
|
|
2482 |
|
|
m = 0;
|
2483 |
|
|
while (1)
|
2484 |
|
|
{
|
2485 |
|
|
for (k = 0; k < nsyms; k += 1)
|
2486 |
|
|
{
|
2487 |
|
|
struct type *type = check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[k]));
|
2488 |
|
|
|
2489 |
|
|
if (ada_args_match (syms[k], args, nargs)
|
2490 |
|
|
&& return_match (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[k]), return_type))
|
2491 |
|
|
{
|
2492 |
|
|
syms[m] = syms[k];
|
2493 |
|
|
if (blocks != NULL)
|
2494 |
|
|
blocks[m] = blocks[k];
|
2495 |
|
|
m += 1;
|
2496 |
|
|
}
|
2497 |
|
|
}
|
2498 |
|
|
if (m > 0 || return_type == fallback)
|
2499 |
|
|
break;
|
2500 |
|
|
else
|
2501 |
|
|
return_type = fallback;
|
2502 |
|
|
}
|
2503 |
|
|
|
2504 |
|
|
if (m == 0)
|
2505 |
|
|
return -1;
|
2506 |
|
|
else if (m > 1)
|
2507 |
|
|
{
|
2508 |
|
|
printf_filtered ("Multiple matches for %s\n", name);
|
2509 |
|
|
user_select_syms (syms, blocks, m, 1);
|
2510 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2511 |
|
|
}
|
2512 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2513 |
|
|
}
|
2514 |
|
|
|
2515 |
|
|
/* Returns true (non-zero) iff demangled name N0 should appear before N1 */
|
2516 |
|
|
/* in a listing of choices during disambiguation (see sort_choices, below). */
|
2517 |
|
|
/* The idea is that overloadings of a subprogram name from the */
|
2518 |
|
|
/* same package should sort in their source order. We settle for ordering */
|
2519 |
|
|
/* such symbols by their trailing number (__N or $N). */
|
2520 |
|
|
static int
|
2521 |
|
|
mangled_ordered_before (char *N0, char *N1)
|
2522 |
|
|
{
|
2523 |
|
|
if (N1 == NULL)
|
2524 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2525 |
|
|
else if (N0 == NULL)
|
2526 |
|
|
return 1;
|
2527 |
|
|
else
|
2528 |
|
|
{
|
2529 |
|
|
int k0, k1;
|
2530 |
|
|
for (k0 = strlen (N0) - 1; k0 > 0 && isdigit (N0[k0]); k0 -= 1)
|
2531 |
|
|
;
|
2532 |
|
|
for (k1 = strlen (N1) - 1; k1 > 0 && isdigit (N1[k1]); k1 -= 1)
|
2533 |
|
|
;
|
2534 |
|
|
if ((N0[k0] == '_' || N0[k0] == '$') && N0[k0 + 1] != '\000'
|
2535 |
|
|
&& (N1[k1] == '_' || N1[k1] == '$') && N1[k1 + 1] != '\000')
|
2536 |
|
|
{
|
2537 |
|
|
int n0, n1;
|
2538 |
|
|
n0 = k0;
|
2539 |
|
|
while (N0[n0] == '_' && n0 > 0 && N0[n0 - 1] == '_')
|
2540 |
|
|
n0 -= 1;
|
2541 |
|
|
n1 = k1;
|
2542 |
|
|
while (N1[n1] == '_' && n1 > 0 && N1[n1 - 1] == '_')
|
2543 |
|
|
n1 -= 1;
|
2544 |
|
|
if (n0 == n1 && STREQN (N0, N1, n0))
|
2545 |
|
|
return (atoi (N0 + k0 + 1) < atoi (N1 + k1 + 1));
|
2546 |
|
|
}
|
2547 |
|
|
return (strcmp (N0, N1) < 0);
|
2548 |
|
|
}
|
2549 |
|
|
}
|
2550 |
|
|
|
2551 |
|
|
/* Sort SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] to put the choices in a canonical order by their */
|
2552 |
|
|
/* mangled names, rearranging BLOCKS[0..NSYMS-1] according to the same */
|
2553 |
|
|
/* permutation. */
|
2554 |
|
|
static void
|
2555 |
|
|
sort_choices (struct symbol *syms[], struct block *blocks[], int nsyms)
|
2556 |
|
|
{
|
2557 |
|
|
int i, j;
|
2558 |
|
|
for (i = 1; i < nsyms; i += 1)
|
2559 |
|
|
{
|
2560 |
|
|
struct symbol *sym = syms[i];
|
2561 |
|
|
struct block *block = blocks[i];
|
2562 |
|
|
int j;
|
2563 |
|
|
|
2564 |
|
|
for (j = i - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1)
|
2565 |
|
|
{
|
2566 |
|
|
if (mangled_ordered_before (SYMBOL_NAME (syms[j]),
|
2567 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (sym)))
|
2568 |
|
|
break;
|
2569 |
|
|
syms[j + 1] = syms[j];
|
2570 |
|
|
blocks[j + 1] = blocks[j];
|
2571 |
|
|
}
|
2572 |
|
|
syms[j + 1] = sym;
|
2573 |
|
|
blocks[j + 1] = block;
|
2574 |
|
|
}
|
2575 |
|
|
}
|
2576 |
|
|
|
2577 |
|
|
/* Given a list of NSYMS symbols in SYMS and corresponding blocks in */
|
2578 |
|
|
/* BLOCKS, select up to MAX_RESULTS>0 by asking the user (if */
|
2579 |
|
|
/* necessary), returning the number selected, and setting the first */
|
2580 |
|
|
/* elements of SYMS and BLOCKS to the selected symbols and */
|
2581 |
|
|
/* corresponding blocks. Error if no symbols selected. BLOCKS may */
|
2582 |
|
|
/* be NULL, in which case it is ignored. */
|
2583 |
|
|
|
2584 |
|
|
/* NOTE: Adapted from decode_line_2 in symtab.c, with which it ought
|
2585 |
|
|
to be re-integrated one of these days. */
|
2586 |
|
|
|
2587 |
|
|
int
|
2588 |
|
|
user_select_syms (struct symbol *syms[], struct block *blocks[], int nsyms,
|
2589 |
|
|
int max_results)
|
2590 |
|
|
{
|
2591 |
|
|
int i;
|
2592 |
|
|
int *chosen = (int *) alloca (sizeof (int) * nsyms);
|
2593 |
|
|
int n_chosen;
|
2594 |
|
|
int first_choice = (max_results == 1) ? 1 : 2;
|
2595 |
|
|
|
2596 |
|
|
if (max_results < 1)
|
2597 |
|
|
error ("Request to select 0 symbols!");
|
2598 |
|
|
if (nsyms <= 1)
|
2599 |
|
|
return nsyms;
|
2600 |
|
|
|
2601 |
|
|
printf_unfiltered ("[0] cancel\n");
|
2602 |
|
|
if (max_results > 1)
|
2603 |
|
|
printf_unfiltered ("[1] all\n");
|
2604 |
|
|
|
2605 |
|
|
sort_choices (syms, blocks, nsyms);
|
2606 |
|
|
|
2607 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < nsyms; i += 1)
|
2608 |
|
|
{
|
2609 |
|
|
if (syms[i] == NULL)
|
2610 |
|
|
continue;
|
2611 |
|
|
|
2612 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_BLOCK)
|
2613 |
|
|
{
|
2614 |
|
|
struct symtab_and_line sal = find_function_start_sal (syms[i], 1);
|
2615 |
|
|
printf_unfiltered ("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n",
|
2616 |
|
|
i + first_choice,
|
2617 |
|
|
SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (syms[i]),
|
2618 |
|
|
sal.symtab == NULL
|
2619 |
|
|
? "<no source file available>"
|
2620 |
|
|
: sal.symtab->filename, sal.line);
|
2621 |
|
|
continue;
|
2622 |
|
|
}
|
2623 |
|
|
else
|
2624 |
|
|
{
|
2625 |
|
|
int is_enumeral =
|
2626 |
|
|
(SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_CONST
|
2627 |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]) != NULL
|
2628 |
|
|
&& TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM);
|
2629 |
|
|
struct symtab *symtab = symtab_for_sym (syms[i]);
|
2630 |
|
|
|
2631 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_LINE (syms[i]) != 0 && symtab != NULL)
|
2632 |
|
|
printf_unfiltered ("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n",
|
2633 |
|
|
i + first_choice,
|
2634 |
|
|
SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (syms[i]),
|
2635 |
|
|
symtab->filename, SYMBOL_LINE (syms[i]));
|
2636 |
|
|
else if (is_enumeral && TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) != NULL)
|
2637 |
|
|
{
|
2638 |
|
|
printf_unfiltered ("[%d] ", i + first_choice);
|
2639 |
|
|
ada_print_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]), NULL, gdb_stdout, -1, 0);
|
2640 |
|
|
printf_unfiltered ("'(%s) (enumeral)\n",
|
2641 |
|
|
SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (syms[i]));
|
2642 |
|
|
}
|
2643 |
|
|
else if (symtab != NULL)
|
2644 |
|
|
printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral
|
2645 |
|
|
? "[%d] %s in %s (enumeral)\n"
|
2646 |
|
|
: "[%d] %s at %s:?\n",
|
2647 |
|
|
i + first_choice,
|
2648 |
|
|
SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (syms[i]),
|
2649 |
|
|
symtab->filename);
|
2650 |
|
|
else
|
2651 |
|
|
printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral
|
2652 |
|
|
? "[%d] %s (enumeral)\n"
|
2653 |
|
|
: "[%d] %s at ?\n",
|
2654 |
|
|
i + first_choice,
|
2655 |
|
|
SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (syms[i]));
|
2656 |
|
|
}
|
2657 |
|
|
}
|
2658 |
|
|
|
2659 |
|
|
n_chosen = get_selections (chosen, nsyms, max_results, max_results > 1,
|
2660 |
|
|
"overload-choice");
|
2661 |
|
|
|
2662 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n_chosen; i += 1)
|
2663 |
|
|
{
|
2664 |
|
|
syms[i] = syms[chosen[i]];
|
2665 |
|
|
if (blocks != NULL)
|
2666 |
|
|
blocks[i] = blocks[chosen[i]];
|
2667 |
|
|
}
|
2668 |
|
|
|
2669 |
|
|
return n_chosen;
|
2670 |
|
|
}
|
2671 |
|
|
|
2672 |
|
|
/* Read and validate a set of numeric choices from the user in the
|
2673 |
|
|
range 0 .. N_CHOICES-1. Place the results in increasing
|
2674 |
|
|
order in CHOICES[0 .. N-1], and return N.
|
2675 |
|
|
|
2676 |
|
|
The user types choices as a sequence of numbers on one line
|
2677 |
|
|
separated by blanks, encoding them as follows:
|
2678 |
|
|
|
2679 |
|
|
+ A choice of 0 means to cancel the selection, throwing an error.
|
2680 |
|
|
+ If IS_ALL_CHOICE, a choice of 1 selects the entire set 0 .. N_CHOICES-1.
|
2681 |
|
|
+ The user chooses k by typing k+IS_ALL_CHOICE+1.
|
2682 |
|
|
|
2683 |
|
|
The user is not allowed to choose more than MAX_RESULTS values.
|
2684 |
|
|
|
2685 |
|
|
ANNOTATION_SUFFIX, if present, is used to annotate the input
|
2686 |
|
|
prompts (for use with the -f switch). */
|
2687 |
|
|
|
2688 |
|
|
int
|
2689 |
|
|
get_selections (int *choices, int n_choices, int max_results,
|
2690 |
|
|
int is_all_choice, char *annotation_suffix)
|
2691 |
|
|
{
|
2692 |
|
|
int i;
|
2693 |
|
|
char *args;
|
2694 |
|
|
const char *prompt;
|
2695 |
|
|
int n_chosen;
|
2696 |
|
|
int first_choice = is_all_choice ? 2 : 1;
|
2697 |
|
|
|
2698 |
|
|
prompt = getenv ("PS2");
|
2699 |
|
|
if (prompt == NULL)
|
2700 |
|
|
prompt = ">";
|
2701 |
|
|
|
2702 |
|
|
printf_unfiltered ("%s ", prompt);
|
2703 |
|
|
gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
|
2704 |
|
|
|
2705 |
|
|
args = command_line_input ((char *) NULL, 0, annotation_suffix);
|
2706 |
|
|
|
2707 |
|
|
if (args == NULL)
|
2708 |
|
|
error_no_arg ("one or more choice numbers");
|
2709 |
|
|
|
2710 |
|
|
n_chosen = 0;
|
2711 |
|
|
|
2712 |
|
|
/* Set choices[0 .. n_chosen-1] to the users' choices in ascending
|
2713 |
|
|
order, as given in args. Choices are validated. */
|
2714 |
|
|
while (1)
|
2715 |
|
|
{
|
2716 |
|
|
char *args2;
|
2717 |
|
|
int choice, j;
|
2718 |
|
|
|
2719 |
|
|
while (isspace (*args))
|
2720 |
|
|
args += 1;
|
2721 |
|
|
if (*args == '\0' && n_chosen == 0)
|
2722 |
|
|
error_no_arg ("one or more choice numbers");
|
2723 |
|
|
else if (*args == '\0')
|
2724 |
|
|
break;
|
2725 |
|
|
|
2726 |
|
|
choice = strtol (args, &args2, 10);
|
2727 |
|
|
if (args == args2 || choice < 0
|
2728 |
|
|
|| choice > n_choices + first_choice - 1)
|
2729 |
|
|
error ("Argument must be choice number");
|
2730 |
|
|
args = args2;
|
2731 |
|
|
|
2732 |
|
|
if (choice == 0)
|
2733 |
|
|
error ("cancelled");
|
2734 |
|
|
|
2735 |
|
|
if (choice < first_choice)
|
2736 |
|
|
{
|
2737 |
|
|
n_chosen = n_choices;
|
2738 |
|
|
for (j = 0; j < n_choices; j += 1)
|
2739 |
|
|
choices[j] = j;
|
2740 |
|
|
break;
|
2741 |
|
|
}
|
2742 |
|
|
choice -= first_choice;
|
2743 |
|
|
|
2744 |
|
|
for (j = n_chosen - 1; j >= 0 && choice < choices[j]; j -= 1)
|
2745 |
|
|
{
|
2746 |
|
|
}
|
2747 |
|
|
|
2748 |
|
|
if (j < 0 || choice != choices[j])
|
2749 |
|
|
{
|
2750 |
|
|
int k;
|
2751 |
|
|
for (k = n_chosen - 1; k > j; k -= 1)
|
2752 |
|
|
choices[k + 1] = choices[k];
|
2753 |
|
|
choices[j + 1] = choice;
|
2754 |
|
|
n_chosen += 1;
|
2755 |
|
|
}
|
2756 |
|
|
}
|
2757 |
|
|
|
2758 |
|
|
if (n_chosen > max_results)
|
2759 |
|
|
error ("Select no more than %d of the above", max_results);
|
2760 |
|
|
|
2761 |
|
|
return n_chosen;
|
2762 |
|
|
}
|
2763 |
|
|
|
2764 |
|
|
/* Replace the operator of length OPLEN at position PC in *EXPP with a call */
|
2765 |
|
|
/* on the function identified by SYM and BLOCK, and taking NARGS */
|
2766 |
|
|
/* arguments. Update *EXPP as needed to hold more space. */
|
2767 |
|
|
|
2768 |
|
|
static void
|
2769 |
|
|
replace_operator_with_call (struct expression **expp, int pc, int nargs,
|
2770 |
|
|
int oplen, struct symbol *sym,
|
2771 |
|
|
struct block *block)
|
2772 |
|
|
{
|
2773 |
|
|
/* A new expression, with 6 more elements (3 for funcall, 4 for function
|
2774 |
|
|
symbol, -oplen for operator being replaced). */
|
2775 |
|
|
struct expression *newexp = (struct expression *)
|
2776 |
|
|
xmalloc (sizeof (struct expression)
|
2777 |
|
|
+ EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES ((*expp)->nelts + 7 - oplen));
|
2778 |
|
|
struct expression *exp = *expp;
|
2779 |
|
|
|
2780 |
|
|
newexp->nelts = exp->nelts + 7 - oplen;
|
2781 |
|
|
newexp->language_defn = exp->language_defn;
|
2782 |
|
|
memcpy (newexp->elts, exp->elts, EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (pc));
|
2783 |
|
|
memcpy (newexp->elts + pc + 7, exp->elts + pc + oplen,
|
2784 |
|
|
EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (exp->nelts - pc - oplen));
|
2785 |
|
|
|
2786 |
|
|
newexp->elts[pc].opcode = newexp->elts[pc + 2].opcode = OP_FUNCALL;
|
2787 |
|
|
newexp->elts[pc + 1].longconst = (LONGEST) nargs;
|
2788 |
|
|
|
2789 |
|
|
newexp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = newexp->elts[pc + 6].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE;
|
2790 |
|
|
newexp->elts[pc + 4].block = block;
|
2791 |
|
|
newexp->elts[pc + 5].symbol = sym;
|
2792 |
|
|
|
2793 |
|
|
*expp = newexp;
|
2794 |
|
|
xfree (exp);
|
2795 |
|
|
}
|
2796 |
|
|
|
2797 |
|
|
/* Type-class predicates */
|
2798 |
|
|
|
2799 |
|
|
/* True iff TYPE is numeric (i.e., an INT, RANGE (of numeric type), or */
|
2800 |
|
|
/* FLOAT.) */
|
2801 |
|
|
|
2802 |
|
|
static int
|
2803 |
|
|
numeric_type_p (struct type *type)
|
2804 |
|
|
{
|
2805 |
|
|
if (type == NULL)
|
2806 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2807 |
|
|
else
|
2808 |
|
|
{
|
2809 |
|
|
switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
|
2810 |
|
|
{
|
2811 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_INT:
|
2812 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_FLT:
|
2813 |
|
|
return 1;
|
2814 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
|
2815 |
|
|
return (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)
|
2816 |
|
|
|| numeric_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)));
|
2817 |
|
|
default:
|
2818 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2819 |
|
|
}
|
2820 |
|
|
}
|
2821 |
|
|
}
|
2822 |
|
|
|
2823 |
|
|
/* True iff TYPE is integral (an INT or RANGE of INTs). */
|
2824 |
|
|
|
2825 |
|
|
static int
|
2826 |
|
|
integer_type_p (struct type *type)
|
2827 |
|
|
{
|
2828 |
|
|
if (type == NULL)
|
2829 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2830 |
|
|
else
|
2831 |
|
|
{
|
2832 |
|
|
switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
|
2833 |
|
|
{
|
2834 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_INT:
|
2835 |
|
|
return 1;
|
2836 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
|
2837 |
|
|
return (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)
|
2838 |
|
|
|| integer_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)));
|
2839 |
|
|
default:
|
2840 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2841 |
|
|
}
|
2842 |
|
|
}
|
2843 |
|
|
}
|
2844 |
|
|
|
2845 |
|
|
/* True iff TYPE is scalar (INT, RANGE, FLOAT, ENUM). */
|
2846 |
|
|
|
2847 |
|
|
static int
|
2848 |
|
|
scalar_type_p (struct type *type)
|
2849 |
|
|
{
|
2850 |
|
|
if (type == NULL)
|
2851 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2852 |
|
|
else
|
2853 |
|
|
{
|
2854 |
|
|
switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
|
2855 |
|
|
{
|
2856 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_INT:
|
2857 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
|
2858 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:
|
2859 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_FLT:
|
2860 |
|
|
return 1;
|
2861 |
|
|
default:
|
2862 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2863 |
|
|
}
|
2864 |
|
|
}
|
2865 |
|
|
}
|
2866 |
|
|
|
2867 |
|
|
/* True iff TYPE is discrete (INT, RANGE, ENUM). */
|
2868 |
|
|
|
2869 |
|
|
static int
|
2870 |
|
|
discrete_type_p (struct type *type)
|
2871 |
|
|
{
|
2872 |
|
|
if (type == NULL)
|
2873 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2874 |
|
|
else
|
2875 |
|
|
{
|
2876 |
|
|
switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
|
2877 |
|
|
{
|
2878 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_INT:
|
2879 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
|
2880 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:
|
2881 |
|
|
return 1;
|
2882 |
|
|
default:
|
2883 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2884 |
|
|
}
|
2885 |
|
|
}
|
2886 |
|
|
}
|
2887 |
|
|
|
2888 |
|
|
/* Returns non-zero if OP with operatands in the vector ARGS could be
|
2889 |
|
|
a user-defined function. Errs on the side of pre-defined operators
|
2890 |
|
|
(i.e., result 0). */
|
2891 |
|
|
|
2892 |
|
|
static int
|
2893 |
|
|
possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode op, struct value *args[])
|
2894 |
|
|
{
|
2895 |
|
|
struct type *type0 = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (args[0]));
|
2896 |
|
|
struct type *type1 =
|
2897 |
|
|
(args[1] == NULL) ? NULL : check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (args[1]));
|
2898 |
|
|
|
2899 |
|
|
switch (op)
|
2900 |
|
|
{
|
2901 |
|
|
default:
|
2902 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2903 |
|
|
|
2904 |
|
|
case BINOP_ADD:
|
2905 |
|
|
case BINOP_SUB:
|
2906 |
|
|
case BINOP_MUL:
|
2907 |
|
|
case BINOP_DIV:
|
2908 |
|
|
return (!(numeric_type_p (type0) && numeric_type_p (type1)));
|
2909 |
|
|
|
2910 |
|
|
case BINOP_REM:
|
2911 |
|
|
case BINOP_MOD:
|
2912 |
|
|
case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
|
2913 |
|
|
case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
|
2914 |
|
|
case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
|
2915 |
|
|
return (!(integer_type_p (type0) && integer_type_p (type1)));
|
2916 |
|
|
|
2917 |
|
|
case BINOP_EQUAL:
|
2918 |
|
|
case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
|
2919 |
|
|
case BINOP_LESS:
|
2920 |
|
|
case BINOP_GTR:
|
2921 |
|
|
case BINOP_LEQ:
|
2922 |
|
|
case BINOP_GEQ:
|
2923 |
|
|
return (!(scalar_type_p (type0) && scalar_type_p (type1)));
|
2924 |
|
|
|
2925 |
|
|
case BINOP_CONCAT:
|
2926 |
|
|
return ((TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY &&
|
2927 |
|
|
(TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE_PTR ||
|
2928 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0))
|
2929 |
|
|
!= TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
|
2930 |
|
|
|| (TYPE_CODE (type1) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY &&
|
2931 |
|
|
(TYPE_CODE (type1) != TYPE_CODE_PTR ||
|
2932 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type1)) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)));
|
2933 |
|
|
|
2934 |
|
|
case BINOP_EXP:
|
2935 |
|
|
return (!(numeric_type_p (type0) && integer_type_p (type1)));
|
2936 |
|
|
|
2937 |
|
|
case UNOP_NEG:
|
2938 |
|
|
case UNOP_PLUS:
|
2939 |
|
|
case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
|
2940 |
|
|
case UNOP_ABS:
|
2941 |
|
|
return (!numeric_type_p (type0));
|
2942 |
|
|
|
2943 |
|
|
}
|
2944 |
|
|
}
|
2945 |
|
|
|
2946 |
|
|
/* Renaming */
|
2947 |
|
|
|
2948 |
|
|
/** NOTE: In the following, we assume that a renaming type's name may
|
2949 |
|
|
* have an ___XD suffix. It would be nice if this went away at some
|
2950 |
|
|
* point. */
|
2951 |
|
|
|
2952 |
|
|
/* If TYPE encodes a renaming, returns the renaming suffix, which
|
2953 |
|
|
* is XR for an object renaming, XRP for a procedure renaming, XRE for
|
2954 |
|
|
* an exception renaming, and XRS for a subprogram renaming. Returns
|
2955 |
|
|
* NULL if NAME encodes none of these. */
|
2956 |
|
|
const char *
|
2957 |
|
|
ada_renaming_type (struct type *type)
|
2958 |
|
|
{
|
2959 |
|
|
if (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
|
2960 |
|
|
{
|
2961 |
|
|
const char *name = type_name_no_tag (type);
|
2962 |
|
|
const char *suffix = (name == NULL) ? NULL : strstr (name, "___XR");
|
2963 |
|
|
if (suffix == NULL
|
2964 |
|
|
|| (suffix[5] != '\000' && strchr ("PES_", suffix[5]) == NULL))
|
2965 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
2966 |
|
|
else
|
2967 |
|
|
return suffix + 3;
|
2968 |
|
|
}
|
2969 |
|
|
else
|
2970 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
2971 |
|
|
}
|
2972 |
|
|
|
2973 |
|
|
/* Return non-zero iff SYM encodes an object renaming. */
|
2974 |
|
|
int
|
2975 |
|
|
ada_is_object_renaming (struct symbol *sym)
|
2976 |
|
|
{
|
2977 |
|
|
const char *renaming_type = ada_renaming_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
|
2978 |
|
|
return renaming_type != NULL
|
2979 |
|
|
&& (renaming_type[2] == '\0' || renaming_type[2] == '_');
|
2980 |
|
|
}
|
2981 |
|
|
|
2982 |
|
|
/* Assuming that SYM encodes a non-object renaming, returns the original
|
2983 |
|
|
* name of the renamed entity. The name is good until the end of
|
2984 |
|
|
* parsing. */
|
2985 |
|
|
const char *
|
2986 |
|
|
ada_simple_renamed_entity (struct symbol *sym)
|
2987 |
|
|
{
|
2988 |
|
|
struct type *type;
|
2989 |
|
|
const char *raw_name;
|
2990 |
|
|
int len;
|
2991 |
|
|
char *result;
|
2992 |
|
|
|
2993 |
|
|
type = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
|
2994 |
|
|
if (type == NULL || TYPE_NFIELDS (type) < 1)
|
2995 |
|
|
error ("Improperly encoded renaming.");
|
2996 |
|
|
|
2997 |
|
|
raw_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, 0);
|
2998 |
|
|
len = (raw_name == NULL ? 0 : strlen (raw_name)) - 5;
|
2999 |
|
|
if (len <= 0)
|
3000 |
|
|
error ("Improperly encoded renaming.");
|
3001 |
|
|
|
3002 |
|
|
result = xmalloc (len + 1);
|
3003 |
|
|
/* FIXME: add_name_string_cleanup should be defined in parse.c */
|
3004 |
|
|
/* add_name_string_cleanup (result); */
|
3005 |
|
|
strncpy (result, raw_name, len);
|
3006 |
|
|
result[len] = '\000';
|
3007 |
|
|
return result;
|
3008 |
|
|
}
|
3009 |
|
|
|
3010 |
|
|
|
3011 |
|
|
/* Evaluation: Function Calls */
|
3012 |
|
|
|
3013 |
|
|
/* Copy VAL onto the stack, using and updating *SP as the stack
|
3014 |
|
|
pointer. Return VAL as an lvalue. */
|
3015 |
|
|
|
3016 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
3017 |
|
|
place_on_stack (struct value *val, CORE_ADDR *sp)
|
3018 |
|
|
{
|
3019 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR old_sp = *sp;
|
3020 |
|
|
|
3021 |
|
|
#ifdef STACK_ALIGN
|
3022 |
|
|
*sp = push_bytes (*sp, VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val),
|
3023 |
|
|
STACK_ALIGN (TYPE_LENGTH
|
3024 |
|
|
(check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (val)))));
|
3025 |
|
|
#else
|
3026 |
|
|
*sp = push_bytes (*sp, VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val),
|
3027 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (val))));
|
3028 |
|
|
#endif
|
3029 |
|
|
|
3030 |
|
|
VALUE_LVAL (val) = lval_memory;
|
3031 |
|
|
if (INNER_THAN (1, 2))
|
3032 |
|
|
VALUE_ADDRESS (val) = *sp;
|
3033 |
|
|
else
|
3034 |
|
|
VALUE_ADDRESS (val) = old_sp;
|
3035 |
|
|
|
3036 |
|
|
return val;
|
3037 |
|
|
}
|
3038 |
|
|
|
3039 |
|
|
/* Return the value ACTUAL, converted to be an appropriate value for a
|
3040 |
|
|
formal of type FORMAL_TYPE. Use *SP as a stack pointer for
|
3041 |
|
|
allocating any necessary descriptors (fat pointers), or copies of
|
3042 |
|
|
values not residing in memory, updating it as needed. */
|
3043 |
|
|
|
3044 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
3045 |
|
|
convert_actual (struct value *actual, struct type *formal_type0,
|
3046 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR *sp)
|
3047 |
|
|
{
|
3048 |
|
|
struct type *actual_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (actual));
|
3049 |
|
|
struct type *formal_type = check_typedef (formal_type0);
|
3050 |
|
|
struct type *formal_target =
|
3051 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
|
3052 |
|
|
? check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (formal_type)) : formal_type;
|
3053 |
|
|
struct type *actual_target =
|
3054 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (actual_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
|
3055 |
|
|
? check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (actual_type)) : actual_type;
|
3056 |
|
|
|
3057 |
|
|
if (ada_is_array_descriptor (formal_target)
|
3058 |
|
|
&& TYPE_CODE (actual_target) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
|
3059 |
|
|
return make_array_descriptor (formal_type, actual, sp);
|
3060 |
|
|
else if (TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
|
3061 |
|
|
{
|
3062 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (formal_target) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
|
3063 |
|
|
&& ada_is_array_descriptor (actual_target))
|
3064 |
|
|
return desc_data (actual);
|
3065 |
|
|
else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR)
|
3066 |
|
|
{
|
3067 |
|
|
if (VALUE_LVAL (actual) != lval_memory)
|
3068 |
|
|
{
|
3069 |
|
|
struct value *val;
|
3070 |
|
|
actual_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (actual));
|
3071 |
|
|
val = allocate_value (actual_type);
|
3072 |
|
|
memcpy ((char *) VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val),
|
3073 |
|
|
(char *) VALUE_CONTENTS (actual),
|
3074 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (actual_type));
|
3075 |
|
|
actual = place_on_stack (val, sp);
|
3076 |
|
|
}
|
3077 |
|
|
return value_addr (actual);
|
3078 |
|
|
}
|
3079 |
|
|
}
|
3080 |
|
|
else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
|
3081 |
|
|
return ada_value_ind (actual);
|
3082 |
|
|
|
3083 |
|
|
return actual;
|
3084 |
|
|
}
|
3085 |
|
|
|
3086 |
|
|
|
3087 |
|
|
/* Push a descriptor of type TYPE for array value ARR on the stack at
|
3088 |
|
|
*SP, updating *SP to reflect the new descriptor. Return either
|
3089 |
|
|
an lvalue representing the new descriptor, or (if TYPE is a pointer-
|
3090 |
|
|
to-descriptor type rather than a descriptor type), a struct value*
|
3091 |
|
|
representing a pointer to this descriptor. */
|
3092 |
|
|
|
3093 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
3094 |
|
|
make_array_descriptor (struct type *type, struct value *arr, CORE_ADDR *sp)
|
3095 |
|
|
{
|
3096 |
|
|
struct type *bounds_type = desc_bounds_type (type);
|
3097 |
|
|
struct type *desc_type = desc_base_type (type);
|
3098 |
|
|
struct value *descriptor = allocate_value (desc_type);
|
3099 |
|
|
struct value *bounds = allocate_value (bounds_type);
|
3100 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR bounds_addr;
|
3101 |
|
|
int i;
|
3102 |
|
|
|
3103 |
|
|
for (i = ada_array_arity (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr))); i > 0; i -= 1)
|
3104 |
|
|
{
|
3105 |
|
|
modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (bounds),
|
3106 |
|
|
value_as_long (ada_array_bound (arr, i, 0)),
|
3107 |
|
|
desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type, i, 0),
|
3108 |
|
|
desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type, i, 0));
|
3109 |
|
|
modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (bounds),
|
3110 |
|
|
value_as_long (ada_array_bound (arr, i, 1)),
|
3111 |
|
|
desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type, i, 1),
|
3112 |
|
|
desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type, i, 1));
|
3113 |
|
|
}
|
3114 |
|
|
|
3115 |
|
|
bounds = place_on_stack (bounds, sp);
|
3116 |
|
|
|
3117 |
|
|
modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (descriptor),
|
3118 |
|
|
arr,
|
3119 |
|
|
fat_pntr_data_bitpos (desc_type),
|
3120 |
|
|
fat_pntr_data_bitsize (desc_type));
|
3121 |
|
|
modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (descriptor),
|
3122 |
|
|
VALUE_ADDRESS (bounds),
|
3123 |
|
|
fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (desc_type),
|
3124 |
|
|
fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (desc_type));
|
3125 |
|
|
|
3126 |
|
|
descriptor = place_on_stack (descriptor, sp);
|
3127 |
|
|
|
3128 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
|
3129 |
|
|
return value_addr (descriptor);
|
3130 |
|
|
else
|
3131 |
|
|
return descriptor;
|
3132 |
|
|
}
|
3133 |
|
|
|
3134 |
|
|
|
3135 |
|
|
/* Assuming a dummy frame has been established on the target, perform any
|
3136 |
|
|
conversions needed for calling function FUNC on the NARGS actual
|
3137 |
|
|
parameters in ARGS, other than standard C conversions. Does
|
3138 |
|
|
nothing if FUNC does not have Ada-style prototype data, or if NARGS
|
3139 |
|
|
does not match the number of arguments expected. Use *SP as a
|
3140 |
|
|
stack pointer for additional data that must be pushed, updating its
|
3141 |
|
|
value as needed. */
|
3142 |
|
|
|
3143 |
|
|
void
|
3144 |
|
|
ada_convert_actuals (struct value *func, int nargs, struct value *args[],
|
3145 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR *sp)
|
3146 |
|
|
{
|
3147 |
|
|
int i;
|
3148 |
|
|
|
3149 |
|
|
if (TYPE_NFIELDS (VALUE_TYPE (func)) == 0
|
3150 |
|
|
|| nargs != TYPE_NFIELDS (VALUE_TYPE (func)))
|
3151 |
|
|
return;
|
3152 |
|
|
|
3153 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1)
|
3154 |
|
|
args[i] =
|
3155 |
|
|
convert_actual (args[i], TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (func), i), sp);
|
3156 |
|
|
}
|
3157 |
|
|
|
3158 |
|
|
|
3159 |
|
|
/* Symbol Lookup */
|
3160 |
|
|
|
3161 |
|
|
|
3162 |
|
|
/* The vectors of symbols and blocks ultimately returned from */
|
3163 |
|
|
/* ada_lookup_symbol_list. */
|
3164 |
|
|
|
3165 |
|
|
/* Current size of defn_symbols and defn_blocks */
|
3166 |
|
|
static size_t defn_vector_size = 0;
|
3167 |
|
|
|
3168 |
|
|
/* Current number of symbols found. */
|
3169 |
|
|
static int ndefns = 0;
|
3170 |
|
|
|
3171 |
|
|
static struct symbol **defn_symbols = NULL;
|
3172 |
|
|
static struct block **defn_blocks = NULL;
|
3173 |
|
|
|
3174 |
|
|
/* Return the result of a standard (literal, C-like) lookup of NAME in
|
3175 |
|
|
* given NAMESPACE. */
|
3176 |
|
|
|
3177 |
|
|
static struct symbol *
|
3178 |
|
|
standard_lookup (const char *name, namespace_enum namespace)
|
3179 |
|
|
{
|
3180 |
|
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
3181 |
|
|
struct symtab *symtab;
|
3182 |
|
|
sym = lookup_symbol (name, (struct block *) NULL, namespace, 0, &symtab);
|
3183 |
|
|
return sym;
|
3184 |
|
|
}
|
3185 |
|
|
|
3186 |
|
|
|
3187 |
|
|
/* Non-zero iff there is at least one non-function/non-enumeral symbol */
|
3188 |
|
|
/* in SYMS[0..N-1]. We treat enumerals as functions, since they */
|
3189 |
|
|
/* contend in overloading in the same way. */
|
3190 |
|
|
static int
|
3191 |
|
|
is_nonfunction (struct symbol *syms[], int n)
|
3192 |
|
|
{
|
3193 |
|
|
int i;
|
3194 |
|
|
|
3195 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1)
|
3196 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC
|
3197 |
|
|
&& TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
|
3198 |
|
|
return 1;
|
3199 |
|
|
|
3200 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3201 |
|
|
}
|
3202 |
|
|
|
3203 |
|
|
/* If true (non-zero), then TYPE0 and TYPE1 represent equivalent
|
3204 |
|
|
struct types. Otherwise, they may not. */
|
3205 |
|
|
|
3206 |
|
|
static int
|
3207 |
|
|
equiv_types (struct type *type0, struct type *type1)
|
3208 |
|
|
{
|
3209 |
|
|
if (type0 == type1)
|
3210 |
|
|
return 1;
|
3211 |
|
|
if (type0 == NULL || type1 == NULL
|
3212 |
|
|
|| TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE (type1))
|
3213 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3214 |
|
|
if ((TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
|
3215 |
|
|
|| TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
|
3216 |
|
|
&& ada_type_name (type0) != NULL && ada_type_name (type1) != NULL
|
3217 |
|
|
&& STREQ (ada_type_name (type0), ada_type_name (type1)))
|
3218 |
|
|
return 1;
|
3219 |
|
|
|
3220 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3221 |
|
|
}
|
3222 |
|
|
|
3223 |
|
|
/* True iff SYM0 represents the same entity as SYM1, or one that is
|
3224 |
|
|
no more defined than that of SYM1. */
|
3225 |
|
|
|
3226 |
|
|
static int
|
3227 |
|
|
lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol *sym0, struct symbol *sym1)
|
3228 |
|
|
{
|
3229 |
|
|
if (sym0 == sym1)
|
3230 |
|
|
return 1;
|
3231 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym0) != SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym1)
|
3232 |
|
|
|| SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0) != SYMBOL_CLASS (sym1))
|
3233 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3234 |
|
|
|
3235 |
|
|
switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0))
|
3236 |
|
|
{
|
3237 |
|
|
case LOC_UNDEF:
|
3238 |
|
|
return 1;
|
3239 |
|
|
case LOC_TYPEDEF:
|
3240 |
|
|
{
|
3241 |
|
|
struct type *type0 = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0);
|
3242 |
|
|
struct type *type1 = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1);
|
3243 |
|
|
char *name0 = SYMBOL_NAME (sym0);
|
3244 |
|
|
char *name1 = SYMBOL_NAME (sym1);
|
3245 |
|
|
int len0 = strlen (name0);
|
3246 |
|
|
return
|
3247 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE (type1)
|
3248 |
|
|
&& (equiv_types (type0, type1)
|
3249 |
|
|
|| (len0 < strlen (name1) && STREQN (name0, name1, len0)
|
3250 |
|
|
&& STREQN (name1 + len0, "___XV", 5)));
|
3251 |
|
|
}
|
3252 |
|
|
case LOC_CONST:
|
3253 |
|
|
return SYMBOL_VALUE (sym0) == SYMBOL_VALUE (sym1)
|
3254 |
|
|
&& equiv_types (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0), SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1));
|
3255 |
|
|
default:
|
3256 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3257 |
|
|
}
|
3258 |
|
|
}
|
3259 |
|
|
|
3260 |
|
|
/* Append SYM to the end of defn_symbols, and BLOCK to the end of
|
3261 |
|
|
defn_blocks, updating ndefns, and expanding defn_symbols and
|
3262 |
|
|
defn_blocks as needed. Do not include SYM if it is a duplicate. */
|
3263 |
|
|
|
3264 |
|
|
static void
|
3265 |
|
|
add_defn_to_vec (struct symbol *sym, struct block *block)
|
3266 |
|
|
{
|
3267 |
|
|
int i;
|
3268 |
|
|
size_t tmp;
|
3269 |
|
|
|
3270 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) != NULL)
|
3271 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
|
3272 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < ndefns; i += 1)
|
3273 |
|
|
{
|
3274 |
|
|
if (lesseq_defined_than (sym, defn_symbols[i]))
|
3275 |
|
|
return;
|
3276 |
|
|
else if (lesseq_defined_than (defn_symbols[i], sym))
|
3277 |
|
|
{
|
3278 |
|
|
defn_symbols[i] = sym;
|
3279 |
|
|
defn_blocks[i] = block;
|
3280 |
|
|
return;
|
3281 |
|
|
}
|
3282 |
|
|
}
|
3283 |
|
|
|
3284 |
|
|
tmp = defn_vector_size;
|
3285 |
|
|
GROW_VECT (defn_symbols, tmp, ndefns + 2);
|
3286 |
|
|
GROW_VECT (defn_blocks, defn_vector_size, ndefns + 2);
|
3287 |
|
|
|
3288 |
|
|
defn_symbols[ndefns] = sym;
|
3289 |
|
|
defn_blocks[ndefns] = block;
|
3290 |
|
|
ndefns += 1;
|
3291 |
|
|
}
|
3292 |
|
|
|
3293 |
|
|
/* Look, in partial_symtab PST, for symbol NAME in given namespace.
|
3294 |
|
|
Check the global symbols if GLOBAL, the static symbols if not. Do
|
3295 |
|
|
wild-card match if WILD. */
|
3296 |
|
|
|
3297 |
|
|
static struct partial_symbol *
|
3298 |
|
|
ada_lookup_partial_symbol (struct partial_symtab *pst, const char *name,
|
3299 |
|
|
int global, namespace_enum namespace, int wild)
|
3300 |
|
|
{
|
3301 |
|
|
struct partial_symbol **start;
|
3302 |
|
|
int name_len = strlen (name);
|
3303 |
|
|
int length = (global ? pst->n_global_syms : pst->n_static_syms);
|
3304 |
|
|
int i;
|
3305 |
|
|
|
3306 |
|
|
if (length == 0)
|
3307 |
|
|
{
|
3308 |
|
|
return (NULL);
|
3309 |
|
|
}
|
3310 |
|
|
|
3311 |
|
|
start = (global ?
|
3312 |
|
|
pst->objfile->global_psymbols.list + pst->globals_offset :
|
3313 |
|
|
pst->objfile->static_psymbols.list + pst->statics_offset);
|
3314 |
|
|
|
3315 |
|
|
if (wild)
|
3316 |
|
|
{
|
3317 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < length; i += 1)
|
3318 |
|
|
{
|
3319 |
|
|
struct partial_symbol *psym = start[i];
|
3320 |
|
|
|
3321 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (psym) == namespace &&
|
3322 |
|
|
wild_match (name, name_len, SYMBOL_NAME (psym)))
|
3323 |
|
|
return psym;
|
3324 |
|
|
}
|
3325 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
3326 |
|
|
}
|
3327 |
|
|
else
|
3328 |
|
|
{
|
3329 |
|
|
if (global)
|
3330 |
|
|
{
|
3331 |
|
|
int U;
|
3332 |
|
|
i = 0;
|
3333 |
|
|
U = length - 1;
|
3334 |
|
|
while (U - i > 4)
|
3335 |
|
|
{
|
3336 |
|
|
int M = (U + i) >> 1;
|
3337 |
|
|
struct partial_symbol *psym = start[M];
|
3338 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] < name[0])
|
3339 |
|
|
i = M + 1;
|
3340 |
|
|
else if (SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] > name[0])
|
3341 |
|
|
U = M - 1;
|
3342 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (SYMBOL_NAME (psym), name) < 0)
|
3343 |
|
|
i = M + 1;
|
3344 |
|
|
else
|
3345 |
|
|
U = M;
|
3346 |
|
|
}
|
3347 |
|
|
}
|
3348 |
|
|
else
|
3349 |
|
|
i = 0;
|
3350 |
|
|
|
3351 |
|
|
while (i < length)
|
3352 |
|
|
{
|
3353 |
|
|
struct partial_symbol *psym = start[i];
|
3354 |
|
|
|
3355 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (psym) == namespace)
|
3356 |
|
|
{
|
3357 |
|
|
int cmp = strncmp (name, SYMBOL_NAME (psym), name_len);
|
3358 |
|
|
|
3359 |
|
|
if (cmp < 0)
|
3360 |
|
|
{
|
3361 |
|
|
if (global)
|
3362 |
|
|
break;
|
3363 |
|
|
}
|
3364 |
|
|
else if (cmp == 0
|
3365 |
|
|
&& is_name_suffix (SYMBOL_NAME (psym) + name_len))
|
3366 |
|
|
return psym;
|
3367 |
|
|
}
|
3368 |
|
|
i += 1;
|
3369 |
|
|
}
|
3370 |
|
|
|
3371 |
|
|
if (global)
|
3372 |
|
|
{
|
3373 |
|
|
int U;
|
3374 |
|
|
i = 0;
|
3375 |
|
|
U = length - 1;
|
3376 |
|
|
while (U - i > 4)
|
3377 |
|
|
{
|
3378 |
|
|
int M = (U + i) >> 1;
|
3379 |
|
|
struct partial_symbol *psym = start[M];
|
3380 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] < '_')
|
3381 |
|
|
i = M + 1;
|
3382 |
|
|
else if (SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] > '_')
|
3383 |
|
|
U = M - 1;
|
3384 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (SYMBOL_NAME (psym), "_ada_") < 0)
|
3385 |
|
|
i = M + 1;
|
3386 |
|
|
else
|
3387 |
|
|
U = M;
|
3388 |
|
|
}
|
3389 |
|
|
}
|
3390 |
|
|
else
|
3391 |
|
|
i = 0;
|
3392 |
|
|
|
3393 |
|
|
while (i < length)
|
3394 |
|
|
{
|
3395 |
|
|
struct partial_symbol *psym = start[i];
|
3396 |
|
|
|
3397 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (psym) == namespace)
|
3398 |
|
|
{
|
3399 |
|
|
int cmp;
|
3400 |
|
|
|
3401 |
|
|
cmp = (int) '_' - (int) SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0];
|
3402 |
|
|
if (cmp == 0)
|
3403 |
|
|
{
|
3404 |
|
|
cmp = strncmp ("_ada_", SYMBOL_NAME (psym), 5);
|
3405 |
|
|
if (cmp == 0)
|
3406 |
|
|
cmp = strncmp (name, SYMBOL_NAME (psym) + 5, name_len);
|
3407 |
|
|
}
|
3408 |
|
|
|
3409 |
|
|
if (cmp < 0)
|
3410 |
|
|
{
|
3411 |
|
|
if (global)
|
3412 |
|
|
break;
|
3413 |
|
|
}
|
3414 |
|
|
else if (cmp == 0
|
3415 |
|
|
&& is_name_suffix (SYMBOL_NAME (psym) + name_len + 5))
|
3416 |
|
|
return psym;
|
3417 |
|
|
}
|
3418 |
|
|
i += 1;
|
3419 |
|
|
}
|
3420 |
|
|
|
3421 |
|
|
}
|
3422 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
3423 |
|
|
}
|
3424 |
|
|
|
3425 |
|
|
|
3426 |
|
|
/* Find a symbol table containing symbol SYM or NULL if none. */
|
3427 |
|
|
static struct symtab *
|
3428 |
|
|
symtab_for_sym (struct symbol *sym)
|
3429 |
|
|
{
|
3430 |
|
|
struct symtab *s;
|
3431 |
|
|
struct objfile *objfile;
|
3432 |
|
|
struct block *b;
|
3433 |
|
|
struct symbol *tmp_sym;
|
3434 |
|
|
int i, j;
|
3435 |
|
|
|
3436 |
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
3437 |
|
|
{
|
3438 |
|
|
switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
|
3439 |
|
|
{
|
3440 |
|
|
case LOC_CONST:
|
3441 |
|
|
case LOC_STATIC:
|
3442 |
|
|
case LOC_TYPEDEF:
|
3443 |
|
|
case LOC_REGISTER:
|
3444 |
|
|
case LOC_LABEL:
|
3445 |
|
|
case LOC_BLOCK:
|
3446 |
|
|
case LOC_CONST_BYTES:
|
3447 |
|
|
b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
3448 |
|
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, tmp_sym) if (sym == tmp_sym)
|
3449 |
|
|
return s;
|
3450 |
|
|
b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK);
|
3451 |
|
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, tmp_sym) if (sym == tmp_sym)
|
3452 |
|
|
return s;
|
3453 |
|
|
break;
|
3454 |
|
|
default:
|
3455 |
|
|
break;
|
3456 |
|
|
}
|
3457 |
|
|
switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
|
3458 |
|
|
{
|
3459 |
|
|
case LOC_REGISTER:
|
3460 |
|
|
case LOC_ARG:
|
3461 |
|
|
case LOC_REF_ARG:
|
3462 |
|
|
case LOC_REGPARM:
|
3463 |
|
|
case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
|
3464 |
|
|
case LOC_LOCAL:
|
3465 |
|
|
case LOC_TYPEDEF:
|
3466 |
|
|
case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
|
3467 |
|
|
case LOC_BASEREG:
|
3468 |
|
|
case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
|
3469 |
|
|
for (j = FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK;
|
3470 |
|
|
j < BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (BLOCKVECTOR (s)); j += 1)
|
3471 |
|
|
{
|
3472 |
|
|
b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), j);
|
3473 |
|
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, tmp_sym) if (sym == tmp_sym)
|
3474 |
|
|
return s;
|
3475 |
|
|
}
|
3476 |
|
|
break;
|
3477 |
|
|
default:
|
3478 |
|
|
break;
|
3479 |
|
|
}
|
3480 |
|
|
}
|
3481 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
3482 |
|
|
}
|
3483 |
|
|
|
3484 |
|
|
/* Return a minimal symbol matching NAME according to Ada demangling
|
3485 |
|
|
rules. Returns NULL if there is no such minimal symbol. */
|
3486 |
|
|
|
3487 |
|
|
struct minimal_symbol *
|
3488 |
|
|
ada_lookup_minimal_symbol (const char *name)
|
3489 |
|
|
{
|
3490 |
|
|
struct objfile *objfile;
|
3491 |
|
|
struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
|
3492 |
|
|
int wild_match = (strstr (name, "__") == NULL);
|
3493 |
|
|
|
3494 |
|
|
ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol)
|
3495 |
|
|
{
|
3496 |
|
|
if (ada_match_name (SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol), name, wild_match)
|
3497 |
|
|
&& MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) != mst_solib_trampoline)
|
3498 |
|
|
return msymbol;
|
3499 |
|
|
}
|
3500 |
|
|
|
3501 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
3502 |
|
|
}
|
3503 |
|
|
|
3504 |
|
|
/* For all subprograms that statically enclose the subprogram of the
|
3505 |
|
|
* selected frame, add symbols matching identifier NAME in NAMESPACE
|
3506 |
|
|
* and their blocks to vectors *defn_symbols and *defn_blocks, as for
|
3507 |
|
|
* ada_add_block_symbols (q.v.). If WILD, treat as NAME with a
|
3508 |
|
|
* wildcard prefix. At the moment, this function uses a heuristic to
|
3509 |
|
|
* find the frames of enclosing subprograms: it treats the
|
3510 |
|
|
* pointer-sized value at location 0 from the local-variable base of a
|
3511 |
|
|
* frame as a static link, and then searches up the call stack for a
|
3512 |
|
|
* frame with that same local-variable base. */
|
3513 |
|
|
static void
|
3514 |
|
|
add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (const char *name, namespace_enum namespace,
|
3515 |
|
|
int wild_match)
|
3516 |
|
|
{
|
3517 |
|
|
#ifdef i386
|
3518 |
|
|
static struct symbol static_link_sym;
|
3519 |
|
|
static struct symbol *static_link;
|
3520 |
|
|
|
3521 |
|
|
struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
|
3522 |
|
|
struct frame_info *frame;
|
3523 |
|
|
struct frame_info *target_frame;
|
3524 |
|
|
|
3525 |
|
|
if (static_link == NULL)
|
3526 |
|
|
{
|
3527 |
|
|
/* Initialize the local variable symbol that stands for the
|
3528 |
|
|
* static link (when it exists). */
|
3529 |
|
|
static_link = &static_link_sym;
|
3530 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (static_link) = "";
|
3531 |
|
|
SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (static_link) = language_unknown;
|
3532 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (static_link) = LOC_LOCAL;
|
3533 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (static_link) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
3534 |
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (static_link) = lookup_pointer_type (builtin_type_void);
|
3535 |
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (static_link) =
|
3536 |
|
|
-(long) TYPE_LENGTH (SYMBOL_TYPE (static_link));
|
3537 |
|
|
}
|
3538 |
|
|
|
3539 |
|
|
frame = selected_frame;
|
3540 |
|
|
while (frame != NULL && ndefns == 0)
|
3541 |
|
|
{
|
3542 |
|
|
struct block *block;
|
3543 |
|
|
struct value *target_link_val = read_var_value (static_link, frame);
|
3544 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR target_link;
|
3545 |
|
|
|
3546 |
|
|
if (target_link_val == NULL)
|
3547 |
|
|
break;
|
3548 |
|
|
QUIT;
|
3549 |
|
|
|
3550 |
|
|
target_link = target_link_val;
|
3551 |
|
|
do
|
3552 |
|
|
{
|
3553 |
|
|
QUIT;
|
3554 |
|
|
frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
|
3555 |
|
|
}
|
3556 |
|
|
while (frame != NULL && FRAME_LOCALS_ADDRESS (frame) != target_link);
|
3557 |
|
|
|
3558 |
|
|
if (frame == NULL)
|
3559 |
|
|
break;
|
3560 |
|
|
|
3561 |
|
|
block = get_frame_block (frame, 0);
|
3562 |
|
|
while (block != NULL && block_function (block) != NULL && ndefns == 0)
|
3563 |
|
|
{
|
3564 |
|
|
ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, namespace, NULL, wild_match);
|
3565 |
|
|
|
3566 |
|
|
block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block);
|
3567 |
|
|
}
|
3568 |
|
|
}
|
3569 |
|
|
|
3570 |
|
|
do_cleanups (old_chain);
|
3571 |
|
|
#endif
|
3572 |
|
|
}
|
3573 |
|
|
|
3574 |
|
|
/* True if TYPE is definitely an artificial type supplied to a symbol
|
3575 |
|
|
* for which no debugging information was given in the symbol file. */
|
3576 |
|
|
static int
|
3577 |
|
|
is_nondebugging_type (struct type *type)
|
3578 |
|
|
{
|
3579 |
|
|
char *name = ada_type_name (type);
|
3580 |
|
|
return (name != NULL && STREQ (name, "<variable, no debug info>"));
|
3581 |
|
|
}
|
3582 |
|
|
|
3583 |
|
|
/* Remove any non-debugging symbols in SYMS[0 .. NSYMS-1] that definitely
|
3584 |
|
|
* duplicate other symbols in the list. (The only case I know of where
|
3585 |
|
|
* this happens is when object files containing stabs-in-ecoff are
|
3586 |
|
|
* linked with files containing ordinary ecoff debugging symbols (or no
|
3587 |
|
|
* debugging symbols)). Modifies SYMS to squeeze out deleted symbols,
|
3588 |
|
|
* and applies the same modification to BLOCKS to maintain the
|
3589 |
|
|
* correspondence between SYMS[i] and BLOCKS[i]. Returns the number
|
3590 |
|
|
* of symbols in the modified list. */
|
3591 |
|
|
static int
|
3592 |
|
|
remove_extra_symbols (struct symbol **syms, struct block **blocks, int nsyms)
|
3593 |
|
|
{
|
3594 |
|
|
int i, j;
|
3595 |
|
|
|
3596 |
|
|
i = 0;
|
3597 |
|
|
while (i < nsyms)
|
3598 |
|
|
{
|
3599 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_NAME (syms[i]) != NULL
|
3600 |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_STATIC
|
3601 |
|
|
&& is_nondebugging_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])))
|
3602 |
|
|
{
|
3603 |
|
|
for (j = 0; j < nsyms; j += 1)
|
3604 |
|
|
{
|
3605 |
|
|
if (i != j
|
3606 |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_NAME (syms[j]) != NULL
|
3607 |
|
|
&& STREQ (SYMBOL_NAME (syms[i]), SYMBOL_NAME (syms[j]))
|
3608 |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[j])
|
3609 |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms[i])
|
3610 |
|
|
== SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms[j]))
|
3611 |
|
|
{
|
3612 |
|
|
int k;
|
3613 |
|
|
for (k = i + 1; k < nsyms; k += 1)
|
3614 |
|
|
{
|
3615 |
|
|
syms[k - 1] = syms[k];
|
3616 |
|
|
blocks[k - 1] = blocks[k];
|
3617 |
|
|
}
|
3618 |
|
|
nsyms -= 1;
|
3619 |
|
|
goto NextSymbol;
|
3620 |
|
|
}
|
3621 |
|
|
}
|
3622 |
|
|
}
|
3623 |
|
|
i += 1;
|
3624 |
|
|
NextSymbol:
|
3625 |
|
|
;
|
3626 |
|
|
}
|
3627 |
|
|
return nsyms;
|
3628 |
|
|
}
|
3629 |
|
|
|
3630 |
|
|
/* Find symbols in NAMESPACE matching NAME, in BLOCK0 and enclosing
|
3631 |
|
|
scope and in global scopes, returning the number of matches. Sets
|
3632 |
|
|
*SYMS to point to a vector of matching symbols, with *BLOCKS
|
3633 |
|
|
pointing to the vector of corresponding blocks in which those
|
3634 |
|
|
symbols reside. These two vectors are transient---good only to the
|
3635 |
|
|
next call of ada_lookup_symbol_list. Any non-function/non-enumeral symbol
|
3636 |
|
|
match within the nest of blocks whose innermost member is BLOCK0,
|
3637 |
|
|
is the outermost match returned (no other matches in that or
|
3638 |
|
|
enclosing blocks is returned). If there are any matches in or
|
3639 |
|
|
surrounding BLOCK0, then these alone are returned. */
|
3640 |
|
|
|
3641 |
|
|
int
|
3642 |
|
|
ada_lookup_symbol_list (const char *name, struct block *block0,
|
3643 |
|
|
namespace_enum namespace, struct symbol ***syms,
|
3644 |
|
|
struct block ***blocks)
|
3645 |
|
|
{
|
3646 |
|
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
3647 |
|
|
struct symtab *s;
|
3648 |
|
|
struct partial_symtab *ps;
|
3649 |
|
|
struct blockvector *bv;
|
3650 |
|
|
struct objfile *objfile;
|
3651 |
|
|
struct block *b;
|
3652 |
|
|
struct block *block;
|
3653 |
|
|
struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
|
3654 |
|
|
int wild_match = (strstr (name, "__") == NULL);
|
3655 |
|
|
int cacheIfUnique;
|
3656 |
|
|
|
3657 |
|
|
#ifdef TIMING
|
3658 |
|
|
markTimeStart (0);
|
3659 |
|
|
#endif
|
3660 |
|
|
|
3661 |
|
|
ndefns = 0;
|
3662 |
|
|
cacheIfUnique = 0;
|
3663 |
|
|
|
3664 |
|
|
/* Search specified block and its superiors. */
|
3665 |
|
|
|
3666 |
|
|
block = block0;
|
3667 |
|
|
while (block != NULL)
|
3668 |
|
|
{
|
3669 |
|
|
ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, namespace, NULL, wild_match);
|
3670 |
|
|
|
3671 |
|
|
/* If we found a non-function match, assume that's the one. */
|
3672 |
|
|
if (is_nonfunction (defn_symbols, ndefns))
|
3673 |
|
|
goto done;
|
3674 |
|
|
|
3675 |
|
|
block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block);
|
3676 |
|
|
}
|
3677 |
|
|
|
3678 |
|
|
/* If we found ANY matches in the specified BLOCK, we're done. */
|
3679 |
|
|
|
3680 |
|
|
if (ndefns > 0)
|
3681 |
|
|
goto done;
|
3682 |
|
|
|
3683 |
|
|
cacheIfUnique = 1;
|
3684 |
|
|
|
3685 |
|
|
/* Now add symbols from all global blocks: symbol tables, minimal symbol
|
3686 |
|
|
tables, and psymtab's */
|
3687 |
|
|
|
3688 |
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
3689 |
|
|
{
|
3690 |
|
|
QUIT;
|
3691 |
|
|
if (!s->primary)
|
3692 |
|
|
continue;
|
3693 |
|
|
bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
3694 |
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
3695 |
|
|
ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, namespace, objfile, wild_match);
|
3696 |
|
|
}
|
3697 |
|
|
|
3698 |
|
|
if (namespace == VAR_NAMESPACE)
|
3699 |
|
|
{
|
3700 |
|
|
ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol)
|
3701 |
|
|
{
|
3702 |
|
|
if (ada_match_name (SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol), name, wild_match))
|
3703 |
|
|
{
|
3704 |
|
|
switch (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol))
|
3705 |
|
|
{
|
3706 |
|
|
case mst_solib_trampoline:
|
3707 |
|
|
break;
|
3708 |
|
|
default:
|
3709 |
|
|
s = find_pc_symtab (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol));
|
3710 |
|
|
if (s != NULL)
|
3711 |
|
|
{
|
3712 |
|
|
int old_ndefns = ndefns;
|
3713 |
|
|
QUIT;
|
3714 |
|
|
bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
3715 |
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
3716 |
|
|
ada_add_block_symbols (block,
|
3717 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol),
|
3718 |
|
|
namespace, objfile, wild_match);
|
3719 |
|
|
if (ndefns == old_ndefns)
|
3720 |
|
|
{
|
3721 |
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
|
3722 |
|
|
ada_add_block_symbols (block,
|
3723 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol),
|
3724 |
|
|
namespace, objfile,
|
3725 |
|
|
wild_match);
|
3726 |
|
|
}
|
3727 |
|
|
}
|
3728 |
|
|
}
|
3729 |
|
|
}
|
3730 |
|
|
}
|
3731 |
|
|
}
|
3732 |
|
|
|
3733 |
|
|
ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
|
3734 |
|
|
{
|
3735 |
|
|
QUIT;
|
3736 |
|
|
if (!ps->readin
|
3737 |
|
|
&& ada_lookup_partial_symbol (ps, name, 1, namespace, wild_match))
|
3738 |
|
|
{
|
3739 |
|
|
s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
|
3740 |
|
|
if (!s->primary)
|
3741 |
|
|
continue;
|
3742 |
|
|
bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
3743 |
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
|
3744 |
|
|
ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, namespace, objfile, wild_match);
|
3745 |
|
|
}
|
3746 |
|
|
}
|
3747 |
|
|
|
3748 |
|
|
/* Now add symbols from all per-file blocks if we've gotten no hits.
|
3749 |
|
|
(Not strictly correct, but perhaps better than an error).
|
3750 |
|
|
Do the symtabs first, then check the psymtabs */
|
3751 |
|
|
|
3752 |
|
|
if (ndefns == 0)
|
3753 |
|
|
{
|
3754 |
|
|
|
3755 |
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
3756 |
|
|
{
|
3757 |
|
|
QUIT;
|
3758 |
|
|
if (!s->primary)
|
3759 |
|
|
continue;
|
3760 |
|
|
bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
3761 |
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
|
3762 |
|
|
ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, namespace, objfile, wild_match);
|
3763 |
|
|
}
|
3764 |
|
|
|
3765 |
|
|
ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
|
3766 |
|
|
{
|
3767 |
|
|
QUIT;
|
3768 |
|
|
if (!ps->readin
|
3769 |
|
|
&& ada_lookup_partial_symbol (ps, name, 0, namespace, wild_match))
|
3770 |
|
|
{
|
3771 |
|
|
s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
|
3772 |
|
|
bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
|
3773 |
|
|
if (!s->primary)
|
3774 |
|
|
continue;
|
3775 |
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
|
3776 |
|
|
ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, namespace,
|
3777 |
|
|
objfile, wild_match);
|
3778 |
|
|
}
|
3779 |
|
|
}
|
3780 |
|
|
}
|
3781 |
|
|
|
3782 |
|
|
/* Finally, we try to find NAME as a local symbol in some lexically
|
3783 |
|
|
enclosing block. We do this last, expecting this case to be
|
3784 |
|
|
rare. */
|
3785 |
|
|
if (ndefns == 0)
|
3786 |
|
|
{
|
3787 |
|
|
add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (name, namespace, wild_match);
|
3788 |
|
|
if (ndefns > 0)
|
3789 |
|
|
goto done;
|
3790 |
|
|
}
|
3791 |
|
|
|
3792 |
|
|
done:
|
3793 |
|
|
ndefns = remove_extra_symbols (defn_symbols, defn_blocks, ndefns);
|
3794 |
|
|
|
3795 |
|
|
|
3796 |
|
|
*syms = defn_symbols;
|
3797 |
|
|
*blocks = defn_blocks;
|
3798 |
|
|
#ifdef TIMING
|
3799 |
|
|
markTimeStop (0);
|
3800 |
|
|
#endif
|
3801 |
|
|
return ndefns;
|
3802 |
|
|
}
|
3803 |
|
|
|
3804 |
|
|
/* Return a symbol in NAMESPACE matching NAME, in BLOCK0 and enclosing
|
3805 |
|
|
* scope and in global scopes, or NULL if none. NAME is folded to
|
3806 |
|
|
* lower case first, unless it is surrounded in single quotes.
|
3807 |
|
|
* Otherwise, the result is as for ada_lookup_symbol_list, but is
|
3808 |
|
|
* disambiguated by user query if needed. */
|
3809 |
|
|
|
3810 |
|
|
struct symbol *
|
3811 |
|
|
ada_lookup_symbol (const char *name, struct block *block0,
|
3812 |
|
|
namespace_enum namespace)
|
3813 |
|
|
{
|
3814 |
|
|
struct symbol **candidate_syms;
|
3815 |
|
|
struct block **candidate_blocks;
|
3816 |
|
|
int n_candidates;
|
3817 |
|
|
|
3818 |
|
|
n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (name,
|
3819 |
|
|
block0, namespace,
|
3820 |
|
|
&candidate_syms, &candidate_blocks);
|
3821 |
|
|
|
3822 |
|
|
if (n_candidates == 0)
|
3823 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
3824 |
|
|
else if (n_candidates != 1)
|
3825 |
|
|
user_select_syms (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks, n_candidates, 1);
|
3826 |
|
|
|
3827 |
|
|
return candidate_syms[0];
|
3828 |
|
|
}
|
3829 |
|
|
|
3830 |
|
|
|
3831 |
|
|
/* True iff STR is a possible encoded suffix of a normal Ada name
|
3832 |
|
|
* that is to be ignored for matching purposes. Suffixes of parallel
|
3833 |
|
|
* names (e.g., XVE) are not included here. Currently, the possible suffixes
|
3834 |
|
|
* are given by the regular expression:
|
3835 |
|
|
* (X[nb]*)?(__[0-9]+|\$[0-9]+|___(LJM|X([FDBUP].*|R[^T]?)))?$
|
3836 |
|
|
*
|
3837 |
|
|
*/
|
3838 |
|
|
static int
|
3839 |
|
|
is_name_suffix (const char *str)
|
3840 |
|
|
{
|
3841 |
|
|
int k;
|
3842 |
|
|
if (str[0] == 'X')
|
3843 |
|
|
{
|
3844 |
|
|
str += 1;
|
3845 |
|
|
while (str[0] != '_' && str[0] != '\0')
|
3846 |
|
|
{
|
3847 |
|
|
if (str[0] != 'n' && str[0] != 'b')
|
3848 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3849 |
|
|
str += 1;
|
3850 |
|
|
}
|
3851 |
|
|
}
|
3852 |
|
|
if (str[0] == '\000')
|
3853 |
|
|
return 1;
|
3854 |
|
|
if (str[0] == '_')
|
3855 |
|
|
{
|
3856 |
|
|
if (str[1] != '_' || str[2] == '\000')
|
3857 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3858 |
|
|
if (str[2] == '_')
|
3859 |
|
|
{
|
3860 |
|
|
if (STREQ (str + 3, "LJM"))
|
3861 |
|
|
return 1;
|
3862 |
|
|
if (str[3] != 'X')
|
3863 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3864 |
|
|
if (str[4] == 'F' || str[4] == 'D' || str[4] == 'B' ||
|
3865 |
|
|
str[4] == 'U' || str[4] == 'P')
|
3866 |
|
|
return 1;
|
3867 |
|
|
if (str[4] == 'R' && str[5] != 'T')
|
3868 |
|
|
return 1;
|
3869 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3870 |
|
|
}
|
3871 |
|
|
for (k = 2; str[k] != '\0'; k += 1)
|
3872 |
|
|
if (!isdigit (str[k]))
|
3873 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3874 |
|
|
return 1;
|
3875 |
|
|
}
|
3876 |
|
|
if (str[0] == '$' && str[1] != '\000')
|
3877 |
|
|
{
|
3878 |
|
|
for (k = 1; str[k] != '\0'; k += 1)
|
3879 |
|
|
if (!isdigit (str[k]))
|
3880 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3881 |
|
|
return 1;
|
3882 |
|
|
}
|
3883 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3884 |
|
|
}
|
3885 |
|
|
|
3886 |
|
|
/* True if NAME represents a name of the form A1.A2....An, n>=1 and
|
3887 |
|
|
* PATN[0..PATN_LEN-1] = Ak.Ak+1.....An for some k >= 1. Ignores
|
3888 |
|
|
* informational suffixes of NAME (i.e., for which is_name_suffix is
|
3889 |
|
|
* true). */
|
3890 |
|
|
static int
|
3891 |
|
|
wild_match (const char *patn, int patn_len, const char *name)
|
3892 |
|
|
{
|
3893 |
|
|
int name_len;
|
3894 |
|
|
int s, e;
|
3895 |
|
|
|
3896 |
|
|
name_len = strlen (name);
|
3897 |
|
|
if (name_len >= patn_len + 5 && STREQN (name, "_ada_", 5)
|
3898 |
|
|
&& STREQN (patn, name + 5, patn_len)
|
3899 |
|
|
&& is_name_suffix (name + patn_len + 5))
|
3900 |
|
|
return 1;
|
3901 |
|
|
|
3902 |
|
|
while (name_len >= patn_len)
|
3903 |
|
|
{
|
3904 |
|
|
if (STREQN (patn, name, patn_len) && is_name_suffix (name + patn_len))
|
3905 |
|
|
return 1;
|
3906 |
|
|
do
|
3907 |
|
|
{
|
3908 |
|
|
name += 1;
|
3909 |
|
|
name_len -= 1;
|
3910 |
|
|
}
|
3911 |
|
|
while (name_len > 0
|
3912 |
|
|
&& name[0] != '.' && (name[0] != '_' || name[1] != '_'));
|
3913 |
|
|
if (name_len <= 0)
|
3914 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3915 |
|
|
if (name[0] == '_')
|
3916 |
|
|
{
|
3917 |
|
|
if (!islower (name[2]))
|
3918 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3919 |
|
|
name += 2;
|
3920 |
|
|
name_len -= 2;
|
3921 |
|
|
}
|
3922 |
|
|
else
|
3923 |
|
|
{
|
3924 |
|
|
if (!islower (name[1]))
|
3925 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3926 |
|
|
name += 1;
|
3927 |
|
|
name_len -= 1;
|
3928 |
|
|
}
|
3929 |
|
|
}
|
3930 |
|
|
|
3931 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3932 |
|
|
}
|
3933 |
|
|
|
3934 |
|
|
|
3935 |
|
|
/* Add symbols from BLOCK matching identifier NAME in NAMESPACE to
|
3936 |
|
|
vector *defn_symbols, updating *defn_symbols (if necessary), *SZ (the size of
|
3937 |
|
|
the vector *defn_symbols), and *ndefns (the number of symbols
|
3938 |
|
|
currently stored in *defn_symbols). If WILD, treat as NAME with a
|
3939 |
|
|
wildcard prefix. OBJFILE is the section containing BLOCK. */
|
3940 |
|
|
|
3941 |
|
|
static void
|
3942 |
|
|
ada_add_block_symbols (struct block *block, const char *name,
|
3943 |
|
|
namespace_enum namespace, struct objfile *objfile,
|
3944 |
|
|
int wild)
|
3945 |
|
|
{
|
3946 |
|
|
int i;
|
3947 |
|
|
int name_len = strlen (name);
|
3948 |
|
|
/* A matching argument symbol, if any. */
|
3949 |
|
|
struct symbol *arg_sym;
|
3950 |
|
|
/* Set true when we find a matching non-argument symbol */
|
3951 |
|
|
int found_sym;
|
3952 |
|
|
int is_sorted = BLOCK_SHOULD_SORT (block);
|
3953 |
|
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
3954 |
|
|
|
3955 |
|
|
arg_sym = NULL;
|
3956 |
|
|
found_sym = 0;
|
3957 |
|
|
if (wild)
|
3958 |
|
|
{
|
3959 |
|
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
3960 |
|
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, i, sym)
|
3961 |
|
|
{
|
3962 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) == namespace &&
|
3963 |
|
|
wild_match (name, name_len, SYMBOL_NAME (sym)))
|
3964 |
|
|
{
|
3965 |
|
|
switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
|
3966 |
|
|
{
|
3967 |
|
|
case LOC_ARG:
|
3968 |
|
|
case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
|
3969 |
|
|
case LOC_REF_ARG:
|
3970 |
|
|
case LOC_REGPARM:
|
3971 |
|
|
case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
|
3972 |
|
|
case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
|
3973 |
|
|
arg_sym = sym;
|
3974 |
|
|
break;
|
3975 |
|
|
case LOC_UNRESOLVED:
|
3976 |
|
|
continue;
|
3977 |
|
|
default:
|
3978 |
|
|
found_sym = 1;
|
3979 |
|
|
fill_in_ada_prototype (sym);
|
3980 |
|
|
add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile), block);
|
3981 |
|
|
break;
|
3982 |
|
|
}
|
3983 |
|
|
}
|
3984 |
|
|
}
|
3985 |
|
|
}
|
3986 |
|
|
else
|
3987 |
|
|
{
|
3988 |
|
|
if (is_sorted)
|
3989 |
|
|
{
|
3990 |
|
|
int U;
|
3991 |
|
|
i = 0;
|
3992 |
|
|
U = BLOCK_NSYMS (block) - 1;
|
3993 |
|
|
while (U - i > 4)
|
3994 |
|
|
{
|
3995 |
|
|
int M = (U + i) >> 1;
|
3996 |
|
|
struct symbol *sym = BLOCK_SYM (block, M);
|
3997 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0] < name[0])
|
3998 |
|
|
i = M + 1;
|
3999 |
|
|
else if (SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0] > name[0])
|
4000 |
|
|
U = M - 1;
|
4001 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), name) < 0)
|
4002 |
|
|
i = M + 1;
|
4003 |
|
|
else
|
4004 |
|
|
U = M;
|
4005 |
|
|
}
|
4006 |
|
|
}
|
4007 |
|
|
else
|
4008 |
|
|
i = 0;
|
4009 |
|
|
|
4010 |
|
|
for (; i < BLOCK_BUCKETS (block); i += 1)
|
4011 |
|
|
for (sym = BLOCK_BUCKET (block, i); sym != NULL; sym = sym->hash_next)
|
4012 |
|
|
{
|
4013 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) == namespace)
|
4014 |
|
|
{
|
4015 |
|
|
int cmp = strncmp (name, SYMBOL_NAME (sym), name_len);
|
4016 |
|
|
|
4017 |
|
|
if (cmp < 0)
|
4018 |
|
|
{
|
4019 |
|
|
if (is_sorted)
|
4020 |
|
|
{
|
4021 |
|
|
i = BLOCK_BUCKETS (block);
|
4022 |
|
|
break;
|
4023 |
|
|
}
|
4024 |
|
|
}
|
4025 |
|
|
else if (cmp == 0
|
4026 |
|
|
&& is_name_suffix (SYMBOL_NAME (sym) + name_len))
|
4027 |
|
|
{
|
4028 |
|
|
switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
|
4029 |
|
|
{
|
4030 |
|
|
case LOC_ARG:
|
4031 |
|
|
case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
|
4032 |
|
|
case LOC_REF_ARG:
|
4033 |
|
|
case LOC_REGPARM:
|
4034 |
|
|
case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
|
4035 |
|
|
case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
|
4036 |
|
|
arg_sym = sym;
|
4037 |
|
|
break;
|
4038 |
|
|
case LOC_UNRESOLVED:
|
4039 |
|
|
break;
|
4040 |
|
|
default:
|
4041 |
|
|
found_sym = 1;
|
4042 |
|
|
fill_in_ada_prototype (sym);
|
4043 |
|
|
add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile),
|
4044 |
|
|
block);
|
4045 |
|
|
break;
|
4046 |
|
|
}
|
4047 |
|
|
}
|
4048 |
|
|
}
|
4049 |
|
|
}
|
4050 |
|
|
}
|
4051 |
|
|
|
4052 |
|
|
if (!found_sym && arg_sym != NULL)
|
4053 |
|
|
{
|
4054 |
|
|
fill_in_ada_prototype (arg_sym);
|
4055 |
|
|
add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym, objfile), block);
|
4056 |
|
|
}
|
4057 |
|
|
|
4058 |
|
|
if (!wild)
|
4059 |
|
|
{
|
4060 |
|
|
arg_sym = NULL;
|
4061 |
|
|
found_sym = 0;
|
4062 |
|
|
if (is_sorted)
|
4063 |
|
|
{
|
4064 |
|
|
int U;
|
4065 |
|
|
i = 0;
|
4066 |
|
|
U = BLOCK_NSYMS (block) - 1;
|
4067 |
|
|
while (U - i > 4)
|
4068 |
|
|
{
|
4069 |
|
|
int M = (U + i) >> 1;
|
4070 |
|
|
struct symbol *sym = BLOCK_SYM (block, M);
|
4071 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0] < '_')
|
4072 |
|
|
i = M + 1;
|
4073 |
|
|
else if (SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0] > '_')
|
4074 |
|
|
U = M - 1;
|
4075 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), "_ada_") < 0)
|
4076 |
|
|
i = M + 1;
|
4077 |
|
|
else
|
4078 |
|
|
U = M;
|
4079 |
|
|
}
|
4080 |
|
|
}
|
4081 |
|
|
else
|
4082 |
|
|
i = 0;
|
4083 |
|
|
|
4084 |
|
|
for (; i < BLOCK_BUCKETS (block); i += 1)
|
4085 |
|
|
for (sym = BLOCK_BUCKET (block, i); sym != NULL; sym = sym->hash_next)
|
4086 |
|
|
{
|
4087 |
|
|
struct symbol *sym = BLOCK_SYM (block, i);
|
4088 |
|
|
|
4089 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) == namespace)
|
4090 |
|
|
{
|
4091 |
|
|
int cmp;
|
4092 |
|
|
|
4093 |
|
|
cmp = (int) '_' - (int) SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0];
|
4094 |
|
|
if (cmp == 0)
|
4095 |
|
|
{
|
4096 |
|
|
cmp = strncmp ("_ada_", SYMBOL_NAME (sym), 5);
|
4097 |
|
|
if (cmp == 0)
|
4098 |
|
|
cmp = strncmp (name, SYMBOL_NAME (sym) + 5, name_len);
|
4099 |
|
|
}
|
4100 |
|
|
|
4101 |
|
|
if (cmp < 0)
|
4102 |
|
|
{
|
4103 |
|
|
if (is_sorted)
|
4104 |
|
|
{
|
4105 |
|
|
i = BLOCK_BUCKETS (block);
|
4106 |
|
|
break;
|
4107 |
|
|
}
|
4108 |
|
|
}
|
4109 |
|
|
else if (cmp == 0
|
4110 |
|
|
&& is_name_suffix (SYMBOL_NAME (sym) + name_len + 5))
|
4111 |
|
|
{
|
4112 |
|
|
switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
|
4113 |
|
|
{
|
4114 |
|
|
case LOC_ARG:
|
4115 |
|
|
case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
|
4116 |
|
|
case LOC_REF_ARG:
|
4117 |
|
|
case LOC_REGPARM:
|
4118 |
|
|
case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
|
4119 |
|
|
case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
|
4120 |
|
|
arg_sym = sym;
|
4121 |
|
|
break;
|
4122 |
|
|
case LOC_UNRESOLVED:
|
4123 |
|
|
break;
|
4124 |
|
|
default:
|
4125 |
|
|
found_sym = 1;
|
4126 |
|
|
fill_in_ada_prototype (sym);
|
4127 |
|
|
add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile),
|
4128 |
|
|
block);
|
4129 |
|
|
break;
|
4130 |
|
|
}
|
4131 |
|
|
}
|
4132 |
|
|
}
|
4133 |
|
|
}
|
4134 |
|
|
|
4135 |
|
|
/* NOTE: This really shouldn't be needed for _ada_ symbols.
|
4136 |
|
|
They aren't parameters, right? */
|
4137 |
|
|
if (!found_sym && arg_sym != NULL)
|
4138 |
|
|
{
|
4139 |
|
|
fill_in_ada_prototype (arg_sym);
|
4140 |
|
|
add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym, objfile), block);
|
4141 |
|
|
}
|
4142 |
|
|
}
|
4143 |
|
|
}
|
4144 |
|
|
|
4145 |
|
|
|
4146 |
|
|
/* Function Types */
|
4147 |
|
|
|
4148 |
|
|
/* Assuming that SYM is the symbol for a function, fill in its type
|
4149 |
|
|
with prototype information, if it is not already there. */
|
4150 |
|
|
|
4151 |
|
|
static void
|
4152 |
|
|
fill_in_ada_prototype (struct symbol *func)
|
4153 |
|
|
{
|
4154 |
|
|
struct block *b;
|
4155 |
|
|
int nargs, nsyms;
|
4156 |
|
|
int i;
|
4157 |
|
|
struct type *ftype;
|
4158 |
|
|
struct type *rtype;
|
4159 |
|
|
size_t max_fields;
|
4160 |
|
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
4161 |
|
|
|
4162 |
|
|
if (func == NULL
|
4163 |
|
|
|| TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC
|
4164 |
|
|
|| TYPE_FIELDS (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)) != NULL)
|
4165 |
|
|
return;
|
4166 |
|
|
|
4167 |
|
|
/* We make each function type unique, so that each may have its own */
|
4168 |
|
|
/* parameter types. This particular way of doing so wastes space: */
|
4169 |
|
|
/* it would be nicer to build the argument types while the original */
|
4170 |
|
|
/* function type is being built (FIXME). */
|
4171 |
|
|
rtype = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)));
|
4172 |
|
|
ftype = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)));
|
4173 |
|
|
make_function_type (rtype, &ftype);
|
4174 |
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (func) = ftype;
|
4175 |
|
|
|
4176 |
|
|
b = SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (func);
|
4177 |
|
|
|
4178 |
|
|
nargs = 0;
|
4179 |
|
|
max_fields = 8;
|
4180 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) =
|
4181 |
|
|
(struct field *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct field) * max_fields);
|
4182 |
|
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, sym)
|
4183 |
|
|
{
|
4184 |
|
|
GROW_VECT (TYPE_FIELDS (ftype), max_fields, nargs + 1);
|
4185 |
|
|
|
4186 |
|
|
switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
|
4187 |
|
|
{
|
4188 |
|
|
case LOC_REF_ARG:
|
4189 |
|
|
case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
|
4190 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (ftype, nargs) = nargs;
|
4191 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (ftype, nargs) = 0;
|
4192 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (ftype, nargs) =
|
4193 |
|
|
lookup_pointer_type (check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)));
|
4194 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_NAME (ftype, nargs) = SYMBOL_NAME (sym);
|
4195 |
|
|
nargs += 1;
|
4196 |
|
|
|
4197 |
|
|
break;
|
4198 |
|
|
|
4199 |
|
|
case LOC_ARG:
|
4200 |
|
|
case LOC_REGPARM:
|
4201 |
|
|
case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
|
4202 |
|
|
case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
|
4203 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (ftype, nargs) = nargs;
|
4204 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (ftype, nargs) = 0;
|
4205 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (ftype, nargs) = check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
|
4206 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_NAME (ftype, nargs) = SYMBOL_NAME (sym);
|
4207 |
|
|
nargs += 1;
|
4208 |
|
|
|
4209 |
|
|
break;
|
4210 |
|
|
|
4211 |
|
|
default:
|
4212 |
|
|
break;
|
4213 |
|
|
}
|
4214 |
|
|
}
|
4215 |
|
|
|
4216 |
|
|
/* Re-allocate fields vector; if there are no fields, make the */
|
4217 |
|
|
/* fields pointer non-null anyway, to mark that this function type */
|
4218 |
|
|
/* has been filled in. */
|
4219 |
|
|
|
4220 |
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (ftype) = nargs;
|
4221 |
|
|
if (nargs == 0)
|
4222 |
|
|
{
|
4223 |
|
|
static struct field dummy_field = { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
|
4224 |
|
|
xfree (TYPE_FIELDS (ftype));
|
4225 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) = &dummy_field;
|
4226 |
|
|
}
|
4227 |
|
|
else
|
4228 |
|
|
{
|
4229 |
|
|
struct field *fields =
|
4230 |
|
|
(struct field *) TYPE_ALLOC (ftype, nargs * sizeof (struct field));
|
4231 |
|
|
memcpy ((char *) fields,
|
4232 |
|
|
(char *) TYPE_FIELDS (ftype), nargs * sizeof (struct field));
|
4233 |
|
|
xfree (TYPE_FIELDS (ftype));
|
4234 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) = fields;
|
4235 |
|
|
}
|
4236 |
|
|
}
|
4237 |
|
|
|
4238 |
|
|
|
4239 |
|
|
/* Breakpoint-related */
|
4240 |
|
|
|
4241 |
|
|
char no_symtab_msg[] =
|
4242 |
|
|
"No symbol table is loaded. Use the \"file\" command.";
|
4243 |
|
|
|
4244 |
|
|
/* Assuming that LINE is pointing at the beginning of an argument to
|
4245 |
|
|
'break', return a pointer to the delimiter for the initial segment
|
4246 |
|
|
of that name. This is the first ':', ' ', or end of LINE.
|
4247 |
|
|
*/
|
4248 |
|
|
char *
|
4249 |
|
|
ada_start_decode_line_1 (char *line)
|
4250 |
|
|
{
|
4251 |
|
|
/* [NOTE: strpbrk would be more elegant, but I am reluctant to be
|
4252 |
|
|
the first to use such a library function in GDB code.] */
|
4253 |
|
|
char *p;
|
4254 |
|
|
for (p = line; *p != '\000' && *p != ' ' && *p != ':'; p += 1)
|
4255 |
|
|
;
|
4256 |
|
|
return p;
|
4257 |
|
|
}
|
4258 |
|
|
|
4259 |
|
|
/* *SPEC points to a function and line number spec (as in a break
|
4260 |
|
|
command), following any initial file name specification.
|
4261 |
|
|
|
4262 |
|
|
Return all symbol table/line specfications (sals) consistent with the
|
4263 |
|
|
information in *SPEC and FILE_TABLE in the
|
4264 |
|
|
following sense:
|
4265 |
|
|
+ FILE_TABLE is null, or the sal refers to a line in the file
|
4266 |
|
|
named by FILE_TABLE.
|
4267 |
|
|
+ If *SPEC points to an argument with a trailing ':LINENUM',
|
4268 |
|
|
then the sal refers to that line (or one following it as closely as
|
4269 |
|
|
possible).
|
4270 |
|
|
+ If *SPEC does not start with '*', the sal is in a function with
|
4271 |
|
|
that name.
|
4272 |
|
|
|
4273 |
|
|
Returns with 0 elements if no matching non-minimal symbols found.
|
4274 |
|
|
|
4275 |
|
|
If *SPEC begins with a function name of the form <NAME>, then NAME
|
4276 |
|
|
is taken as a literal name; otherwise the function name is subject
|
4277 |
|
|
to the usual mangling.
|
4278 |
|
|
|
4279 |
|
|
*SPEC is updated to point after the function/line number specification.
|
4280 |
|
|
|
4281 |
|
|
FUNFIRSTLINE is non-zero if we desire the first line of real code
|
4282 |
|
|
in each function (this is ignored in the presence of a LINENUM spec.).
|
4283 |
|
|
|
4284 |
|
|
If CANONICAL is non-NULL, and if any of the sals require a
|
4285 |
|
|
'canonical line spec', then *CANONICAL is set to point to an array
|
4286 |
|
|
of strings, corresponding to and equal in length to the returned
|
4287 |
|
|
list of sals, such that (*CANONICAL)[i] is non-null and contains a
|
4288 |
|
|
canonical line spec for the ith returned sal, if needed. If no
|
4289 |
|
|
canonical line specs are required and CANONICAL is non-null,
|
4290 |
|
|
*CANONICAL is set to NULL.
|
4291 |
|
|
|
4292 |
|
|
A 'canonical line spec' is simply a name (in the format of the
|
4293 |
|
|
breakpoint command) that uniquely identifies a breakpoint position,
|
4294 |
|
|
with no further contextual information or user selection. It is
|
4295 |
|
|
needed whenever the file name, function name, and line number
|
4296 |
|
|
information supplied is insufficient for this unique
|
4297 |
|
|
identification. Currently overloaded functions, the name '*',
|
4298 |
|
|
or static functions without a filename yield a canonical line spec.
|
4299 |
|
|
The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap; it
|
4300 |
|
|
is the caller's responsibility to free them. */
|
4301 |
|
|
|
4302 |
|
|
struct symtabs_and_lines
|
4303 |
|
|
ada_finish_decode_line_1 (char **spec, struct symtab *file_table,
|
4304 |
|
|
int funfirstline, char ***canonical)
|
4305 |
|
|
{
|
4306 |
|
|
struct symbol **symbols;
|
4307 |
|
|
struct block **blocks;
|
4308 |
|
|
struct block *block;
|
4309 |
|
|
int n_matches, i, line_num;
|
4310 |
|
|
struct symtabs_and_lines selected;
|
4311 |
|
|
struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
|
4312 |
|
|
char *name;
|
4313 |
|
|
|
4314 |
|
|
int len;
|
4315 |
|
|
char *lower_name;
|
4316 |
|
|
char *unquoted_name;
|
4317 |
|
|
|
4318 |
|
|
if (file_table == NULL)
|
4319 |
|
|
block = get_selected_block (NULL);
|
4320 |
|
|
else
|
4321 |
|
|
block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (file_table), STATIC_BLOCK);
|
4322 |
|
|
|
4323 |
|
|
if (canonical != NULL)
|
4324 |
|
|
*canonical = (char **) NULL;
|
4325 |
|
|
|
4326 |
|
|
name = *spec;
|
4327 |
|
|
if (**spec == '*')
|
4328 |
|
|
*spec += 1;
|
4329 |
|
|
else
|
4330 |
|
|
{
|
4331 |
|
|
while (**spec != '\000' &&
|
4332 |
|
|
!strchr (ada_completer_word_break_characters, **spec))
|
4333 |
|
|
*spec += 1;
|
4334 |
|
|
}
|
4335 |
|
|
len = *spec - name;
|
4336 |
|
|
|
4337 |
|
|
line_num = -1;
|
4338 |
|
|
if (file_table != NULL && (*spec)[0] == ':' && isdigit ((*spec)[1]))
|
4339 |
|
|
{
|
4340 |
|
|
line_num = strtol (*spec + 1, spec, 10);
|
4341 |
|
|
while (**spec == ' ' || **spec == '\t')
|
4342 |
|
|
*spec += 1;
|
4343 |
|
|
}
|
4344 |
|
|
|
4345 |
|
|
if (name[0] == '*')
|
4346 |
|
|
{
|
4347 |
|
|
if (line_num == -1)
|
4348 |
|
|
error ("Wild-card function with no line number or file name.");
|
4349 |
|
|
|
4350 |
|
|
return all_sals_for_line (file_table->filename, line_num, canonical);
|
4351 |
|
|
}
|
4352 |
|
|
|
4353 |
|
|
if (name[0] == '\'')
|
4354 |
|
|
{
|
4355 |
|
|
name += 1;
|
4356 |
|
|
len -= 2;
|
4357 |
|
|
}
|
4358 |
|
|
|
4359 |
|
|
if (name[0] == '<')
|
4360 |
|
|
{
|
4361 |
|
|
unquoted_name = (char *) alloca (len - 1);
|
4362 |
|
|
memcpy (unquoted_name, name + 1, len - 2);
|
4363 |
|
|
unquoted_name[len - 2] = '\000';
|
4364 |
|
|
lower_name = NULL;
|
4365 |
|
|
}
|
4366 |
|
|
else
|
4367 |
|
|
{
|
4368 |
|
|
unquoted_name = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
|
4369 |
|
|
memcpy (unquoted_name, name, len);
|
4370 |
|
|
unquoted_name[len] = '\000';
|
4371 |
|
|
lower_name = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
|
4372 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < len; i += 1)
|
4373 |
|
|
lower_name[i] = tolower (name[i]);
|
4374 |
|
|
lower_name[len] = '\000';
|
4375 |
|
|
}
|
4376 |
|
|
|
4377 |
|
|
n_matches = 0;
|
4378 |
|
|
if (lower_name != NULL)
|
4379 |
|
|
n_matches = ada_lookup_symbol_list (ada_mangle (lower_name), block,
|
4380 |
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE, &symbols, &blocks);
|
4381 |
|
|
if (n_matches == 0)
|
4382 |
|
|
n_matches = ada_lookup_symbol_list (unquoted_name, block,
|
4383 |
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE, &symbols, &blocks);
|
4384 |
|
|
if (n_matches == 0 && line_num >= 0)
|
4385 |
|
|
error ("No line number information found for %s.", unquoted_name);
|
4386 |
|
|
else if (n_matches == 0)
|
4387 |
|
|
{
|
4388 |
|
|
#ifdef HPPA_COMPILER_BUG
|
4389 |
|
|
/* FIXME: See comment in symtab.c::decode_line_1 */
|
4390 |
|
|
#undef volatile
|
4391 |
|
|
volatile struct symtab_and_line val;
|
4392 |
|
|
#define volatile /*nothing */
|
4393 |
|
|
#else
|
4394 |
|
|
struct symtab_and_line val;
|
4395 |
|
|
#endif
|
4396 |
|
|
struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
|
4397 |
|
|
|
4398 |
|
|
INIT_SAL (&val);
|
4399 |
|
|
|
4400 |
|
|
msymbol = NULL;
|
4401 |
|
|
if (lower_name != NULL)
|
4402 |
|
|
msymbol = ada_lookup_minimal_symbol (ada_mangle (lower_name));
|
4403 |
|
|
if (msymbol == NULL)
|
4404 |
|
|
msymbol = ada_lookup_minimal_symbol (unquoted_name);
|
4405 |
|
|
if (msymbol != NULL)
|
4406 |
|
|
{
|
4407 |
|
|
val.pc = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol);
|
4408 |
|
|
val.section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (msymbol);
|
4409 |
|
|
if (funfirstline)
|
4410 |
|
|
{
|
4411 |
|
|
val.pc += FUNCTION_START_OFFSET;
|
4412 |
|
|
SKIP_PROLOGUE (val.pc);
|
4413 |
|
|
}
|
4414 |
|
|
selected.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
|
4415 |
|
|
xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
|
4416 |
|
|
selected.sals[0] = val;
|
4417 |
|
|
selected.nelts = 1;
|
4418 |
|
|
return selected;
|
4419 |
|
|
}
|
4420 |
|
|
|
4421 |
|
|
if (!have_full_symbols () &&
|
4422 |
|
|
!have_partial_symbols () && !have_minimal_symbols ())
|
4423 |
|
|
error (no_symtab_msg);
|
4424 |
|
|
|
4425 |
|
|
error ("Function \"%s\" not defined.", unquoted_name);
|
4426 |
|
|
return selected; /* for lint */
|
4427 |
|
|
}
|
4428 |
|
|
|
4429 |
|
|
if (line_num >= 0)
|
4430 |
|
|
{
|
4431 |
|
|
return
|
4432 |
|
|
find_sal_from_funcs_and_line (file_table->filename, line_num,
|
4433 |
|
|
symbols, n_matches);
|
4434 |
|
|
}
|
4435 |
|
|
else
|
4436 |
|
|
{
|
4437 |
|
|
selected.nelts =
|
4438 |
|
|
user_select_syms (symbols, blocks, n_matches, n_matches);
|
4439 |
|
|
}
|
4440 |
|
|
|
4441 |
|
|
selected.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
|
4442 |
|
|
xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line) * selected.nelts);
|
4443 |
|
|
memset (selected.sals, 0, selected.nelts * sizeof (selected.sals[i]));
|
4444 |
|
|
make_cleanup (xfree, selected.sals);
|
4445 |
|
|
|
4446 |
|
|
i = 0;
|
4447 |
|
|
while (i < selected.nelts)
|
4448 |
|
|
{
|
4449 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_CLASS (symbols[i]) == LOC_BLOCK)
|
4450 |
|
|
selected.sals[i] = find_function_start_sal (symbols[i], funfirstline);
|
4451 |
|
|
else if (SYMBOL_LINE (symbols[i]) != 0)
|
4452 |
|
|
{
|
4453 |
|
|
selected.sals[i].symtab = symtab_for_sym (symbols[i]);
|
4454 |
|
|
selected.sals[i].line = SYMBOL_LINE (symbols[i]);
|
4455 |
|
|
}
|
4456 |
|
|
else if (line_num >= 0)
|
4457 |
|
|
{
|
4458 |
|
|
/* Ignore this choice */
|
4459 |
|
|
symbols[i] = symbols[selected.nelts - 1];
|
4460 |
|
|
blocks[i] = blocks[selected.nelts - 1];
|
4461 |
|
|
selected.nelts -= 1;
|
4462 |
|
|
continue;
|
4463 |
|
|
}
|
4464 |
|
|
else
|
4465 |
|
|
error ("Line number not known for symbol \"%s\"", unquoted_name);
|
4466 |
|
|
i += 1;
|
4467 |
|
|
}
|
4468 |
|
|
|
4469 |
|
|
if (canonical != NULL && (line_num >= 0 || n_matches > 1))
|
4470 |
|
|
{
|
4471 |
|
|
*canonical = (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * selected.nelts);
|
4472 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < selected.nelts; i += 1)
|
4473 |
|
|
(*canonical)[i] =
|
4474 |
|
|
extended_canonical_line_spec (selected.sals[i],
|
4475 |
|
|
SYMBOL_SOURCE_NAME (symbols[i]));
|
4476 |
|
|
}
|
4477 |
|
|
|
4478 |
|
|
discard_cleanups (old_chain);
|
4479 |
|
|
return selected;
|
4480 |
|
|
}
|
4481 |
|
|
|
4482 |
|
|
/* The (single) sal corresponding to line LINE_NUM in a symbol table
|
4483 |
|
|
with file name FILENAME that occurs in one of the functions listed
|
4484 |
|
|
in SYMBOLS[0 .. NSYMS-1]. */
|
4485 |
|
|
static struct symtabs_and_lines
|
4486 |
|
|
find_sal_from_funcs_and_line (const char *filename, int line_num,
|
4487 |
|
|
struct symbol **symbols, int nsyms)
|
4488 |
|
|
{
|
4489 |
|
|
struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
|
4490 |
|
|
int best_index, best;
|
4491 |
|
|
struct linetable *best_linetable;
|
4492 |
|
|
struct objfile *objfile;
|
4493 |
|
|
struct symtab *s;
|
4494 |
|
|
struct symtab *best_symtab;
|
4495 |
|
|
|
4496 |
|
|
read_all_symtabs (filename);
|
4497 |
|
|
|
4498 |
|
|
best_index = 0;
|
4499 |
|
|
best_linetable = NULL;
|
4500 |
|
|
best_symtab = NULL;
|
4501 |
|
|
best = 0;
|
4502 |
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
4503 |
|
|
{
|
4504 |
|
|
struct linetable *l;
|
4505 |
|
|
int ind, exact;
|
4506 |
|
|
|
4507 |
|
|
QUIT;
|
4508 |
|
|
|
4509 |
|
|
if (!STREQ (filename, s->filename))
|
4510 |
|
|
continue;
|
4511 |
|
|
l = LINETABLE (s);
|
4512 |
|
|
ind = find_line_in_linetable (l, line_num, symbols, nsyms, &exact);
|
4513 |
|
|
if (ind >= 0)
|
4514 |
|
|
{
|
4515 |
|
|
if (exact)
|
4516 |
|
|
{
|
4517 |
|
|
best_index = ind;
|
4518 |
|
|
best_linetable = l;
|
4519 |
|
|
best_symtab = s;
|
4520 |
|
|
goto done;
|
4521 |
|
|
}
|
4522 |
|
|
if (best == 0 || l->item[ind].line < best)
|
4523 |
|
|
{
|
4524 |
|
|
best = l->item[ind].line;
|
4525 |
|
|
best_index = ind;
|
4526 |
|
|
best_linetable = l;
|
4527 |
|
|
best_symtab = s;
|
4528 |
|
|
}
|
4529 |
|
|
}
|
4530 |
|
|
}
|
4531 |
|
|
|
4532 |
|
|
if (best == 0)
|
4533 |
|
|
error ("Line number not found in designated function.");
|
4534 |
|
|
|
4535 |
|
|
done:
|
4536 |
|
|
|
4537 |
|
|
sals.nelts = 1;
|
4538 |
|
|
sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *) xmalloc (sizeof (sals.sals[0]));
|
4539 |
|
|
|
4540 |
|
|
INIT_SAL (&sals.sals[0]);
|
4541 |
|
|
|
4542 |
|
|
sals.sals[0].line = best_linetable->item[best_index].line;
|
4543 |
|
|
sals.sals[0].pc = best_linetable->item[best_index].pc;
|
4544 |
|
|
sals.sals[0].symtab = best_symtab;
|
4545 |
|
|
|
4546 |
|
|
return sals;
|
4547 |
|
|
}
|
4548 |
|
|
|
4549 |
|
|
/* Return the index in LINETABLE of the best match for LINE_NUM whose
|
4550 |
|
|
pc falls within one of the functions denoted by SYMBOLS[0..NSYMS-1].
|
4551 |
|
|
Set *EXACTP to the 1 if the match is exact, and 0 otherwise. */
|
4552 |
|
|
static int
|
4553 |
|
|
find_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *linetable, int line_num,
|
4554 |
|
|
struct symbol **symbols, int nsyms, int *exactp)
|
4555 |
|
|
{
|
4556 |
|
|
int i, len, best_index, best;
|
4557 |
|
|
|
4558 |
|
|
if (line_num <= 0 || linetable == NULL)
|
4559 |
|
|
return -1;
|
4560 |
|
|
|
4561 |
|
|
len = linetable->nitems;
|
4562 |
|
|
for (i = 0, best_index = -1, best = 0; i < len; i += 1)
|
4563 |
|
|
{
|
4564 |
|
|
int k;
|
4565 |
|
|
struct linetable_entry *item = &(linetable->item[i]);
|
4566 |
|
|
|
4567 |
|
|
for (k = 0; k < nsyms; k += 1)
|
4568 |
|
|
{
|
4569 |
|
|
if (symbols[k] != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (symbols[k]) == LOC_BLOCK
|
4570 |
|
|
&& item->pc >= BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (symbols[k]))
|
4571 |
|
|
&& item->pc < BLOCK_END (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (symbols[k])))
|
4572 |
|
|
goto candidate;
|
4573 |
|
|
}
|
4574 |
|
|
continue;
|
4575 |
|
|
|
4576 |
|
|
candidate:
|
4577 |
|
|
|
4578 |
|
|
if (item->line == line_num)
|
4579 |
|
|
{
|
4580 |
|
|
*exactp = 1;
|
4581 |
|
|
return i;
|
4582 |
|
|
}
|
4583 |
|
|
|
4584 |
|
|
if (item->line > line_num && (best == 0 || item->line < best))
|
4585 |
|
|
{
|
4586 |
|
|
best = item->line;
|
4587 |
|
|
best_index = i;
|
4588 |
|
|
}
|
4589 |
|
|
}
|
4590 |
|
|
|
4591 |
|
|
*exactp = 0;
|
4592 |
|
|
return best_index;
|
4593 |
|
|
}
|
4594 |
|
|
|
4595 |
|
|
/* Find the smallest k >= LINE_NUM such that k is a line number in
|
4596 |
|
|
LINETABLE, and k falls strictly within a named function that begins at
|
4597 |
|
|
or before LINE_NUM. Return -1 if there is no such k. */
|
4598 |
|
|
static int
|
4599 |
|
|
nearest_line_number_in_linetable (struct linetable *linetable, int line_num)
|
4600 |
|
|
{
|
4601 |
|
|
int i, len, best;
|
4602 |
|
|
|
4603 |
|
|
if (line_num <= 0 || linetable == NULL || linetable->nitems == 0)
|
4604 |
|
|
return -1;
|
4605 |
|
|
len = linetable->nitems;
|
4606 |
|
|
|
4607 |
|
|
i = 0;
|
4608 |
|
|
best = INT_MAX;
|
4609 |
|
|
while (i < len)
|
4610 |
|
|
{
|
4611 |
|
|
int k;
|
4612 |
|
|
struct linetable_entry *item = &(linetable->item[i]);
|
4613 |
|
|
|
4614 |
|
|
if (item->line >= line_num && item->line < best)
|
4615 |
|
|
{
|
4616 |
|
|
char *func_name;
|
4617 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR start, end;
|
4618 |
|
|
|
4619 |
|
|
func_name = NULL;
|
4620 |
|
|
find_pc_partial_function (item->pc, &func_name, &start, &end);
|
4621 |
|
|
|
4622 |
|
|
if (func_name != NULL && item->pc < end)
|
4623 |
|
|
{
|
4624 |
|
|
if (item->line == line_num)
|
4625 |
|
|
return line_num;
|
4626 |
|
|
else
|
4627 |
|
|
{
|
4628 |
|
|
struct symbol *sym =
|
4629 |
|
|
standard_lookup (func_name, VAR_NAMESPACE);
|
4630 |
|
|
if (is_plausible_func_for_line (sym, line_num))
|
4631 |
|
|
best = item->line;
|
4632 |
|
|
else
|
4633 |
|
|
{
|
4634 |
|
|
do
|
4635 |
|
|
i += 1;
|
4636 |
|
|
while (i < len && linetable->item[i].pc < end);
|
4637 |
|
|
continue;
|
4638 |
|
|
}
|
4639 |
|
|
}
|
4640 |
|
|
}
|
4641 |
|
|
}
|
4642 |
|
|
|
4643 |
|
|
i += 1;
|
4644 |
|
|
}
|
4645 |
|
|
|
4646 |
|
|
return (best == INT_MAX) ? -1 : best;
|
4647 |
|
|
}
|
4648 |
|
|
|
4649 |
|
|
|
4650 |
|
|
/* Return the next higher index, k, into LINETABLE such that k > IND,
|
4651 |
|
|
entry k in LINETABLE has a line number equal to LINE_NUM, k
|
4652 |
|
|
corresponds to a PC that is in a function different from that
|
4653 |
|
|
corresponding to IND, and falls strictly within a named function
|
4654 |
|
|
that begins at a line at or preceding STARTING_LINE.
|
4655 |
|
|
Return -1 if there is no such k.
|
4656 |
|
|
IND == -1 corresponds to no function. */
|
4657 |
|
|
|
4658 |
|
|
static int
|
4659 |
|
|
find_next_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *linetable, int line_num,
|
4660 |
|
|
int starting_line, int ind)
|
4661 |
|
|
{
|
4662 |
|
|
int i, len;
|
4663 |
|
|
|
4664 |
|
|
if (line_num <= 0 || linetable == NULL || ind >= linetable->nitems)
|
4665 |
|
|
return -1;
|
4666 |
|
|
len = linetable->nitems;
|
4667 |
|
|
|
4668 |
|
|
if (ind >= 0)
|
4669 |
|
|
{
|
4670 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR start, end;
|
4671 |
|
|
|
4672 |
|
|
if (find_pc_partial_function (linetable->item[ind].pc,
|
4673 |
|
|
(char **) NULL, &start, &end))
|
4674 |
|
|
{
|
4675 |
|
|
while (ind < len && linetable->item[ind].pc < end)
|
4676 |
|
|
ind += 1;
|
4677 |
|
|
}
|
4678 |
|
|
else
|
4679 |
|
|
ind += 1;
|
4680 |
|
|
}
|
4681 |
|
|
else
|
4682 |
|
|
ind = 0;
|
4683 |
|
|
|
4684 |
|
|
i = ind;
|
4685 |
|
|
while (i < len)
|
4686 |
|
|
{
|
4687 |
|
|
int k;
|
4688 |
|
|
struct linetable_entry *item = &(linetable->item[i]);
|
4689 |
|
|
|
4690 |
|
|
if (item->line >= line_num)
|
4691 |
|
|
{
|
4692 |
|
|
char *func_name;
|
4693 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR start, end;
|
4694 |
|
|
|
4695 |
|
|
func_name = NULL;
|
4696 |
|
|
find_pc_partial_function (item->pc, &func_name, &start, &end);
|
4697 |
|
|
|
4698 |
|
|
if (func_name != NULL && item->pc < end)
|
4699 |
|
|
{
|
4700 |
|
|
if (item->line == line_num)
|
4701 |
|
|
{
|
4702 |
|
|
struct symbol *sym =
|
4703 |
|
|
standard_lookup (func_name, VAR_NAMESPACE);
|
4704 |
|
|
if (is_plausible_func_for_line (sym, starting_line))
|
4705 |
|
|
return i;
|
4706 |
|
|
else
|
4707 |
|
|
{
|
4708 |
|
|
while ((i + 1) < len && linetable->item[i + 1].pc < end)
|
4709 |
|
|
i += 1;
|
4710 |
|
|
}
|
4711 |
|
|
}
|
4712 |
|
|
}
|
4713 |
|
|
}
|
4714 |
|
|
i += 1;
|
4715 |
|
|
}
|
4716 |
|
|
|
4717 |
|
|
return -1;
|
4718 |
|
|
}
|
4719 |
|
|
|
4720 |
|
|
/* True iff function symbol SYM starts somewhere at or before line #
|
4721 |
|
|
LINE_NUM. */
|
4722 |
|
|
static int
|
4723 |
|
|
is_plausible_func_for_line (struct symbol *sym, int line_num)
|
4724 |
|
|
{
|
4725 |
|
|
struct symtab_and_line start_sal;
|
4726 |
|
|
|
4727 |
|
|
if (sym == NULL)
|
4728 |
|
|
return 0;
|
4729 |
|
|
|
4730 |
|
|
start_sal = find_function_start_sal (sym, 0);
|
4731 |
|
|
|
4732 |
|
|
return (start_sal.line != 0 && line_num >= start_sal.line);
|
4733 |
|
|
}
|
4734 |
|
|
|
4735 |
|
|
static void
|
4736 |
|
|
debug_print_lines (struct linetable *lt)
|
4737 |
|
|
{
|
4738 |
|
|
int i;
|
4739 |
|
|
|
4740 |
|
|
if (lt == NULL)
|
4741 |
|
|
return;
|
4742 |
|
|
|
4743 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "\t");
|
4744 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < lt->nitems; i += 1)
|
4745 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "(%d->%p) ", lt->item[i].line, (void *) lt->item[i].pc);
|
4746 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "\n");
|
4747 |
|
|
}
|
4748 |
|
|
|
4749 |
|
|
static void
|
4750 |
|
|
debug_print_block (struct block *b)
|
4751 |
|
|
{
|
4752 |
|
|
int i;
|
4753 |
|
|
struct symbol *i;
|
4754 |
|
|
|
4755 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "Block: %p; [0x%lx, 0x%lx]",
|
4756 |
|
|
b, BLOCK_START (b), BLOCK_END (b));
|
4757 |
|
|
if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) != NULL)
|
4758 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, " Function: %s", SYMBOL_NAME (BLOCK_FUNCTION (b)));
|
4759 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "\n");
|
4760 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "\t Superblock: %p\n", BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b));
|
4761 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "\t Symbols:");
|
4762 |
|
|
ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, sym)
|
4763 |
|
|
{
|
4764 |
|
|
if (i > 0 && i % 4 == 0)
|
4765 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "\n\t\t ");
|
4766 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, " %s", SYMBOL_NAME (sym));
|
4767 |
|
|
}
|
4768 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "\n");
|
4769 |
|
|
}
|
4770 |
|
|
|
4771 |
|
|
static void
|
4772 |
|
|
debug_print_blocks (struct blockvector *bv)
|
4773 |
|
|
{
|
4774 |
|
|
int i;
|
4775 |
|
|
|
4776 |
|
|
if (bv == NULL)
|
4777 |
|
|
return;
|
4778 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv); i += 1)
|
4779 |
|
|
{
|
4780 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "%6d. ", i);
|
4781 |
|
|
debug_print_block (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i));
|
4782 |
|
|
}
|
4783 |
|
|
}
|
4784 |
|
|
|
4785 |
|
|
static void
|
4786 |
|
|
debug_print_symtab (struct symtab *s)
|
4787 |
|
|
{
|
4788 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "Symtab %p\n File: %s; Dir: %s\n", s,
|
4789 |
|
|
s->filename, s->dirname);
|
4790 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, " Blockvector: %p, Primary: %d\n",
|
4791 |
|
|
BLOCKVECTOR (s), s->primary);
|
4792 |
|
|
debug_print_blocks (BLOCKVECTOR (s));
|
4793 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, " Line table: %p\n", LINETABLE (s));
|
4794 |
|
|
debug_print_lines (LINETABLE (s));
|
4795 |
|
|
}
|
4796 |
|
|
|
4797 |
|
|
/* Read in all symbol tables corresponding to partial symbol tables
|
4798 |
|
|
with file name FILENAME. */
|
4799 |
|
|
static void
|
4800 |
|
|
read_all_symtabs (const char *filename)
|
4801 |
|
|
{
|
4802 |
|
|
struct partial_symtab *ps;
|
4803 |
|
|
struct objfile *objfile;
|
4804 |
|
|
|
4805 |
|
|
ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
|
4806 |
|
|
{
|
4807 |
|
|
QUIT;
|
4808 |
|
|
|
4809 |
|
|
if (STREQ (filename, ps->filename))
|
4810 |
|
|
PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
|
4811 |
|
|
}
|
4812 |
|
|
}
|
4813 |
|
|
|
4814 |
|
|
/* All sals corresponding to line LINE_NUM in a symbol table from file
|
4815 |
|
|
FILENAME, as filtered by the user. If CANONICAL is not null, set
|
4816 |
|
|
it to a corresponding array of canonical line specs. */
|
4817 |
|
|
static struct symtabs_and_lines
|
4818 |
|
|
all_sals_for_line (const char *filename, int line_num, char ***canonical)
|
4819 |
|
|
{
|
4820 |
|
|
struct symtabs_and_lines result;
|
4821 |
|
|
struct objfile *objfile;
|
4822 |
|
|
struct symtab *s;
|
4823 |
|
|
struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
|
4824 |
|
|
size_t len;
|
4825 |
|
|
|
4826 |
|
|
read_all_symtabs (filename);
|
4827 |
|
|
|
4828 |
|
|
result.sals =
|
4829 |
|
|
(struct symtab_and_line *) xmalloc (4 * sizeof (result.sals[0]));
|
4830 |
|
|
result.nelts = 0;
|
4831 |
|
|
len = 4;
|
4832 |
|
|
make_cleanup (free_current_contents, &result.sals);
|
4833 |
|
|
|
4834 |
|
|
ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
|
4835 |
|
|
{
|
4836 |
|
|
int ind, target_line_num;
|
4837 |
|
|
|
4838 |
|
|
QUIT;
|
4839 |
|
|
|
4840 |
|
|
if (!STREQ (s->filename, filename))
|
4841 |
|
|
continue;
|
4842 |
|
|
|
4843 |
|
|
target_line_num =
|
4844 |
|
|
nearest_line_number_in_linetable (LINETABLE (s), line_num);
|
4845 |
|
|
if (target_line_num == -1)
|
4846 |
|
|
continue;
|
4847 |
|
|
|
4848 |
|
|
ind = -1;
|
4849 |
|
|
while (1)
|
4850 |
|
|
{
|
4851 |
|
|
ind =
|
4852 |
|
|
find_next_line_in_linetable (LINETABLE (s),
|
4853 |
|
|
target_line_num, line_num, ind);
|
4854 |
|
|
|
4855 |
|
|
if (ind < 0)
|
4856 |
|
|
break;
|
4857 |
|
|
|
4858 |
|
|
GROW_VECT (result.sals, len, result.nelts + 1);
|
4859 |
|
|
INIT_SAL (&result.sals[result.nelts]);
|
4860 |
|
|
result.sals[result.nelts].line = LINETABLE (s)->item[ind].line;
|
4861 |
|
|
result.sals[result.nelts].pc = LINETABLE (s)->item[ind].pc;
|
4862 |
|
|
result.sals[result.nelts].symtab = s;
|
4863 |
|
|
result.nelts += 1;
|
4864 |
|
|
}
|
4865 |
|
|
}
|
4866 |
|
|
|
4867 |
|
|
if (canonical != NULL || result.nelts > 1)
|
4868 |
|
|
{
|
4869 |
|
|
int k;
|
4870 |
|
|
char **func_names = (char **) alloca (result.nelts * sizeof (char *));
|
4871 |
|
|
int first_choice = (result.nelts > 1) ? 2 : 1;
|
4872 |
|
|
int n;
|
4873 |
|
|
int *choices = (int *) alloca (result.nelts * sizeof (int));
|
4874 |
|
|
|
4875 |
|
|
for (k = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1)
|
4876 |
|
|
{
|
4877 |
|
|
find_pc_partial_function (result.sals[k].pc, &func_names[k],
|
4878 |
|
|
(CORE_ADDR *) NULL, (CORE_ADDR *) NULL);
|
4879 |
|
|
if (func_names[k] == NULL)
|
4880 |
|
|
error ("Could not find function for one or more breakpoints.");
|
4881 |
|
|
}
|
4882 |
|
|
|
4883 |
|
|
if (result.nelts > 1)
|
4884 |
|
|
{
|
4885 |
|
|
printf_unfiltered ("[0] cancel\n");
|
4886 |
|
|
if (result.nelts > 1)
|
4887 |
|
|
printf_unfiltered ("[1] all\n");
|
4888 |
|
|
for (k = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1)
|
4889 |
|
|
printf_unfiltered ("[%d] %s\n", k + first_choice,
|
4890 |
|
|
ada_demangle (func_names[k]));
|
4891 |
|
|
|
4892 |
|
|
n = get_selections (choices, result.nelts, result.nelts,
|
4893 |
|
|
result.nelts > 1, "instance-choice");
|
4894 |
|
|
|
4895 |
|
|
for (k = 0; k < n; k += 1)
|
4896 |
|
|
{
|
4897 |
|
|
result.sals[k] = result.sals[choices[k]];
|
4898 |
|
|
func_names[k] = func_names[choices[k]];
|
4899 |
|
|
}
|
4900 |
|
|
result.nelts = n;
|
4901 |
|
|
}
|
4902 |
|
|
|
4903 |
|
|
if (canonical != NULL)
|
4904 |
|
|
{
|
4905 |
|
|
*canonical = (char **) xmalloc (result.nelts * sizeof (char **));
|
4906 |
|
|
make_cleanup (xfree, *canonical);
|
4907 |
|
|
for (k = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1)
|
4908 |
|
|
{
|
4909 |
|
|
(*canonical)[k] =
|
4910 |
|
|
extended_canonical_line_spec (result.sals[k], func_names[k]);
|
4911 |
|
|
if ((*canonical)[k] == NULL)
|
4912 |
|
|
error ("Could not locate one or more breakpoints.");
|
4913 |
|
|
make_cleanup (xfree, (*canonical)[k]);
|
4914 |
|
|
}
|
4915 |
|
|
}
|
4916 |
|
|
}
|
4917 |
|
|
|
4918 |
|
|
discard_cleanups (old_chain);
|
4919 |
|
|
return result;
|
4920 |
|
|
}
|
4921 |
|
|
|
4922 |
|
|
|
4923 |
|
|
/* A canonical line specification of the form FILE:NAME:LINENUM for
|
4924 |
|
|
symbol table and line data SAL. NULL if insufficient
|
4925 |
|
|
information. The caller is responsible for releasing any space
|
4926 |
|
|
allocated. */
|
4927 |
|
|
|
4928 |
|
|
static char *
|
4929 |
|
|
extended_canonical_line_spec (struct symtab_and_line sal, const char *name)
|
4930 |
|
|
{
|
4931 |
|
|
char *r;
|
4932 |
|
|
|
4933 |
|
|
if (sal.symtab == NULL || sal.symtab->filename == NULL || sal.line <= 0)
|
4934 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
4935 |
|
|
|
4936 |
|
|
r = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + strlen (sal.symtab->filename)
|
4937 |
|
|
+ sizeof (sal.line) * 3 + 3);
|
4938 |
|
|
sprintf (r, "%s:'%s':%d", sal.symtab->filename, name, sal.line);
|
4939 |
|
|
return r;
|
4940 |
|
|
}
|
4941 |
|
|
|
4942 |
|
|
#if 0
|
4943 |
|
|
int begin_bnum = -1;
|
4944 |
|
|
#endif
|
4945 |
|
|
int begin_annotate_level = 0;
|
4946 |
|
|
|
4947 |
|
|
static void
|
4948 |
|
|
begin_cleanup (void *dummy)
|
4949 |
|
|
{
|
4950 |
|
|
begin_annotate_level = 0;
|
4951 |
|
|
}
|
4952 |
|
|
|
4953 |
|
|
static void
|
4954 |
|
|
begin_command (char *args, int from_tty)
|
4955 |
|
|
{
|
4956 |
|
|
struct minimal_symbol *msym;
|
4957 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR main_program_name_addr;
|
4958 |
|
|
char main_program_name[1024];
|
4959 |
|
|
struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (begin_cleanup, NULL);
|
4960 |
|
|
begin_annotate_level = 2;
|
4961 |
|
|
|
4962 |
|
|
/* Check that there is a program to debug */
|
4963 |
|
|
if (!have_full_symbols () && !have_partial_symbols ())
|
4964 |
|
|
error ("No symbol table is loaded. Use the \"file\" command.");
|
4965 |
|
|
|
4966 |
|
|
/* Check that we are debugging an Ada program */
|
4967 |
|
|
/* if (ada_update_initial_language (language_unknown, NULL) != language_ada)
|
4968 |
|
|
error ("Cannot find the Ada initialization procedure. Is this an Ada main program?");
|
4969 |
|
|
*/
|
4970 |
|
|
/* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */
|
4971 |
|
|
|
4972 |
|
|
/* Get the address of the name of the main procedure */
|
4973 |
|
|
msym = lookup_minimal_symbol (ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME, NULL, NULL);
|
4974 |
|
|
|
4975 |
|
|
if (msym != NULL)
|
4976 |
|
|
{
|
4977 |
|
|
main_program_name_addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msym);
|
4978 |
|
|
if (main_program_name_addr == 0)
|
4979 |
|
|
error ("Invalid address for Ada main program name.");
|
4980 |
|
|
|
4981 |
|
|
/* Read the name of the main procedure */
|
4982 |
|
|
extract_string (main_program_name_addr, main_program_name);
|
4983 |
|
|
|
4984 |
|
|
/* Put a temporary breakpoint in the Ada main program and run */
|
4985 |
|
|
do_command ("tbreak ", main_program_name, 0);
|
4986 |
|
|
do_command ("run ", args, 0);
|
4987 |
|
|
}
|
4988 |
|
|
else
|
4989 |
|
|
{
|
4990 |
|
|
/* If we could not find the symbol containing the name of the
|
4991 |
|
|
main program, that means that the compiler that was used to build
|
4992 |
|
|
was not recent enough. In that case, we fallback to the previous
|
4993 |
|
|
mechanism, which is a little bit less reliable, but has proved to work
|
4994 |
|
|
in most cases. The only cases where it will fail is when the user
|
4995 |
|
|
has set some breakpoints which will be hit before the end of the
|
4996 |
|
|
begin command processing (eg in the initialization code).
|
4997 |
|
|
|
4998 |
|
|
The begining of the main Ada subprogram is located by breaking
|
4999 |
|
|
on the adainit procedure. Since we know that the binder generates
|
5000 |
|
|
the call to this procedure exactly 2 calls before the call to the
|
5001 |
|
|
Ada main subprogram, it is then easy to put a breakpoint on this
|
5002 |
|
|
Ada main subprogram once we hit adainit.
|
5003 |
|
|
*/
|
5004 |
|
|
do_command ("tbreak adainit", 0);
|
5005 |
|
|
do_command ("run ", args, 0);
|
5006 |
|
|
do_command ("up", 0);
|
5007 |
|
|
do_command ("tbreak +2", 0);
|
5008 |
|
|
do_command ("continue", 0);
|
5009 |
|
|
do_command ("step", 0);
|
5010 |
|
|
}
|
5011 |
|
|
|
5012 |
|
|
do_cleanups (old_chain);
|
5013 |
|
|
}
|
5014 |
|
|
|
5015 |
|
|
int
|
5016 |
|
|
is_ada_runtime_file (char *filename)
|
5017 |
|
|
{
|
5018 |
|
|
return (STREQN (filename, "s-", 2) ||
|
5019 |
|
|
STREQN (filename, "a-", 2) ||
|
5020 |
|
|
STREQN (filename, "g-", 2) || STREQN (filename, "i-", 2));
|
5021 |
|
|
}
|
5022 |
|
|
|
5023 |
|
|
/* find the first frame that contains debugging information and that is not
|
5024 |
|
|
part of the Ada run-time, starting from fi and moving upward. */
|
5025 |
|
|
|
5026 |
|
|
int
|
5027 |
|
|
find_printable_frame (struct frame_info *fi, int level)
|
5028 |
|
|
{
|
5029 |
|
|
struct symtab_and_line sal;
|
5030 |
|
|
|
5031 |
|
|
for (; fi != NULL; level += 1, fi = get_prev_frame (fi))
|
5032 |
|
|
{
|
5033 |
|
|
/* If fi is not the innermost frame, that normally means that fi->pc
|
5034 |
|
|
points to *after* the call instruction, and we want to get the line
|
5035 |
|
|
containing the call, never the next line. But if the next frame is
|
5036 |
|
|
a signal_handler_caller or a dummy frame, then the next frame was
|
5037 |
|
|
not entered as the result of a call, and we want to get the line
|
5038 |
|
|
containing fi->pc. */
|
5039 |
|
|
sal =
|
5040 |
|
|
find_pc_line (fi->pc,
|
5041 |
|
|
fi->next != NULL
|
5042 |
|
|
&& !fi->next->signal_handler_caller
|
5043 |
|
|
&& !frame_in_dummy (fi->next));
|
5044 |
|
|
if (sal.symtab && !is_ada_runtime_file (sal.symtab->filename))
|
5045 |
|
|
{
|
5046 |
|
|
#if defined(__alpha__) && defined(__osf__) && !defined(VXWORKS_TARGET)
|
5047 |
|
|
/* libpthread.so contains some debugging information that prevents us
|
5048 |
|
|
from finding the right frame */
|
5049 |
|
|
|
5050 |
|
|
if (sal.symtab->objfile &&
|
5051 |
|
|
STREQ (sal.symtab->objfile->name, "/usr/shlib/libpthread.so"))
|
5052 |
|
|
continue;
|
5053 |
|
|
#endif
|
5054 |
|
|
selected_frame = fi;
|
5055 |
|
|
break;
|
5056 |
|
|
}
|
5057 |
|
|
}
|
5058 |
|
|
|
5059 |
|
|
return level;
|
5060 |
|
|
}
|
5061 |
|
|
|
5062 |
|
|
void
|
5063 |
|
|
ada_report_exception_break (struct breakpoint *b)
|
5064 |
|
|
{
|
5065 |
|
|
#ifdef UI_OUT
|
5066 |
|
|
/* FIXME: break_on_exception should be defined in breakpoint.h */
|
5067 |
|
|
/* if (b->break_on_exception == 1)
|
5068 |
|
|
{
|
5069 |
|
|
/* Assume that cond has 16 elements, the 15th
|
5070 |
|
|
being the exception *//*
|
5071 |
|
|
if (b->cond && b->cond->nelts == 16)
|
5072 |
|
|
{
|
5073 |
|
|
ui_out_text (uiout, "on ");
|
5074 |
|
|
ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exception",
|
5075 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (b->cond->elts[14].symbol));
|
5076 |
|
|
}
|
5077 |
|
|
else
|
5078 |
|
|
ui_out_text (uiout, "on all exceptions");
|
5079 |
|
|
}
|
5080 |
|
|
else if (b->break_on_exception == 2)
|
5081 |
|
|
ui_out_text (uiout, "on unhandled exception");
|
5082 |
|
|
else if (b->break_on_exception == 3)
|
5083 |
|
|
ui_out_text (uiout, "on assert failure");
|
5084 |
|
|
#else
|
5085 |
|
|
if (b->break_on_exception == 1)
|
5086 |
|
|
{ */
|
5087 |
|
|
/* Assume that cond has 16 elements, the 15th
|
5088 |
|
|
being the exception *//*
|
5089 |
|
|
if (b->cond && b->cond->nelts == 16)
|
5090 |
|
|
{
|
5091 |
|
|
fputs_filtered ("on ", gdb_stdout);
|
5092 |
|
|
fputs_filtered (SYMBOL_NAME
|
5093 |
|
|
(b->cond->elts[14].symbol), gdb_stdout);
|
5094 |
|
|
}
|
5095 |
|
|
else
|
5096 |
|
|
fputs_filtered ("on all exceptions", gdb_stdout);
|
5097 |
|
|
}
|
5098 |
|
|
else if (b->break_on_exception == 2)
|
5099 |
|
|
fputs_filtered ("on unhandled exception", gdb_stdout);
|
5100 |
|
|
else if (b->break_on_exception == 3)
|
5101 |
|
|
fputs_filtered ("on assert failure", gdb_stdout);
|
5102 |
|
|
*/
|
5103 |
|
|
#endif
|
5104 |
|
|
}
|
5105 |
|
|
|
5106 |
|
|
int
|
5107 |
|
|
ada_is_exception_sym (struct symbol *sym)
|
5108 |
|
|
{
|
5109 |
|
|
char *type_name = type_name_no_tag (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
|
5110 |
|
|
|
5111 |
|
|
return (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF
|
5112 |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK
|
5113 |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_CONST
|
5114 |
|
|
&& type_name != NULL && STREQ (type_name, "exception"));
|
5115 |
|
|
}
|
5116 |
|
|
|
5117 |
|
|
int
|
5118 |
|
|
ada_maybe_exception_partial_symbol (struct partial_symbol *sym)
|
5119 |
|
|
{
|
5120 |
|
|
return (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF
|
5121 |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK
|
5122 |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_CONST);
|
5123 |
|
|
}
|
5124 |
|
|
|
5125 |
|
|
/* If ARG points to an Ada exception or assert breakpoint, rewrite
|
5126 |
|
|
into equivalent form. Return resulting argument string. Set
|
5127 |
|
|
*BREAK_ON_EXCEPTIONP to 1 for ordinary break on exception, 2 for
|
5128 |
|
|
break on unhandled, 3 for assert, 0 otherwise. */
|
5129 |
|
|
char *
|
5130 |
|
|
ada_breakpoint_rewrite (char *arg, int *break_on_exceptionp)
|
5131 |
|
|
{
|
5132 |
|
|
if (arg == NULL)
|
5133 |
|
|
return arg;
|
5134 |
|
|
*break_on_exceptionp = 0;
|
5135 |
|
|
/* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */
|
5136 |
|
|
/* if (current_language->la_language == language_ada
|
5137 |
|
|
&& STREQN (arg, "exception", 9) &&
|
5138 |
|
|
(arg[9] == ' ' || arg[9] == '\t' || arg[9] == '\0'))
|
5139 |
|
|
{
|
5140 |
|
|
char *tok, *end_tok;
|
5141 |
|
|
int toklen;
|
5142 |
|
|
|
5143 |
|
|
*break_on_exceptionp = 1;
|
5144 |
|
|
|
5145 |
|
|
tok = arg+9;
|
5146 |
|
|
while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
|
5147 |
|
|
tok += 1;
|
5148 |
|
|
|
5149 |
|
|
end_tok = tok;
|
5150 |
|
|
|
5151 |
|
|
while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
|
5152 |
|
|
end_tok += 1;
|
5153 |
|
|
|
5154 |
|
|
toklen = end_tok - tok;
|
5155 |
|
|
|
5156 |
|
|
arg = (char*) xmalloc (sizeof ("__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg if "
|
5157 |
|
|
"long_integer(e) = long_integer(&)")
|
5158 |
|
|
+ toklen + 1);
|
5159 |
|
|
make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
|
5160 |
|
|
if (toklen == 0)
|
5161 |
|
|
strcpy (arg, "__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg");
|
5162 |
|
|
else if (STREQN (tok, "unhandled", toklen))
|
5163 |
|
|
{
|
5164 |
|
|
*break_on_exceptionp = 2;
|
5165 |
|
|
strcpy (arg, "__gnat_unhandled_exception");
|
5166 |
|
|
}
|
5167 |
|
|
else
|
5168 |
|
|
{
|
5169 |
|
|
sprintf (arg, "__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg if "
|
5170 |
|
|
"long_integer(e) = long_integer(&%.*s)",
|
5171 |
|
|
toklen, tok);
|
5172 |
|
|
}
|
5173 |
|
|
}
|
5174 |
|
|
else if (current_language->la_language == language_ada
|
5175 |
|
|
&& STREQN (arg, "assert", 6) &&
|
5176 |
|
|
(arg[6] == ' ' || arg[6] == '\t' || arg[6] == '\0'))
|
5177 |
|
|
{
|
5178 |
|
|
char *tok = arg + 6;
|
5179 |
|
|
|
5180 |
|
|
*break_on_exceptionp = 3;
|
5181 |
|
|
|
5182 |
|
|
arg = (char*)
|
5183 |
|
|
xmalloc (sizeof ("system__assertions__raise_assert_failure")
|
5184 |
|
|
+ strlen (tok) + 1);
|
5185 |
|
|
make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
|
5186 |
|
|
sprintf (arg, "system__assertions__raise_assert_failure%s", tok);
|
5187 |
|
|
}
|
5188 |
|
|
*/
|
5189 |
|
|
return arg;
|
5190 |
|
|
}
|
5191 |
|
|
|
5192 |
|
|
|
5193 |
|
|
/* Field Access */
|
5194 |
|
|
|
5195 |
|
|
/* True if field number FIELD_NUM in struct or union type TYPE is supposed
|
5196 |
|
|
to be invisible to users. */
|
5197 |
|
|
|
5198 |
|
|
int
|
5199 |
|
|
ada_is_ignored_field (struct type *type, int field_num)
|
5200 |
|
|
{
|
5201 |
|
|
if (field_num < 0 || field_num > TYPE_NFIELDS (type))
|
5202 |
|
|
return 1;
|
5203 |
|
|
else
|
5204 |
|
|
{
|
5205 |
|
|
const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num);
|
5206 |
|
|
return (name == NULL
|
5207 |
|
|
|| (name[0] == '_' && !STREQN (name, "_parent", 7)));
|
5208 |
|
|
}
|
5209 |
|
|
}
|
5210 |
|
|
|
5211 |
|
|
/* True iff structure type TYPE has a tag field. */
|
5212 |
|
|
|
5213 |
|
|
int
|
5214 |
|
|
ada_is_tagged_type (struct type *type)
|
5215 |
|
|
{
|
5216 |
|
|
if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
|
5217 |
|
|
return 0;
|
5218 |
|
|
|
5219 |
|
|
return (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "_tag", 1, NULL) != NULL);
|
5220 |
|
|
}
|
5221 |
|
|
|
5222 |
|
|
/* The type of the tag on VAL. */
|
5223 |
|
|
|
5224 |
|
|
struct type *
|
5225 |
|
|
ada_tag_type (struct value *val)
|
5226 |
|
|
{
|
5227 |
|
|
return ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (VALUE_TYPE (val), "_tag", 0, NULL);
|
5228 |
|
|
}
|
5229 |
|
|
|
5230 |
|
|
/* The value of the tag on VAL. */
|
5231 |
|
|
|
5232 |
|
|
struct value *
|
5233 |
|
|
ada_value_tag (struct value *val)
|
5234 |
|
|
{
|
5235 |
|
|
return ada_value_struct_elt (val, "_tag", "record");
|
5236 |
|
|
}
|
5237 |
|
|
|
5238 |
|
|
/* The parent type of TYPE, or NULL if none. */
|
5239 |
|
|
|
5240 |
|
|
struct type *
|
5241 |
|
|
ada_parent_type (struct type *type)
|
5242 |
|
|
{
|
5243 |
|
|
int i;
|
5244 |
|
|
|
5245 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
|
5246 |
|
|
|
5247 |
|
|
if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
|
5248 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
5249 |
|
|
|
5250 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1)
|
5251 |
|
|
if (ada_is_parent_field (type, i))
|
5252 |
|
|
return check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i));
|
5253 |
|
|
|
5254 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
5255 |
|
|
}
|
5256 |
|
|
|
5257 |
|
|
/* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE contains the
|
5258 |
|
|
parent-type (inherited) fields of a derived type. Assumes TYPE is
|
5259 |
|
|
a structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */
|
5260 |
|
|
|
5261 |
|
|
int
|
5262 |
|
|
ada_is_parent_field (struct type *type, int field_num)
|
5263 |
|
|
{
|
5264 |
|
|
const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (check_typedef (type), field_num);
|
5265 |
|
|
return (name != NULL &&
|
5266 |
|
|
(STREQN (name, "PARENT", 6) || STREQN (name, "_parent", 7)));
|
5267 |
|
|
}
|
5268 |
|
|
|
5269 |
|
|
/* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE is a
|
5270 |
|
|
transparent wrapper field (which should be silently traversed when doing
|
5271 |
|
|
field selection and flattened when printing). Assumes TYPE is a
|
5272 |
|
|
structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. Such fields are always
|
5273 |
|
|
structures. */
|
5274 |
|
|
|
5275 |
|
|
int
|
5276 |
|
|
ada_is_wrapper_field (struct type *type, int field_num)
|
5277 |
|
|
{
|
5278 |
|
|
const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num);
|
5279 |
|
|
return (name != NULL
|
5280 |
|
|
&& (STREQN (name, "PARENT", 6) || STREQ (name, "REP")
|
5281 |
|
|
|| STREQN (name, "_parent", 7)
|
5282 |
|
|
|| name[0] == 'S' || name[0] == 'R' || name[0] == 'O'));
|
5283 |
|
|
}
|
5284 |
|
|
|
5285 |
|
|
/* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure or union type TYPE
|
5286 |
|
|
is a variant wrapper. Assumes TYPE is a structure type with at least
|
5287 |
|
|
FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */
|
5288 |
|
|
|
5289 |
|
|
int
|
5290 |
|
|
ada_is_variant_part (struct type *type, int field_num)
|
5291 |
|
|
{
|
5292 |
|
|
struct type *field_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, field_num);
|
5293 |
|
|
return (TYPE_CODE (field_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION
|
5294 |
|
|
|| (is_dynamic_field (type, field_num)
|
5295 |
|
|
&& TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (field_type)) ==
|
5296 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE_UNION));
|
5297 |
|
|
}
|
5298 |
|
|
|
5299 |
|
|
/* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is a variant wrapper (type of the variant part)
|
5300 |
|
|
whose discriminants are contained in the record type OUTER_TYPE,
|
5301 |
|
|
returns the type of the controlling discriminant for the variant. */
|
5302 |
|
|
|
5303 |
|
|
struct type *
|
5304 |
|
|
ada_variant_discrim_type (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type)
|
5305 |
|
|
{
|
5306 |
|
|
char *name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type);
|
5307 |
|
|
struct type *type = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type, name, 1, NULL);
|
5308 |
|
|
if (type == NULL)
|
5309 |
|
|
return builtin_type_int;
|
5310 |
|
|
else
|
5311 |
|
|
return type;
|
5312 |
|
|
}
|
5313 |
|
|
|
5314 |
|
|
/* Assuming that TYPE is the type of a variant wrapper, and FIELD_NUM is a
|
5315 |
|
|
valid field number within it, returns 1 iff field FIELD_NUM of TYPE
|
5316 |
|
|
represents a 'when others' clause; otherwise 0. */
|
5317 |
|
|
|
5318 |
|
|
int
|
5319 |
|
|
ada_is_others_clause (struct type *type, int field_num)
|
5320 |
|
|
{
|
5321 |
|
|
const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num);
|
5322 |
|
|
return (name != NULL && name[0] == 'O');
|
5323 |
|
|
}
|
5324 |
|
|
|
5325 |
|
|
/* Assuming that TYPE0 is the type of the variant part of a record,
|
5326 |
|
|
returns the name of the discriminant controlling the variant. The
|
5327 |
|
|
value is valid until the next call to ada_variant_discrim_name. */
|
5328 |
|
|
|
5329 |
|
|
char *
|
5330 |
|
|
ada_variant_discrim_name (struct type *type0)
|
5331 |
|
|
{
|
5332 |
|
|
static char *result = NULL;
|
5333 |
|
|
static size_t result_len = 0;
|
5334 |
|
|
struct type *type;
|
5335 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
5336 |
|
|
const char *discrim_end;
|
5337 |
|
|
const char *discrim_start;
|
5338 |
|
|
|
5339 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
|
5340 |
|
|
type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0);
|
5341 |
|
|
else
|
5342 |
|
|
type = type0;
|
5343 |
|
|
|
5344 |
|
|
name = ada_type_name (type);
|
5345 |
|
|
|
5346 |
|
|
if (name == NULL || name[0] == '\000')
|
5347 |
|
|
return "";
|
5348 |
|
|
|
5349 |
|
|
for (discrim_end = name + strlen (name) - 6; discrim_end != name;
|
5350 |
|
|
discrim_end -= 1)
|
5351 |
|
|
{
|
5352 |
|
|
if (STREQN (discrim_end, "___XVN", 6))
|
5353 |
|
|
break;
|
5354 |
|
|
}
|
5355 |
|
|
if (discrim_end == name)
|
5356 |
|
|
return "";
|
5357 |
|
|
|
5358 |
|
|
for (discrim_start = discrim_end; discrim_start != name + 3;
|
5359 |
|
|
discrim_start -= 1)
|
5360 |
|
|
{
|
5361 |
|
|
if (discrim_start == name + 1)
|
5362 |
|
|
return "";
|
5363 |
|
|
if ((discrim_start > name + 3 && STREQN (discrim_start - 3, "___", 3))
|
5364 |
|
|
|| discrim_start[-1] == '.')
|
5365 |
|
|
break;
|
5366 |
|
|
}
|
5367 |
|
|
|
5368 |
|
|
GROW_VECT (result, result_len, discrim_end - discrim_start + 1);
|
5369 |
|
|
strncpy (result, discrim_start, discrim_end - discrim_start);
|
5370 |
|
|
result[discrim_end - discrim_start] = '\0';
|
5371 |
|
|
return result;
|
5372 |
|
|
}
|
5373 |
|
|
|
5374 |
|
|
/* Scan STR for a subtype-encoded number, beginning at position K. Put the
|
5375 |
|
|
position of the character just past the number scanned in *NEW_K,
|
5376 |
|
|
if NEW_K!=NULL. Put the scanned number in *R, if R!=NULL. Return 1
|
5377 |
|
|
if there was a valid number at the given position, and 0 otherwise. A
|
5378 |
|
|
"subtype-encoded" number consists of the absolute value in decimal,
|
5379 |
|
|
followed by the letter 'm' to indicate a negative number. Assumes 0m
|
5380 |
|
|
does not occur. */
|
5381 |
|
|
|
5382 |
|
|
int
|
5383 |
|
|
ada_scan_number (const char str[], int k, LONGEST * R, int *new_k)
|
5384 |
|
|
{
|
5385 |
|
|
ULONGEST RU;
|
5386 |
|
|
|
5387 |
|
|
if (!isdigit (str[k]))
|
5388 |
|
|
return 0;
|
5389 |
|
|
|
5390 |
|
|
/* Do it the hard way so as not to make any assumption about
|
5391 |
|
|
the relationship of unsigned long (%lu scan format code) and
|
5392 |
|
|
LONGEST. */
|
5393 |
|
|
RU = 0;
|
5394 |
|
|
while (isdigit (str[k]))
|
5395 |
|
|
{
|
5396 |
|
|
RU = RU * 10 + (str[k] - '0');
|
5397 |
|
|
k += 1;
|
5398 |
|
|
}
|
5399 |
|
|
|
5400 |
|
|
if (str[k] == 'm')
|
5401 |
|
|
{
|
5402 |
|
|
if (R != NULL)
|
5403 |
|
|
*R = (-(LONGEST) (RU - 1)) - 1;
|
5404 |
|
|
k += 1;
|
5405 |
|
|
}
|
5406 |
|
|
else if (R != NULL)
|
5407 |
|
|
*R = (LONGEST) RU;
|
5408 |
|
|
|
5409 |
|
|
/* NOTE on the above: Technically, C does not say what the results of
|
5410 |
|
|
- (LONGEST) RU or (LONGEST) -RU are for RU == largest positive
|
5411 |
|
|
number representable as a LONGEST (although either would probably work
|
5412 |
|
|
in most implementations). When RU>0, the locution in the then branch
|
5413 |
|
|
above is always equivalent to the negative of RU. */
|
5414 |
|
|
|
5415 |
|
|
if (new_k != NULL)
|
5416 |
|
|
*new_k = k;
|
5417 |
|
|
return 1;
|
5418 |
|
|
}
|
5419 |
|
|
|
5420 |
|
|
/* Assuming that TYPE is a variant part wrapper type (a VARIANTS field),
|
5421 |
|
|
and FIELD_NUM is a valid field number within it, returns 1 iff VAL is
|
5422 |
|
|
in the range encoded by field FIELD_NUM of TYPE; otherwise 0. */
|
5423 |
|
|
|
5424 |
|
|
int
|
5425 |
|
|
ada_in_variant (LONGEST val, struct type *type, int field_num)
|
5426 |
|
|
{
|
5427 |
|
|
const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num);
|
5428 |
|
|
int p;
|
5429 |
|
|
|
5430 |
|
|
p = 0;
|
5431 |
|
|
while (1)
|
5432 |
|
|
{
|
5433 |
|
|
switch (name[p])
|
5434 |
|
|
{
|
5435 |
|
|
case '\0':
|
5436 |
|
|
return 0;
|
5437 |
|
|
case 'S':
|
5438 |
|
|
{
|
5439 |
|
|
LONGEST W;
|
5440 |
|
|
if (!ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &W, &p))
|
5441 |
|
|
return 0;
|
5442 |
|
|
if (val == W)
|
5443 |
|
|
return 1;
|
5444 |
|
|
break;
|
5445 |
|
|
}
|
5446 |
|
|
case 'R':
|
5447 |
|
|
{
|
5448 |
|
|
LONGEST L, U;
|
5449 |
|
|
if (!ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &L, &p)
|
5450 |
|
|
|| name[p] != 'T' || !ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &U, &p))
|
5451 |
|
|
return 0;
|
5452 |
|
|
if (val >= L && val <= U)
|
5453 |
|
|
return 1;
|
5454 |
|
|
break;
|
5455 |
|
|
}
|
5456 |
|
|
case 'O':
|
5457 |
|
|
return 1;
|
5458 |
|
|
default:
|
5459 |
|
|
return 0;
|
5460 |
|
|
}
|
5461 |
|
|
}
|
5462 |
|
|
}
|
5463 |
|
|
|
5464 |
|
|
/* Given a value ARG1 (offset by OFFSET bytes)
|
5465 |
|
|
of a struct or union type ARG_TYPE,
|
5466 |
|
|
extract and return the value of one of its (non-static) fields.
|
5467 |
|
|
FIELDNO says which field. Differs from value_primitive_field only
|
5468 |
|
|
in that it can handle packed values of arbitrary type. */
|
5469 |
|
|
|
5470 |
|
|
struct value *
|
5471 |
|
|
ada_value_primitive_field (struct value *arg1, int offset, int fieldno,
|
5472 |
|
|
struct type *arg_type)
|
5473 |
|
|
{
|
5474 |
|
|
struct value *v;
|
5475 |
|
|
struct type *type;
|
5476 |
|
|
|
5477 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (arg_type);
|
5478 |
|
|
type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (arg_type, fieldno);
|
5479 |
|
|
|
5480 |
|
|
/* Handle packed fields */
|
5481 |
|
|
|
5482 |
|
|
if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type, fieldno) != 0)
|
5483 |
|
|
{
|
5484 |
|
|
int bit_pos = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (arg_type, fieldno);
|
5485 |
|
|
int bit_size = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type, fieldno);
|
5486 |
|
|
|
5487 |
|
|
return ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arg1, VALUE_CONTENTS (arg1),
|
5488 |
|
|
offset + bit_pos / 8,
|
5489 |
|
|
bit_pos % 8, bit_size, type);
|
5490 |
|
|
}
|
5491 |
|
|
else
|
5492 |
|
|
return value_primitive_field (arg1, offset, fieldno, arg_type);
|
5493 |
|
|
}
|
5494 |
|
|
|
5495 |
|
|
|
5496 |
|
|
/* Look for a field NAME in ARG. Adjust the address of ARG by OFFSET bytes,
|
5497 |
|
|
and search in it assuming it has (class) type TYPE.
|
5498 |
|
|
If found, return value, else return NULL.
|
5499 |
|
|
|
5500 |
|
|
Searches recursively through wrapper fields (e.g., '_parent'). */
|
5501 |
|
|
|
5502 |
|
|
struct value *
|
5503 |
|
|
ada_search_struct_field (char *name, struct value *arg, int offset,
|
5504 |
|
|
struct type *type)
|
5505 |
|
|
{
|
5506 |
|
|
int i;
|
5507 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
|
5508 |
|
|
|
5509 |
|
|
for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (type) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1)
|
5510 |
|
|
{
|
5511 |
|
|
char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i);
|
5512 |
|
|
|
5513 |
|
|
if (t_field_name == NULL)
|
5514 |
|
|
continue;
|
5515 |
|
|
|
5516 |
|
|
else if (field_name_match (t_field_name, name))
|
5517 |
|
|
return ada_value_primitive_field (arg, offset, i, type);
|
5518 |
|
|
|
5519 |
|
|
else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i))
|
5520 |
|
|
{
|
5521 |
|
|
struct value *v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg,
|
5522 |
|
|
offset +
|
5523 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type,
|
5524 |
|
|
i) /
|
5525 |
|
|
8,
|
5526 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type,
|
5527 |
|
|
i));
|
5528 |
|
|
if (v != NULL)
|
5529 |
|
|
return v;
|
5530 |
|
|
}
|
5531 |
|
|
|
5532 |
|
|
else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i))
|
5533 |
|
|
{
|
5534 |
|
|
int j;
|
5535 |
|
|
struct type *field_type = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i));
|
5536 |
|
|
int var_offset = offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8;
|
5537 |
|
|
|
5538 |
|
|
for (j = TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type) - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1)
|
5539 |
|
|
{
|
5540 |
|
|
struct value *v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg,
|
5541 |
|
|
var_offset
|
5542 |
|
|
+
|
5543 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS
|
5544 |
|
|
(field_type, j) / 8,
|
5545 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_TYPE
|
5546 |
|
|
(field_type, j));
|
5547 |
|
|
if (v != NULL)
|
5548 |
|
|
return v;
|
5549 |
|
|
}
|
5550 |
|
|
}
|
5551 |
|
|
}
|
5552 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
5553 |
|
|
}
|
5554 |
|
|
|
5555 |
|
|
/* Given ARG, a value of type (pointer to a)* structure/union,
|
5556 |
|
|
extract the component named NAME from the ultimate target structure/union
|
5557 |
|
|
and return it as a value with its appropriate type.
|
5558 |
|
|
|
5559 |
|
|
The routine searches for NAME among all members of the structure itself
|
5560 |
|
|
and (recursively) among all members of any wrapper members
|
5561 |
|
|
(e.g., '_parent').
|
5562 |
|
|
|
5563 |
|
|
ERR is a name (for use in error messages) that identifies the class
|
5564 |
|
|
of entity that ARG is supposed to be. */
|
5565 |
|
|
|
5566 |
|
|
struct value *
|
5567 |
|
|
ada_value_struct_elt (struct value *arg, char *name, char *err)
|
5568 |
|
|
{
|
5569 |
|
|
struct type *t;
|
5570 |
|
|
struct value *v;
|
5571 |
|
|
|
5572 |
|
|
arg = ada_coerce_ref (arg);
|
5573 |
|
|
t = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg));
|
5574 |
|
|
|
5575 |
|
|
/* Follow pointers until we get to a non-pointer. */
|
5576 |
|
|
|
5577 |
|
|
while (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_PTR || TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
|
5578 |
|
|
{
|
5579 |
|
|
arg = ada_value_ind (arg);
|
5580 |
|
|
t = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg));
|
5581 |
|
|
}
|
5582 |
|
|
|
5583 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (t) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT && TYPE_CODE (t) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)
|
5584 |
|
|
error ("Attempt to extract a component of a value that is not a %s.",
|
5585 |
|
|
err);
|
5586 |
|
|
|
5587 |
|
|
v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg, 0, t);
|
5588 |
|
|
if (v == NULL)
|
5589 |
|
|
error ("There is no member named %s.", name);
|
5590 |
|
|
|
5591 |
|
|
return v;
|
5592 |
|
|
}
|
5593 |
|
|
|
5594 |
|
|
/* Given a type TYPE, look up the type of the component of type named NAME.
|
5595 |
|
|
If DISPP is non-null, add its byte displacement from the beginning of a
|
5596 |
|
|
structure (pointed to by a value) of type TYPE to *DISPP (does not
|
5597 |
|
|
work for packed fields).
|
5598 |
|
|
|
5599 |
|
|
Matches any field whose name has NAME as a prefix, possibly
|
5600 |
|
|
followed by "___".
|
5601 |
|
|
|
5602 |
|
|
TYPE can be either a struct or union, or a pointer or reference to
|
5603 |
|
|
a struct or union. If it is a pointer or reference, its target
|
5604 |
|
|
type is automatically used.
|
5605 |
|
|
|
5606 |
|
|
Looks recursively into variant clauses and parent types.
|
5607 |
|
|
|
5608 |
|
|
If NOERR is nonzero, return NULL if NAME is not suitably defined. */
|
5609 |
|
|
|
5610 |
|
|
struct type *
|
5611 |
|
|
ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (struct type *type, char *name, int noerr,
|
5612 |
|
|
int *dispp)
|
5613 |
|
|
{
|
5614 |
|
|
int i;
|
5615 |
|
|
|
5616 |
|
|
if (name == NULL)
|
5617 |
|
|
goto BadName;
|
5618 |
|
|
|
5619 |
|
|
while (1)
|
5620 |
|
|
{
|
5621 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
|
5622 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR
|
5623 |
|
|
&& TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_REF)
|
5624 |
|
|
break;
|
5625 |
|
|
type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
|
5626 |
|
|
}
|
5627 |
|
|
|
5628 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT &&
|
5629 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)
|
5630 |
|
|
{
|
5631 |
|
|
target_terminal_ours ();
|
5632 |
|
|
gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
|
5633 |
|
|
fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, "Type ");
|
5634 |
|
|
type_print (type, "", gdb_stderr, -1);
|
5635 |
|
|
error (" is not a structure or union type");
|
5636 |
|
|
}
|
5637 |
|
|
|
5638 |
|
|
type = to_static_fixed_type (type);
|
5639 |
|
|
|
5640 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1)
|
5641 |
|
|
{
|
5642 |
|
|
char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i);
|
5643 |
|
|
struct type *t;
|
5644 |
|
|
int disp;
|
5645 |
|
|
|
5646 |
|
|
if (t_field_name == NULL)
|
5647 |
|
|
continue;
|
5648 |
|
|
|
5649 |
|
|
else if (field_name_match (t_field_name, name))
|
5650 |
|
|
{
|
5651 |
|
|
if (dispp != NULL)
|
5652 |
|
|
*dispp += TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8;
|
5653 |
|
|
return check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i));
|
5654 |
|
|
}
|
5655 |
|
|
|
5656 |
|
|
else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i))
|
5657 |
|
|
{
|
5658 |
|
|
disp = 0;
|
5659 |
|
|
t = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i), name,
|
5660 |
|
|
1, &disp);
|
5661 |
|
|
if (t != NULL)
|
5662 |
|
|
{
|
5663 |
|
|
if (dispp != NULL)
|
5664 |
|
|
*dispp += disp + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8;
|
5665 |
|
|
return t;
|
5666 |
|
|
}
|
5667 |
|
|
}
|
5668 |
|
|
|
5669 |
|
|
else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i))
|
5670 |
|
|
{
|
5671 |
|
|
int j;
|
5672 |
|
|
struct type *field_type = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i));
|
5673 |
|
|
|
5674 |
|
|
for (j = TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type) - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1)
|
5675 |
|
|
{
|
5676 |
|
|
disp = 0;
|
5677 |
|
|
t = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type, j),
|
5678 |
|
|
name, 1, &disp);
|
5679 |
|
|
if (t != NULL)
|
5680 |
|
|
{
|
5681 |
|
|
if (dispp != NULL)
|
5682 |
|
|
*dispp += disp + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8;
|
5683 |
|
|
return t;
|
5684 |
|
|
}
|
5685 |
|
|
}
|
5686 |
|
|
}
|
5687 |
|
|
|
5688 |
|
|
}
|
5689 |
|
|
|
5690 |
|
|
BadName:
|
5691 |
|
|
if (!noerr)
|
5692 |
|
|
{
|
5693 |
|
|
target_terminal_ours ();
|
5694 |
|
|
gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
|
5695 |
|
|
fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, "Type ");
|
5696 |
|
|
type_print (type, "", gdb_stderr, -1);
|
5697 |
|
|
fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, " has no component named ");
|
5698 |
|
|
error ("%s", name == NULL ? "<null>" : name);
|
5699 |
|
|
}
|
5700 |
|
|
|
5701 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
5702 |
|
|
}
|
5703 |
|
|
|
5704 |
|
|
/* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is the type of a variant part of a record (a union),
|
5705 |
|
|
within a value of type OUTER_TYPE that is stored in GDB at
|
5706 |
|
|
OUTER_VALADDR, determine which variant clause (field number in VAR_TYPE,
|
5707 |
|
|
numbering from 0) is applicable. Returns -1 if none are. */
|
5708 |
|
|
|
5709 |
|
|
int
|
5710 |
|
|
ada_which_variant_applies (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type,
|
5711 |
|
|
char *outer_valaddr)
|
5712 |
|
|
{
|
5713 |
|
|
int others_clause;
|
5714 |
|
|
int i;
|
5715 |
|
|
int disp;
|
5716 |
|
|
struct type *discrim_type;
|
5717 |
|
|
char *discrim_name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type);
|
5718 |
|
|
LONGEST discrim_val;
|
5719 |
|
|
|
5720 |
|
|
disp = 0;
|
5721 |
|
|
discrim_type =
|
5722 |
|
|
ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type, discrim_name, 1, &disp);
|
5723 |
|
|
if (discrim_type == NULL)
|
5724 |
|
|
return -1;
|
5725 |
|
|
discrim_val = unpack_long (discrim_type, outer_valaddr + disp);
|
5726 |
|
|
|
5727 |
|
|
others_clause = -1;
|
5728 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (var_type); i += 1)
|
5729 |
|
|
{
|
5730 |
|
|
if (ada_is_others_clause (var_type, i))
|
5731 |
|
|
others_clause = i;
|
5732 |
|
|
else if (ada_in_variant (discrim_val, var_type, i))
|
5733 |
|
|
return i;
|
5734 |
|
|
}
|
5735 |
|
|
|
5736 |
|
|
return others_clause;
|
5737 |
|
|
}
|
5738 |
|
|
|
5739 |
|
|
|
5740 |
|
|
|
5741 |
|
|
/* Dynamic-Sized Records */
|
5742 |
|
|
|
5743 |
|
|
/* Strategy: The type ostensibly attached to a value with dynamic size
|
5744 |
|
|
(i.e., a size that is not statically recorded in the debugging
|
5745 |
|
|
data) does not accurately reflect the size or layout of the value.
|
5746 |
|
|
Our strategy is to convert these values to values with accurate,
|
5747 |
|
|
conventional types that are constructed on the fly. */
|
5748 |
|
|
|
5749 |
|
|
/* There is a subtle and tricky problem here. In general, we cannot
|
5750 |
|
|
determine the size of dynamic records without its data. However,
|
5751 |
|
|
the 'struct value' data structure, which GDB uses to represent
|
5752 |
|
|
quantities in the inferior process (the target), requires the size
|
5753 |
|
|
of the type at the time of its allocation in order to reserve space
|
5754 |
|
|
for GDB's internal copy of the data. That's why the
|
5755 |
|
|
'to_fixed_xxx_type' routines take (target) addresses as parameters,
|
5756 |
|
|
rather than struct value*s.
|
5757 |
|
|
|
5758 |
|
|
However, GDB's internal history variables ($1, $2, etc.) are
|
5759 |
|
|
struct value*s containing internal copies of the data that are not, in
|
5760 |
|
|
general, the same as the data at their corresponding addresses in
|
5761 |
|
|
the target. Fortunately, the types we give to these values are all
|
5762 |
|
|
conventional, fixed-size types (as per the strategy described
|
5763 |
|
|
above), so that we don't usually have to perform the
|
5764 |
|
|
'to_fixed_xxx_type' conversions to look at their values.
|
5765 |
|
|
Unfortunately, there is one exception: if one of the internal
|
5766 |
|
|
history variables is an array whose elements are unconstrained
|
5767 |
|
|
records, then we will need to create distinct fixed types for each
|
5768 |
|
|
element selected. */
|
5769 |
|
|
|
5770 |
|
|
/* The upshot of all of this is that many routines take a (type, host
|
5771 |
|
|
address, target address) triple as arguments to represent a value.
|
5772 |
|
|
The host address, if non-null, is supposed to contain an internal
|
5773 |
|
|
copy of the relevant data; otherwise, the program is to consult the
|
5774 |
|
|
target at the target address. */
|
5775 |
|
|
|
5776 |
|
|
/* Assuming that VAL0 represents a pointer value, the result of
|
5777 |
|
|
dereferencing it. Differs from value_ind in its treatment of
|
5778 |
|
|
dynamic-sized types. */
|
5779 |
|
|
|
5780 |
|
|
struct value *
|
5781 |
|
|
ada_value_ind (struct value *val0)
|
5782 |
|
|
{
|
5783 |
|
|
struct value *val = unwrap_value (value_ind (val0));
|
5784 |
|
|
return ada_to_fixed_value (VALUE_TYPE (val), 0,
|
5785 |
|
|
VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val), val);
|
5786 |
|
|
}
|
5787 |
|
|
|
5788 |
|
|
/* The value resulting from dereferencing any "reference to"
|
5789 |
|
|
* qualifiers on VAL0. */
|
5790 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
5791 |
|
|
ada_coerce_ref (struct value *val0)
|
5792 |
|
|
{
|
5793 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (val0)) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
|
5794 |
|
|
{
|
5795 |
|
|
struct value *val = val0;
|
5796 |
|
|
COERCE_REF (val);
|
5797 |
|
|
val = unwrap_value (val);
|
5798 |
|
|
return ada_to_fixed_value (VALUE_TYPE (val), 0,
|
5799 |
|
|
VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val),
|
5800 |
|
|
val);
|
5801 |
|
|
}
|
5802 |
|
|
else
|
5803 |
|
|
return val0;
|
5804 |
|
|
}
|
5805 |
|
|
|
5806 |
|
|
/* Return OFF rounded upward if necessary to a multiple of
|
5807 |
|
|
ALIGNMENT (a power of 2). */
|
5808 |
|
|
|
5809 |
|
|
static unsigned int
|
5810 |
|
|
align_value (unsigned int off, unsigned int alignment)
|
5811 |
|
|
{
|
5812 |
|
|
return (off + alignment - 1) & ~(alignment - 1);
|
5813 |
|
|
}
|
5814 |
|
|
|
5815 |
|
|
/* Return the additional bit offset required by field F of template
|
5816 |
|
|
type TYPE. */
|
5817 |
|
|
|
5818 |
|
|
static unsigned int
|
5819 |
|
|
field_offset (struct type *type, int f)
|
5820 |
|
|
{
|
5821 |
|
|
int n = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f);
|
5822 |
|
|
/* Kludge (temporary?) to fix problem with dwarf output. */
|
5823 |
|
|
if (n < 0)
|
5824 |
|
|
return (unsigned int) n & 0xffff;
|
5825 |
|
|
else
|
5826 |
|
|
return n;
|
5827 |
|
|
}
|
5828 |
|
|
|
5829 |
|
|
|
5830 |
|
|
/* Return the bit alignment required for field #F of template type TYPE. */
|
5831 |
|
|
|
5832 |
|
|
static unsigned int
|
5833 |
|
|
field_alignment (struct type *type, int f)
|
5834 |
|
|
{
|
5835 |
|
|
const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f);
|
5836 |
|
|
int len = (name == NULL) ? 0 : strlen (name);
|
5837 |
|
|
int align_offset;
|
5838 |
|
|
|
5839 |
|
|
if (len < 8 || !isdigit (name[len - 1]))
|
5840 |
|
|
return TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
|
5841 |
|
|
|
5842 |
|
|
if (isdigit (name[len - 2]))
|
5843 |
|
|
align_offset = len - 2;
|
5844 |
|
|
else
|
5845 |
|
|
align_offset = len - 1;
|
5846 |
|
|
|
5847 |
|
|
if (align_offset < 7 || !STREQN ("___XV", name + align_offset - 6, 5))
|
5848 |
|
|
return TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
|
5849 |
|
|
|
5850 |
|
|
return atoi (name + align_offset) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
|
5851 |
|
|
}
|
5852 |
|
|
|
5853 |
|
|
/* Find a type named NAME. Ignores ambiguity. */
|
5854 |
|
|
struct type *
|
5855 |
|
|
ada_find_any_type (const char *name)
|
5856 |
|
|
{
|
5857 |
|
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
5858 |
|
|
|
5859 |
|
|
sym = standard_lookup (name, VAR_NAMESPACE);
|
5860 |
|
|
if (sym != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF)
|
5861 |
|
|
return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
|
5862 |
|
|
|
5863 |
|
|
sym = standard_lookup (name, STRUCT_NAMESPACE);
|
5864 |
|
|
if (sym != NULL)
|
5865 |
|
|
return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
|
5866 |
|
|
|
5867 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
5868 |
|
|
}
|
5869 |
|
|
|
5870 |
|
|
/* Because of GNAT encoding conventions, several GDB symbols may match a
|
5871 |
|
|
given type name. If the type denoted by TYPE0 is to be preferred to
|
5872 |
|
|
that of TYPE1 for purposes of type printing, return non-zero;
|
5873 |
|
|
otherwise return 0. */
|
5874 |
|
|
int
|
5875 |
|
|
ada_prefer_type (struct type *type0, struct type *type1)
|
5876 |
|
|
{
|
5877 |
|
|
if (type1 == NULL)
|
5878 |
|
|
return 1;
|
5879 |
|
|
else if (type0 == NULL)
|
5880 |
|
|
return 0;
|
5881 |
|
|
else if (TYPE_CODE (type1) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
|
5882 |
|
|
return 1;
|
5883 |
|
|
else if (TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
|
5884 |
|
|
return 0;
|
5885 |
|
|
else if (ada_is_packed_array_type (type0))
|
5886 |
|
|
return 1;
|
5887 |
|
|
else if (ada_is_array_descriptor (type0)
|
5888 |
|
|
&& !ada_is_array_descriptor (type1))
|
5889 |
|
|
return 1;
|
5890 |
|
|
else if (ada_renaming_type (type0) != NULL
|
5891 |
|
|
&& ada_renaming_type (type1) == NULL)
|
5892 |
|
|
return 1;
|
5893 |
|
|
return 0;
|
5894 |
|
|
}
|
5895 |
|
|
|
5896 |
|
|
/* The name of TYPE, which is either its TYPE_NAME, or, if that is
|
5897 |
|
|
null, its TYPE_TAG_NAME. Null if TYPE is null. */
|
5898 |
|
|
char *
|
5899 |
|
|
ada_type_name (struct type *type)
|
5900 |
|
|
{
|
5901 |
|
|
if (type == NULL)
|
5902 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
5903 |
|
|
else if (TYPE_NAME (type) != NULL)
|
5904 |
|
|
return TYPE_NAME (type);
|
5905 |
|
|
else
|
5906 |
|
|
return TYPE_TAG_NAME (type);
|
5907 |
|
|
}
|
5908 |
|
|
|
5909 |
|
|
/* Find a parallel type to TYPE whose name is formed by appending
|
5910 |
|
|
SUFFIX to the name of TYPE. */
|
5911 |
|
|
|
5912 |
|
|
struct type *
|
5913 |
|
|
ada_find_parallel_type (struct type *type, const char *suffix)
|
5914 |
|
|
{
|
5915 |
|
|
static char *name;
|
5916 |
|
|
static size_t name_len = 0;
|
5917 |
|
|
struct symbol **syms;
|
5918 |
|
|
struct block **blocks;
|
5919 |
|
|
int nsyms;
|
5920 |
|
|
int len;
|
5921 |
|
|
char *typename = ada_type_name (type);
|
5922 |
|
|
|
5923 |
|
|
if (typename == NULL)
|
5924 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
5925 |
|
|
|
5926 |
|
|
len = strlen (typename);
|
5927 |
|
|
|
5928 |
|
|
GROW_VECT (name, name_len, len + strlen (suffix) + 1);
|
5929 |
|
|
|
5930 |
|
|
strcpy (name, typename);
|
5931 |
|
|
strcpy (name + len, suffix);
|
5932 |
|
|
|
5933 |
|
|
return ada_find_any_type (name);
|
5934 |
|
|
}
|
5935 |
|
|
|
5936 |
|
|
|
5937 |
|
|
/* If TYPE is a variable-size record type, return the corresponding template
|
5938 |
|
|
type describing its fields. Otherwise, return NULL. */
|
5939 |
|
|
|
5940 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
5941 |
|
|
dynamic_template_type (struct type *type)
|
5942 |
|
|
{
|
5943 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
|
5944 |
|
|
|
5945 |
|
|
if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
|
5946 |
|
|
|| ada_type_name (type) == NULL)
|
5947 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
5948 |
|
|
else
|
5949 |
|
|
{
|
5950 |
|
|
int len = strlen (ada_type_name (type));
|
5951 |
|
|
if (len > 6 && STREQ (ada_type_name (type) + len - 6, "___XVE"))
|
5952 |
|
|
return type;
|
5953 |
|
|
else
|
5954 |
|
|
return ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XVE");
|
5955 |
|
|
}
|
5956 |
|
|
}
|
5957 |
|
|
|
5958 |
|
|
/* Assuming that TEMPL_TYPE is a union or struct type, returns
|
5959 |
|
|
non-zero iff field FIELD_NUM of TEMPL_TYPE has dynamic size. */
|
5960 |
|
|
|
5961 |
|
|
static int
|
5962 |
|
|
is_dynamic_field (struct type *templ_type, int field_num)
|
5963 |
|
|
{
|
5964 |
|
|
const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, field_num);
|
5965 |
|
|
return name != NULL
|
5966 |
|
|
&& TYPE_CODE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, field_num)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
|
5967 |
|
|
&& strstr (name, "___XVL") != NULL;
|
5968 |
|
|
}
|
5969 |
|
|
|
5970 |
|
|
/* Assuming that TYPE is a struct type, returns non-zero iff TYPE
|
5971 |
|
|
contains a variant part. */
|
5972 |
|
|
|
5973 |
|
|
static int
|
5974 |
|
|
contains_variant_part (struct type *type)
|
5975 |
|
|
{
|
5976 |
|
|
int f;
|
5977 |
|
|
|
5978 |
|
|
if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
|
5979 |
|
|
|| TYPE_NFIELDS (type) <= 0)
|
5980 |
|
|
return 0;
|
5981 |
|
|
return ada_is_variant_part (type, TYPE_NFIELDS (type) - 1);
|
5982 |
|
|
}
|
5983 |
|
|
|
5984 |
|
|
/* A record type with no fields, . */
|
5985 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
5986 |
|
|
empty_record (struct objfile *objfile)
|
5987 |
|
|
{
|
5988 |
|
|
struct type *type = alloc_type (objfile);
|
5989 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
|
5990 |
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 0;
|
5991 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELDS (type) = NULL;
|
5992 |
|
|
TYPE_NAME (type) = "<empty>";
|
5993 |
|
|
TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) = NULL;
|
5994 |
|
|
TYPE_FLAGS (type) = 0;
|
5995 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0;
|
5996 |
|
|
return type;
|
5997 |
|
|
}
|
5998 |
|
|
|
5999 |
|
|
/* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
|
6000 |
|
|
the value of type TYPE at VALADDR or ADDRESS (see comments at
|
6001 |
|
|
the beginning of this section) VAL according to GNAT conventions.
|
6002 |
|
|
DVAL0 should describe the (portion of a) record that contains any
|
6003 |
|
|
necessary discriminants. It should be NULL if VALUE_TYPE (VAL) is
|
6004 |
|
|
an outer-level type (i.e., as opposed to a branch of a variant.) A
|
6005 |
|
|
variant field (unless unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch
|
6006 |
|
|
of the variant. */
|
6007 |
|
|
/* NOTE: Limitations: For now, we assume that dynamic fields and
|
6008 |
|
|
* variants occupy whole numbers of bytes. However, they need not be
|
6009 |
|
|
* byte-aligned. */
|
6010 |
|
|
|
6011 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
6012 |
|
|
template_to_fixed_record_type (struct type *type, char *valaddr,
|
6013 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval0)
|
6014 |
|
|
{
|
6015 |
|
|
struct value *mark = value_mark ();
|
6016 |
|
|
struct value *dval;
|
6017 |
|
|
struct type *rtype;
|
6018 |
|
|
int nfields, bit_len;
|
6019 |
|
|
long off;
|
6020 |
|
|
int f;
|
6021 |
|
|
|
6022 |
|
|
nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type);
|
6023 |
|
|
rtype = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type));
|
6024 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (rtype) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
|
6025 |
|
|
INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (rtype);
|
6026 |
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) = nfields;
|
6027 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELDS (rtype) = (struct field *)
|
6028 |
|
|
TYPE_ALLOC (rtype, nfields * sizeof (struct field));
|
6029 |
|
|
memset (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype), 0, sizeof (struct field) * nfields);
|
6030 |
|
|
TYPE_NAME (rtype) = ada_type_name (type);
|
6031 |
|
|
TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype) = NULL;
|
6032 |
|
|
/* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in
|
6033 |
|
|
gdbtypes.h */
|
6034 |
|
|
/* TYPE_FLAGS (rtype) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
|
6035 |
|
|
|
6036 |
|
|
off = 0;
|
6037 |
|
|
bit_len = 0;
|
6038 |
|
|
for (f = 0; f < nfields; f += 1)
|
6039 |
|
|
{
|
6040 |
|
|
int fld_bit_len, bit_incr;
|
6041 |
|
|
off =
|
6042 |
|
|
align_value (off,
|
6043 |
|
|
field_alignment (type, f)) + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f);
|
6044 |
|
|
/* NOTE: used to use field_offset above, but that causes
|
6045 |
|
|
* problems with really negative bit positions. So, let's
|
6046 |
|
|
* rediscover why we needed field_offset and fix it properly. */
|
6047 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (rtype, f) = off;
|
6048 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, f) = 0;
|
6049 |
|
|
|
6050 |
|
|
if (ada_is_variant_part (type, f))
|
6051 |
|
|
{
|
6052 |
|
|
struct type *branch_type;
|
6053 |
|
|
|
6054 |
|
|
if (dval0 == NULL)
|
6055 |
|
|
dval = value_from_contents_and_address (rtype, valaddr, address);
|
6056 |
|
|
else
|
6057 |
|
|
dval = dval0;
|
6058 |
|
|
|
6059 |
|
|
branch_type =
|
6060 |
|
|
to_fixed_variant_branch_type
|
6061 |
|
|
(TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f),
|
6062 |
|
|
cond_offset_host (valaddr, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT),
|
6063 |
|
|
cond_offset_target (address, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), dval);
|
6064 |
|
|
if (branch_type == NULL)
|
6065 |
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) -= 1;
|
6066 |
|
|
else
|
6067 |
|
|
{
|
6068 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) = branch_type;
|
6069 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = "S";
|
6070 |
|
|
}
|
6071 |
|
|
bit_incr = 0;
|
6072 |
|
|
fld_bit_len =
|
6073 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
|
6074 |
|
|
}
|
6075 |
|
|
else if (is_dynamic_field (type, f))
|
6076 |
|
|
{
|
6077 |
|
|
if (dval0 == NULL)
|
6078 |
|
|
dval = value_from_contents_and_address (rtype, valaddr, address);
|
6079 |
|
|
else
|
6080 |
|
|
dval = dval0;
|
6081 |
|
|
|
6082 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) =
|
6083 |
|
|
ada_to_fixed_type
|
6084 |
|
|
(ada_get_base_type
|
6085 |
|
|
(TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f))),
|
6086 |
|
|
cond_offset_host (valaddr, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT),
|
6087 |
|
|
cond_offset_target (address, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), dval);
|
6088 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f);
|
6089 |
|
|
bit_incr = fld_bit_len =
|
6090 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
|
6091 |
|
|
}
|
6092 |
|
|
else
|
6093 |
|
|
{
|
6094 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f);
|
6095 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f);
|
6096 |
|
|
if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f) > 0)
|
6097 |
|
|
bit_incr = fld_bit_len =
|
6098 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f);
|
6099 |
|
|
else
|
6100 |
|
|
bit_incr = fld_bit_len =
|
6101 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
|
6102 |
|
|
}
|
6103 |
|
|
if (off + fld_bit_len > bit_len)
|
6104 |
|
|
bit_len = off + fld_bit_len;
|
6105 |
|
|
off += bit_incr;
|
6106 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = bit_len / TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
|
6107 |
|
|
}
|
6108 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = align_value (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype), TYPE_LENGTH (type));
|
6109 |
|
|
|
6110 |
|
|
value_free_to_mark (mark);
|
6111 |
|
|
if (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) > varsize_limit)
|
6112 |
|
|
error ("record type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit");
|
6113 |
|
|
return rtype;
|
6114 |
|
|
}
|
6115 |
|
|
|
6116 |
|
|
/* As for template_to_fixed_record_type, but uses no run-time values.
|
6117 |
|
|
As a result, this type can only be approximate, but that's OK,
|
6118 |
|
|
since it is used only for type determinations. Works on both
|
6119 |
|
|
structs and unions.
|
6120 |
|
|
Representation note: to save space, we memoize the result of this
|
6121 |
|
|
function in the TYPE_TARGET_TYPE of the template type. */
|
6122 |
|
|
|
6123 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
6124 |
|
|
template_to_static_fixed_type (struct type *templ_type)
|
6125 |
|
|
{
|
6126 |
|
|
struct type *type;
|
6127 |
|
|
int nfields;
|
6128 |
|
|
int f;
|
6129 |
|
|
|
6130 |
|
|
if (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (templ_type) != NULL)
|
6131 |
|
|
return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (templ_type);
|
6132 |
|
|
|
6133 |
|
|
nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (templ_type);
|
6134 |
|
|
TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (templ_type) = type =
|
6135 |
|
|
alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (templ_type));
|
6136 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE (templ_type);
|
6137 |
|
|
INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type);
|
6138 |
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nfields;
|
6139 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *)
|
6140 |
|
|
TYPE_ALLOC (type, nfields * sizeof (struct field));
|
6141 |
|
|
memset (TYPE_FIELDS (type), 0, sizeof (struct field) * nfields);
|
6142 |
|
|
TYPE_NAME (type) = ada_type_name (templ_type);
|
6143 |
|
|
TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) = NULL;
|
6144 |
|
|
/* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
|
6145 |
|
|
/* TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
|
6146 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0;
|
6147 |
|
|
|
6148 |
|
|
for (f = 0; f < nfields; f += 1)
|
6149 |
|
|
{
|
6150 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f) = 0;
|
6151 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f) = 0;
|
6152 |
|
|
|
6153 |
|
|
if (is_dynamic_field (templ_type, f))
|
6154 |
|
|
{
|
6155 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f) =
|
6156 |
|
|
to_static_fixed_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE
|
6157 |
|
|
(TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, f)));
|
6158 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, f);
|
6159 |
|
|
}
|
6160 |
|
|
else
|
6161 |
|
|
{
|
6162 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f) =
|
6163 |
|
|
check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, f));
|
6164 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, f);
|
6165 |
|
|
}
|
6166 |
|
|
}
|
6167 |
|
|
|
6168 |
|
|
return type;
|
6169 |
|
|
}
|
6170 |
|
|
|
6171 |
|
|
/* A revision of TYPE0 -- a non-dynamic-sized record with a variant
|
6172 |
|
|
part -- in which the variant part is replaced with the appropriate
|
6173 |
|
|
branch. */
|
6174 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
6175 |
|
|
to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (struct type *type, char *valaddr,
|
6176 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval)
|
6177 |
|
|
{
|
6178 |
|
|
struct value *mark = value_mark ();
|
6179 |
|
|
struct type *rtype;
|
6180 |
|
|
struct type *branch_type;
|
6181 |
|
|
int nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type);
|
6182 |
|
|
|
6183 |
|
|
if (dval == NULL)
|
6184 |
|
|
return type;
|
6185 |
|
|
|
6186 |
|
|
rtype = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type));
|
6187 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (rtype) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
|
6188 |
|
|
INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type);
|
6189 |
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) = TYPE_NFIELDS (type);
|
6190 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELDS (rtype) =
|
6191 |
|
|
(struct field *) TYPE_ALLOC (rtype, nfields * sizeof (struct field));
|
6192 |
|
|
memcpy (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype), TYPE_FIELDS (type),
|
6193 |
|
|
sizeof (struct field) * nfields);
|
6194 |
|
|
TYPE_NAME (rtype) = ada_type_name (type);
|
6195 |
|
|
TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype) = NULL;
|
6196 |
|
|
/* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
|
6197 |
|
|
/* TYPE_FLAGS (rtype) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
|
6198 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = TYPE_LENGTH (type);
|
6199 |
|
|
|
6200 |
|
|
branch_type =
|
6201 |
|
|
to_fixed_variant_branch_type
|
6202 |
|
|
(TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, nfields - 1),
|
6203 |
|
|
cond_offset_host (valaddr,
|
6204 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type,
|
6205 |
|
|
nfields - 1) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT),
|
6206 |
|
|
cond_offset_target (address,
|
6207 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type,
|
6208 |
|
|
nfields - 1) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT),
|
6209 |
|
|
dval);
|
6210 |
|
|
if (branch_type == NULL)
|
6211 |
|
|
{
|
6212 |
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) -= 1;
|
6213 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) -=
|
6214 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, nfields - 1));
|
6215 |
|
|
}
|
6216 |
|
|
else
|
6217 |
|
|
{
|
6218 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, nfields - 1) = branch_type;
|
6219 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, nfields - 1) = "S";
|
6220 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, nfields - 1) = 0;
|
6221 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) += TYPE_LENGTH (branch_type);
|
6222 |
|
|
-TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, nfields - 1));
|
6223 |
|
|
}
|
6224 |
|
|
|
6225 |
|
|
return rtype;
|
6226 |
|
|
}
|
6227 |
|
|
|
6228 |
|
|
/* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
|
6229 |
|
|
the value at (TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS) [see explanation at
|
6230 |
|
|
beginning of this section]. Any necessary discriminants' values
|
6231 |
|
|
should be in DVAL, a record value; it should be NULL if the object
|
6232 |
|
|
at ADDR itself contains any necessary discriminant values. A
|
6233 |
|
|
variant field (unless unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch
|
6234 |
|
|
of the variant. */
|
6235 |
|
|
|
6236 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
6237 |
|
|
to_fixed_record_type (struct type *type0, char *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address,
|
6238 |
|
|
struct value *dval)
|
6239 |
|
|
{
|
6240 |
|
|
struct type *templ_type;
|
6241 |
|
|
|
6242 |
|
|
/* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
|
6243 |
|
|
/* if (TYPE_FLAGS (type0) & TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE)
|
6244 |
|
|
return type0;
|
6245 |
|
|
*/
|
6246 |
|
|
templ_type = dynamic_template_type (type0);
|
6247 |
|
|
|
6248 |
|
|
if (templ_type != NULL)
|
6249 |
|
|
return template_to_fixed_record_type (templ_type, valaddr, address, dval);
|
6250 |
|
|
else if (contains_variant_part (type0))
|
6251 |
|
|
return to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (type0, valaddr, address, dval);
|
6252 |
|
|
else
|
6253 |
|
|
{
|
6254 |
|
|
/* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
|
6255 |
|
|
/* TYPE_FLAGS (type0) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
|
6256 |
|
|
return type0;
|
6257 |
|
|
}
|
6258 |
|
|
|
6259 |
|
|
}
|
6260 |
|
|
|
6261 |
|
|
/* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
|
6262 |
|
|
the value at (VAR_TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS), where VAR_TYPE0 is a
|
6263 |
|
|
union type. Any necessary discriminants' values should be in DVAL,
|
6264 |
|
|
a record value. That is, this routine selects the appropriate
|
6265 |
|
|
branch of the union at ADDR according to the discriminant value
|
6266 |
|
|
indicated in the union's type name. */
|
6267 |
|
|
|
6268 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
6269 |
|
|
to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type *var_type0, char *valaddr,
|
6270 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval)
|
6271 |
|
|
{
|
6272 |
|
|
int which;
|
6273 |
|
|
struct type *templ_type;
|
6274 |
|
|
struct type *var_type;
|
6275 |
|
|
|
6276 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (var_type0) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
|
6277 |
|
|
var_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (var_type0);
|
6278 |
|
|
else
|
6279 |
|
|
var_type = var_type0;
|
6280 |
|
|
|
6281 |
|
|
templ_type = ada_find_parallel_type (var_type, "___XVU");
|
6282 |
|
|
|
6283 |
|
|
if (templ_type != NULL)
|
6284 |
|
|
var_type = templ_type;
|
6285 |
|
|
|
6286 |
|
|
which =
|
6287 |
|
|
ada_which_variant_applies (var_type,
|
6288 |
|
|
VALUE_TYPE (dval), VALUE_CONTENTS (dval));
|
6289 |
|
|
|
6290 |
|
|
if (which < 0)
|
6291 |
|
|
return empty_record (TYPE_OBJFILE (var_type));
|
6292 |
|
|
else if (is_dynamic_field (var_type, which))
|
6293 |
|
|
return
|
6294 |
|
|
to_fixed_record_type
|
6295 |
|
|
(TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which)),
|
6296 |
|
|
valaddr, address, dval);
|
6297 |
|
|
else if (contains_variant_part (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which)))
|
6298 |
|
|
return
|
6299 |
|
|
to_fixed_record_type
|
6300 |
|
|
(TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which), valaddr, address, dval);
|
6301 |
|
|
else
|
6302 |
|
|
return TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which);
|
6303 |
|
|
}
|
6304 |
|
|
|
6305 |
|
|
/* Assuming that TYPE0 is an array type describing the type of a value
|
6306 |
|
|
at ADDR, and that DVAL describes a record containing any
|
6307 |
|
|
discriminants used in TYPE0, returns a type for the value that
|
6308 |
|
|
contains no dynamic components (that is, no components whose sizes
|
6309 |
|
|
are determined by run-time quantities). Unless IGNORE_TOO_BIG is
|
6310 |
|
|
true, gives an error message if the resulting type's size is over
|
6311 |
|
|
varsize_limit.
|
6312 |
|
|
*/
|
6313 |
|
|
|
6314 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
6315 |
|
|
to_fixed_array_type (struct type *type0, struct value *dval,
|
6316 |
|
|
int ignore_too_big)
|
6317 |
|
|
{
|
6318 |
|
|
struct type *index_type_desc;
|
6319 |
|
|
struct type *result;
|
6320 |
|
|
|
6321 |
|
|
/* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
|
6322 |
|
|
/* if (ada_is_packed_array_type (type0) /* revisit? *//*
|
6323 |
|
|
|| (TYPE_FLAGS (type0) & TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE))
|
6324 |
|
|
return type0; */
|
6325 |
|
|
|
6326 |
|
|
index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type0, "___XA");
|
6327 |
|
|
if (index_type_desc == NULL)
|
6328 |
|
|
{
|
6329 |
|
|
struct type *elt_type0 = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0));
|
6330 |
|
|
/* NOTE: elt_type---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never
|
6331 |
|
|
* depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed
|
6332 |
|
|
* debugging data. */
|
6333 |
|
|
struct type *elt_type = ada_to_fixed_type (elt_type0, 0, 0, dval);
|
6334 |
|
|
|
6335 |
|
|
if (elt_type0 == elt_type)
|
6336 |
|
|
result = type0;
|
6337 |
|
|
else
|
6338 |
|
|
result = create_array_type (alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type0)),
|
6339 |
|
|
elt_type, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type0));
|
6340 |
|
|
}
|
6341 |
|
|
else
|
6342 |
|
|
{
|
6343 |
|
|
int i;
|
6344 |
|
|
struct type *elt_type0;
|
6345 |
|
|
|
6346 |
|
|
elt_type0 = type0;
|
6347 |
|
|
for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc); i > 0; i -= 1)
|
6348 |
|
|
elt_type0 = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type0);
|
6349 |
|
|
|
6350 |
|
|
/* NOTE: result---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never
|
6351 |
|
|
* depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed
|
6352 |
|
|
* debugging data. */
|
6353 |
|
|
result = ada_to_fixed_type (check_typedef (elt_type0), 0, 0, dval);
|
6354 |
|
|
for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1)
|
6355 |
|
|
{
|
6356 |
|
|
struct type *range_type =
|
6357 |
|
|
to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_type_desc, i),
|
6358 |
|
|
dval, TYPE_OBJFILE (type0));
|
6359 |
|
|
result = create_array_type (alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type0)),
|
6360 |
|
|
result, range_type);
|
6361 |
|
|
}
|
6362 |
|
|
if (!ignore_too_big && TYPE_LENGTH (result) > varsize_limit)
|
6363 |
|
|
error ("array type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit");
|
6364 |
|
|
}
|
6365 |
|
|
|
6366 |
|
|
/* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
|
6367 |
|
|
/* TYPE_FLAGS (result) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
|
6368 |
|
|
return result;
|
6369 |
|
|
}
|
6370 |
|
|
|
6371 |
|
|
|
6372 |
|
|
/* A standard type (containing no dynamically sized components)
|
6373 |
|
|
corresponding to TYPE for the value (TYPE, VALADDR, ADDRESS)
|
6374 |
|
|
DVAL describes a record containing any discriminants used in TYPE0,
|
6375 |
|
|
and may be NULL if there are none. */
|
6376 |
|
|
|
6377 |
|
|
struct type *
|
6378 |
|
|
ada_to_fixed_type (struct type *type, char *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address,
|
6379 |
|
|
struct value *dval)
|
6380 |
|
|
{
|
6381 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
|
6382 |
|
|
switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
|
6383 |
|
|
{
|
6384 |
|
|
default:
|
6385 |
|
|
return type;
|
6386 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
|
6387 |
|
|
return to_fixed_record_type (type, valaddr, address, NULL);
|
6388 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
|
6389 |
|
|
return to_fixed_array_type (type, dval, 0);
|
6390 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
|
6391 |
|
|
if (dval == NULL)
|
6392 |
|
|
return type;
|
6393 |
|
|
else
|
6394 |
|
|
return to_fixed_variant_branch_type (type, valaddr, address, dval);
|
6395 |
|
|
}
|
6396 |
|
|
}
|
6397 |
|
|
|
6398 |
|
|
/* A standard (static-sized) type corresponding as well as possible to
|
6399 |
|
|
TYPE0, but based on no runtime data. */
|
6400 |
|
|
|
6401 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
6402 |
|
|
to_static_fixed_type (struct type *type0)
|
6403 |
|
|
{
|
6404 |
|
|
struct type *type;
|
6405 |
|
|
|
6406 |
|
|
if (type0 == NULL)
|
6407 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
6408 |
|
|
|
6409 |
|
|
/* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
|
6410 |
|
|
/* if (TYPE_FLAGS (type0) & TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE)
|
6411 |
|
|
return type0;
|
6412 |
|
|
*/
|
6413 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (type0);
|
6414 |
|
|
|
6415 |
|
|
switch (TYPE_CODE (type0))
|
6416 |
|
|
{
|
6417 |
|
|
default:
|
6418 |
|
|
return type0;
|
6419 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
|
6420 |
|
|
type = dynamic_template_type (type0);
|
6421 |
|
|
if (type != NULL)
|
6422 |
|
|
return template_to_static_fixed_type (type);
|
6423 |
|
|
return type0;
|
6424 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
|
6425 |
|
|
type = ada_find_parallel_type (type0, "___XVU");
|
6426 |
|
|
if (type != NULL)
|
6427 |
|
|
return template_to_static_fixed_type (type);
|
6428 |
|
|
return type0;
|
6429 |
|
|
}
|
6430 |
|
|
}
|
6431 |
|
|
|
6432 |
|
|
/* A static approximation of TYPE with all type wrappers removed. */
|
6433 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
6434 |
|
|
static_unwrap_type (struct type *type)
|
6435 |
|
|
{
|
6436 |
|
|
if (ada_is_aligner_type (type))
|
6437 |
|
|
{
|
6438 |
|
|
struct type *type1 = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (check_typedef (type), 0);
|
6439 |
|
|
if (ada_type_name (type1) == NULL)
|
6440 |
|
|
TYPE_NAME (type1) = ada_type_name (type);
|
6441 |
|
|
|
6442 |
|
|
return static_unwrap_type (type1);
|
6443 |
|
|
}
|
6444 |
|
|
else
|
6445 |
|
|
{
|
6446 |
|
|
struct type *raw_real_type = ada_get_base_type (type);
|
6447 |
|
|
if (raw_real_type == type)
|
6448 |
|
|
return type;
|
6449 |
|
|
else
|
6450 |
|
|
return to_static_fixed_type (raw_real_type);
|
6451 |
|
|
}
|
6452 |
|
|
}
|
6453 |
|
|
|
6454 |
|
|
/* In some cases, incomplete and private types require
|
6455 |
|
|
cross-references that are not resolved as records (for example,
|
6456 |
|
|
type Foo;
|
6457 |
|
|
type FooP is access Foo;
|
6458 |
|
|
V: FooP;
|
6459 |
|
|
type Foo is array ...;
|
6460 |
|
|
). In these cases, since there is no mechanism for producing
|
6461 |
|
|
cross-references to such types, we instead substitute for FooP a
|
6462 |
|
|
stub enumeration type that is nowhere resolved, and whose tag is
|
6463 |
|
|
the name of the actual type. Call these types "non-record stubs". */
|
6464 |
|
|
|
6465 |
|
|
/* A type equivalent to TYPE that is not a non-record stub, if one
|
6466 |
|
|
exists, otherwise TYPE. */
|
6467 |
|
|
struct type *
|
6468 |
|
|
ada_completed_type (struct type *type)
|
6469 |
|
|
{
|
6470 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
|
6471 |
|
|
if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
|
6472 |
|
|
|| (TYPE_FLAGS (type) & TYPE_FLAG_STUB) == 0
|
6473 |
|
|
|| TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) == NULL)
|
6474 |
|
|
return type;
|
6475 |
|
|
else
|
6476 |
|
|
{
|
6477 |
|
|
char *name = TYPE_TAG_NAME (type);
|
6478 |
|
|
struct type *type1 = ada_find_any_type (name);
|
6479 |
|
|
return (type1 == NULL) ? type : type1;
|
6480 |
|
|
}
|
6481 |
|
|
}
|
6482 |
|
|
|
6483 |
|
|
/* A value representing the data at VALADDR/ADDRESS as described by
|
6484 |
|
|
type TYPE0, but with a standard (static-sized) type that correctly
|
6485 |
|
|
describes it. If VAL0 is not NULL and TYPE0 already is a standard
|
6486 |
|
|
type, then return VAL0 [this feature is simply to avoid redundant
|
6487 |
|
|
creation of struct values]. */
|
6488 |
|
|
|
6489 |
|
|
struct value *
|
6490 |
|
|
ada_to_fixed_value (struct type *type0, char *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address,
|
6491 |
|
|
struct value *val0)
|
6492 |
|
|
{
|
6493 |
|
|
struct type *type = ada_to_fixed_type (type0, valaddr, address, NULL);
|
6494 |
|
|
if (type == type0 && val0 != NULL)
|
6495 |
|
|
return val0;
|
6496 |
|
|
else
|
6497 |
|
|
return value_from_contents_and_address (type, valaddr, address);
|
6498 |
|
|
}
|
6499 |
|
|
|
6500 |
|
|
/* A value representing VAL, but with a standard (static-sized) type
|
6501 |
|
|
chosen to approximate the real type of VAL as well as possible, but
|
6502 |
|
|
without consulting any runtime values. For Ada dynamic-sized
|
6503 |
|
|
types, therefore, the type of the result is likely to be inaccurate. */
|
6504 |
|
|
|
6505 |
|
|
struct value *
|
6506 |
|
|
ada_to_static_fixed_value (struct value *val)
|
6507 |
|
|
{
|
6508 |
|
|
struct type *type =
|
6509 |
|
|
to_static_fixed_type (static_unwrap_type (VALUE_TYPE (val)));
|
6510 |
|
|
if (type == VALUE_TYPE (val))
|
6511 |
|
|
return val;
|
6512 |
|
|
else
|
6513 |
|
|
return coerce_unspec_val_to_type (val, 0, type);
|
6514 |
|
|
}
|
6515 |
|
|
|
6516 |
|
|
|
6517 |
|
|
|
6518 |
|
|
|
6519 |
|
|
|
6520 |
|
|
/* Attributes */
|
6521 |
|
|
|
6522 |
|
|
/* Table mapping attribute numbers to names */
|
6523 |
|
|
/* NOTE: Keep up to date with enum ada_attribute definition in ada-lang.h */
|
6524 |
|
|
|
6525 |
|
|
static const char *attribute_names[] = {
|
6526 |
|
|
"<?>",
|
6527 |
|
|
|
6528 |
|
|
"first",
|
6529 |
|
|
"last",
|
6530 |
|
|
"length",
|
6531 |
|
|
"image",
|
6532 |
|
|
"img",
|
6533 |
|
|
"max",
|
6534 |
|
|
"min",
|
6535 |
|
|
"pos" "tag",
|
6536 |
|
|
"val",
|
6537 |
|
|
|
6538 |
|
|
|
6539 |
|
|
};
|
6540 |
|
|
|
6541 |
|
|
const char *
|
6542 |
|
|
ada_attribute_name (int n)
|
6543 |
|
|
{
|
6544 |
|
|
if (n > 0 && n < (int) ATR_END)
|
6545 |
|
|
return attribute_names[n];
|
6546 |
|
|
else
|
6547 |
|
|
return attribute_names[0];
|
6548 |
|
|
}
|
6549 |
|
|
|
6550 |
|
|
/* Evaluate the 'POS attribute applied to ARG. */
|
6551 |
|
|
|
6552 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
6553 |
|
|
value_pos_atr (struct value *arg)
|
6554 |
|
|
{
|
6555 |
|
|
struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (arg);
|
6556 |
|
|
|
6557 |
|
|
if (!discrete_type_p (type))
|
6558 |
|
|
error ("'POS only defined on discrete types");
|
6559 |
|
|
|
6560 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
|
6561 |
|
|
{
|
6562 |
|
|
int i;
|
6563 |
|
|
LONGEST v = value_as_long (arg);
|
6564 |
|
|
|
6565 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1)
|
6566 |
|
|
{
|
6567 |
|
|
if (v == TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i))
|
6568 |
|
|
return value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int, i);
|
6569 |
|
|
}
|
6570 |
|
|
error ("enumeration value is invalid: can't find 'POS");
|
6571 |
|
|
}
|
6572 |
|
|
else
|
6573 |
|
|
return value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int, value_as_long (arg));
|
6574 |
|
|
}
|
6575 |
|
|
|
6576 |
|
|
/* Evaluate the TYPE'VAL attribute applied to ARG. */
|
6577 |
|
|
|
6578 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
6579 |
|
|
value_val_atr (struct type *type, struct value *arg)
|
6580 |
|
|
{
|
6581 |
|
|
if (!discrete_type_p (type))
|
6582 |
|
|
error ("'VAL only defined on discrete types");
|
6583 |
|
|
if (!integer_type_p (VALUE_TYPE (arg)))
|
6584 |
|
|
error ("'VAL requires integral argument");
|
6585 |
|
|
|
6586 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
|
6587 |
|
|
{
|
6588 |
|
|
long pos = value_as_long (arg);
|
6589 |
|
|
if (pos < 0 || pos >= TYPE_NFIELDS (type))
|
6590 |
|
|
error ("argument to 'VAL out of range");
|
6591 |
|
|
return value_from_longest (type, TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, pos));
|
6592 |
|
|
}
|
6593 |
|
|
else
|
6594 |
|
|
return value_from_longest (type, value_as_long (arg));
|
6595 |
|
|
}
|
6596 |
|
|
|
6597 |
|
|
|
6598 |
|
|
/* Evaluation */
|
6599 |
|
|
|
6600 |
|
|
/* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada character type.
|
6601 |
|
|
* [At the moment, this is true only for Character and Wide_Character;
|
6602 |
|
|
* It is a heuristic test that could stand improvement]. */
|
6603 |
|
|
|
6604 |
|
|
int
|
6605 |
|
|
ada_is_character_type (struct type *type)
|
6606 |
|
|
{
|
6607 |
|
|
const char *name = ada_type_name (type);
|
6608 |
|
|
return
|
6609 |
|
|
name != NULL
|
6610 |
|
|
&& (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_CHAR
|
6611 |
|
|
|| TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT
|
6612 |
|
|
|| TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
|
6613 |
|
|
&& (STREQ (name, "character") || STREQ (name, "wide_character")
|
6614 |
|
|
|| STREQ (name, "unsigned char"));
|
6615 |
|
|
}
|
6616 |
|
|
|
6617 |
|
|
/* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada string type. */
|
6618 |
|
|
|
6619 |
|
|
int
|
6620 |
|
|
ada_is_string_type (struct type *type)
|
6621 |
|
|
{
|
6622 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
|
6623 |
|
|
if (type != NULL
|
6624 |
|
|
&& TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR
|
6625 |
|
|
&& (ada_is_simple_array (type) || ada_is_array_descriptor (type))
|
6626 |
|
|
&& ada_array_arity (type) == 1)
|
6627 |
|
|
{
|
6628 |
|
|
struct type *elttype = ada_array_element_type (type, 1);
|
6629 |
|
|
|
6630 |
|
|
return ada_is_character_type (elttype);
|
6631 |
|
|
}
|
6632 |
|
|
else
|
6633 |
|
|
return 0;
|
6634 |
|
|
}
|
6635 |
|
|
|
6636 |
|
|
|
6637 |
|
|
/* True if TYPE is a struct type introduced by the compiler to force the
|
6638 |
|
|
alignment of a value. Such types have a single field with a
|
6639 |
|
|
distinctive name. */
|
6640 |
|
|
|
6641 |
|
|
int
|
6642 |
|
|
ada_is_aligner_type (struct type *type)
|
6643 |
|
|
{
|
6644 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
|
6645 |
|
|
return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
|
6646 |
|
|
&& TYPE_NFIELDS (type) == 1
|
6647 |
|
|
&& STREQ (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, 0), "F"));
|
6648 |
|
|
}
|
6649 |
|
|
|
6650 |
|
|
/* If there is an ___XVS-convention type parallel to SUBTYPE, return
|
6651 |
|
|
the parallel type. */
|
6652 |
|
|
|
6653 |
|
|
struct type *
|
6654 |
|
|
ada_get_base_type (struct type *raw_type)
|
6655 |
|
|
{
|
6656 |
|
|
struct type *real_type_namer;
|
6657 |
|
|
struct type *raw_real_type;
|
6658 |
|
|
struct type *real_type;
|
6659 |
|
|
|
6660 |
|
|
if (raw_type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (raw_type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
|
6661 |
|
|
return raw_type;
|
6662 |
|
|
|
6663 |
|
|
real_type_namer = ada_find_parallel_type (raw_type, "___XVS");
|
6664 |
|
|
if (real_type_namer == NULL
|
6665 |
|
|
|| TYPE_CODE (real_type_namer) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
|
6666 |
|
|
|| TYPE_NFIELDS (real_type_namer) != 1)
|
6667 |
|
|
return raw_type;
|
6668 |
|
|
|
6669 |
|
|
raw_real_type = ada_find_any_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (real_type_namer, 0));
|
6670 |
|
|
if (raw_real_type == NULL)
|
6671 |
|
|
return raw_type;
|
6672 |
|
|
else
|
6673 |
|
|
return raw_real_type;
|
6674 |
|
|
}
|
6675 |
|
|
|
6676 |
|
|
/* The type of value designated by TYPE, with all aligners removed. */
|
6677 |
|
|
|
6678 |
|
|
struct type *
|
6679 |
|
|
ada_aligned_type (struct type *type)
|
6680 |
|
|
{
|
6681 |
|
|
if (ada_is_aligner_type (type))
|
6682 |
|
|
return ada_aligned_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0));
|
6683 |
|
|
else
|
6684 |
|
|
return ada_get_base_type (type);
|
6685 |
|
|
}
|
6686 |
|
|
|
6687 |
|
|
|
6688 |
|
|
/* The address of the aligned value in an object at address VALADDR
|
6689 |
|
|
having type TYPE. Assumes ada_is_aligner_type (TYPE). */
|
6690 |
|
|
|
6691 |
|
|
char *
|
6692 |
|
|
ada_aligned_value_addr (struct type *type, char *valaddr)
|
6693 |
|
|
{
|
6694 |
|
|
if (ada_is_aligner_type (type))
|
6695 |
|
|
return ada_aligned_value_addr (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0),
|
6696 |
|
|
valaddr +
|
6697 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type,
|
6698 |
|
|
0) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT);
|
6699 |
|
|
else
|
6700 |
|
|
return valaddr;
|
6701 |
|
|
}
|
6702 |
|
|
|
6703 |
|
|
/* The printed representation of an enumeration literal with encoded
|
6704 |
|
|
name NAME. The value is good to the next call of ada_enum_name. */
|
6705 |
|
|
const char *
|
6706 |
|
|
ada_enum_name (const char *name)
|
6707 |
|
|
{
|
6708 |
|
|
char *tmp;
|
6709 |
|
|
|
6710 |
|
|
while (1)
|
6711 |
|
|
{
|
6712 |
|
|
if ((tmp = strstr (name, "__")) != NULL)
|
6713 |
|
|
name = tmp + 2;
|
6714 |
|
|
else if ((tmp = strchr (name, '.')) != NULL)
|
6715 |
|
|
name = tmp + 1;
|
6716 |
|
|
else
|
6717 |
|
|
break;
|
6718 |
|
|
}
|
6719 |
|
|
|
6720 |
|
|
if (name[0] == 'Q')
|
6721 |
|
|
{
|
6722 |
|
|
static char result[16];
|
6723 |
|
|
int v;
|
6724 |
|
|
if (name[1] == 'U' || name[1] == 'W')
|
6725 |
|
|
{
|
6726 |
|
|
if (sscanf (name + 2, "%x", &v) != 1)
|
6727 |
|
|
return name;
|
6728 |
|
|
}
|
6729 |
|
|
else
|
6730 |
|
|
return name;
|
6731 |
|
|
|
6732 |
|
|
if (isascii (v) && isprint (v))
|
6733 |
|
|
sprintf (result, "'%c'", v);
|
6734 |
|
|
else if (name[1] == 'U')
|
6735 |
|
|
sprintf (result, "[\"%02x\"]", v);
|
6736 |
|
|
else
|
6737 |
|
|
sprintf (result, "[\"%04x\"]", v);
|
6738 |
|
|
|
6739 |
|
|
return result;
|
6740 |
|
|
}
|
6741 |
|
|
else
|
6742 |
|
|
return name;
|
6743 |
|
|
}
|
6744 |
|
|
|
6745 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
6746 |
|
|
evaluate_subexp (struct type *expect_type, struct expression *exp, int *pos,
|
6747 |
|
|
enum noside noside)
|
6748 |
|
|
{
|
6749 |
|
|
return (*exp->language_defn->evaluate_exp) (expect_type, exp, pos, noside);
|
6750 |
|
|
}
|
6751 |
|
|
|
6752 |
|
|
/* Evaluate the subexpression of EXP starting at *POS as for
|
6753 |
|
|
evaluate_type, updating *POS to point just past the evaluated
|
6754 |
|
|
expression. */
|
6755 |
|
|
|
6756 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
6757 |
|
|
evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression *exp, int *pos)
|
6758 |
|
|
{
|
6759 |
|
|
return (*exp->language_defn->evaluate_exp)
|
6760 |
|
|
(NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS);
|
6761 |
|
|
}
|
6762 |
|
|
|
6763 |
|
|
/* If VAL is wrapped in an aligner or subtype wrapper, return the
|
6764 |
|
|
value it wraps. */
|
6765 |
|
|
|
6766 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
6767 |
|
|
unwrap_value (struct value *val)
|
6768 |
|
|
{
|
6769 |
|
|
struct type *type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (val));
|
6770 |
|
|
if (ada_is_aligner_type (type))
|
6771 |
|
|
{
|
6772 |
|
|
struct value *v = value_struct_elt (&val, NULL, "F",
|
6773 |
|
|
NULL, "internal structure");
|
6774 |
|
|
struct type *val_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (v));
|
6775 |
|
|
if (ada_type_name (val_type) == NULL)
|
6776 |
|
|
TYPE_NAME (val_type) = ada_type_name (type);
|
6777 |
|
|
|
6778 |
|
|
return unwrap_value (v);
|
6779 |
|
|
}
|
6780 |
|
|
else
|
6781 |
|
|
{
|
6782 |
|
|
struct type *raw_real_type =
|
6783 |
|
|
ada_completed_type (ada_get_base_type (type));
|
6784 |
|
|
|
6785 |
|
|
if (type == raw_real_type)
|
6786 |
|
|
return val;
|
6787 |
|
|
|
6788 |
|
|
return
|
6789 |
|
|
coerce_unspec_val_to_type
|
6790 |
|
|
(val, 0, ada_to_fixed_type (raw_real_type, 0,
|
6791 |
|
|
VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val),
|
6792 |
|
|
NULL));
|
6793 |
|
|
}
|
6794 |
|
|
}
|
6795 |
|
|
|
6796 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
6797 |
|
|
cast_to_fixed (struct type *type, struct value *arg)
|
6798 |
|
|
{
|
6799 |
|
|
LONGEST val;
|
6800 |
|
|
|
6801 |
|
|
if (type == VALUE_TYPE (arg))
|
6802 |
|
|
return arg;
|
6803 |
|
|
else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg)))
|
6804 |
|
|
val = ada_float_to_fixed (type,
|
6805 |
|
|
ada_fixed_to_float (VALUE_TYPE (arg),
|
6806 |
|
|
value_as_long (arg)));
|
6807 |
|
|
else
|
6808 |
|
|
{
|
6809 |
|
|
DOUBLEST argd =
|
6810 |
|
|
value_as_double (value_cast (builtin_type_double, value_copy (arg)));
|
6811 |
|
|
val = ada_float_to_fixed (type, argd);
|
6812 |
|
|
}
|
6813 |
|
|
|
6814 |
|
|
return value_from_longest (type, val);
|
6815 |
|
|
}
|
6816 |
|
|
|
6817 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
6818 |
|
|
cast_from_fixed_to_double (struct value *arg)
|
6819 |
|
|
{
|
6820 |
|
|
DOUBLEST val = ada_fixed_to_float (VALUE_TYPE (arg),
|
6821 |
|
|
value_as_long (arg));
|
6822 |
|
|
return value_from_double (builtin_type_double, val);
|
6823 |
|
|
}
|
6824 |
|
|
|
6825 |
|
|
/* Coerce VAL as necessary for assignment to an lval of type TYPE, and
|
6826 |
|
|
* return the converted value. */
|
6827 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
6828 |
|
|
coerce_for_assign (struct type *type, struct value *val)
|
6829 |
|
|
{
|
6830 |
|
|
struct type *type2 = VALUE_TYPE (val);
|
6831 |
|
|
if (type == type2)
|
6832 |
|
|
return val;
|
6833 |
|
|
|
6834 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (type2);
|
6835 |
|
|
CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
|
6836 |
|
|
|
6837 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type2) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
|
6838 |
|
|
&& TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
|
6839 |
|
|
{
|
6840 |
|
|
val = ada_value_ind (val);
|
6841 |
|
|
type2 = VALUE_TYPE (val);
|
6842 |
|
|
}
|
6843 |
|
|
|
6844 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type2) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
|
6845 |
|
|
&& TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
|
6846 |
|
|
{
|
6847 |
|
|
if (TYPE_LENGTH (type2) != TYPE_LENGTH (type)
|
6848 |
|
|
|| TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2))
|
6849 |
|
|
!= TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2)))
|
6850 |
|
|
error ("Incompatible types in assignment");
|
6851 |
|
|
VALUE_TYPE (val) = type;
|
6852 |
|
|
}
|
6853 |
|
|
return val;
|
6854 |
|
|
}
|
6855 |
|
|
|
6856 |
|
|
struct value *
|
6857 |
|
|
ada_evaluate_subexp (struct type *expect_type, struct expression *exp,
|
6858 |
|
|
int *pos, enum noside noside)
|
6859 |
|
|
{
|
6860 |
|
|
enum exp_opcode op;
|
6861 |
|
|
enum ada_attribute atr;
|
6862 |
|
|
int tem, tem2, tem3;
|
6863 |
|
|
int pc;
|
6864 |
|
|
struct value *arg1 = NULL, *arg2 = NULL, *arg3;
|
6865 |
|
|
struct type *type;
|
6866 |
|
|
int nargs;
|
6867 |
|
|
struct value **argvec;
|
6868 |
|
|
|
6869 |
|
|
pc = *pos;
|
6870 |
|
|
*pos += 1;
|
6871 |
|
|
op = exp->elts[pc].opcode;
|
6872 |
|
|
|
6873 |
|
|
switch (op)
|
6874 |
|
|
{
|
6875 |
|
|
default:
|
6876 |
|
|
*pos -= 1;
|
6877 |
|
|
return
|
6878 |
|
|
unwrap_value (evaluate_subexp_standard
|
6879 |
|
|
(expect_type, exp, pos, noside));
|
6880 |
|
|
|
6881 |
|
|
case UNOP_CAST:
|
6882 |
|
|
(*pos) += 2;
|
6883 |
|
|
type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type;
|
6884 |
|
|
arg1 = evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside);
|
6885 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
6886 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
6887 |
|
|
if (type != check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
|
6888 |
|
|
{
|
6889 |
|
|
if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (type))
|
6890 |
|
|
arg1 = cast_to_fixed (type, arg1);
|
6891 |
|
|
else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
|
6892 |
|
|
arg1 = value_cast (type, cast_from_fixed_to_double (arg1));
|
6893 |
|
|
else if (VALUE_LVAL (arg1) == lval_memory)
|
6894 |
|
|
{
|
6895 |
|
|
/* This is in case of the really obscure (and undocumented,
|
6896 |
|
|
but apparently expected) case of (Foo) Bar.all, where Bar
|
6897 |
|
|
is an integer constant and Foo is a dynamic-sized type.
|
6898 |
|
|
If we don't do this, ARG1 will simply be relabeled with
|
6899 |
|
|
TYPE. */
|
6900 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
6901 |
|
|
return value_zero (to_static_fixed_type (type), not_lval);
|
6902 |
|
|
arg1 =
|
6903 |
|
|
ada_to_fixed_value
|
6904 |
|
|
(type, 0, VALUE_ADDRESS (arg1) + VALUE_OFFSET (arg1), 0);
|
6905 |
|
|
}
|
6906 |
|
|
else
|
6907 |
|
|
arg1 = value_cast (type, arg1);
|
6908 |
|
|
}
|
6909 |
|
|
return arg1;
|
6910 |
|
|
|
6911 |
|
|
/* FIXME: UNOP_QUAL should be defined in expression.h */
|
6912 |
|
|
/* case UNOP_QUAL:
|
6913 |
|
|
(*pos) += 2;
|
6914 |
|
|
type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type;
|
6915 |
|
|
return ada_evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside);
|
6916 |
|
|
*/
|
6917 |
|
|
case BINOP_ASSIGN:
|
6918 |
|
|
arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
6919 |
|
|
arg2 = evaluate_subexp (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), exp, pos, noside);
|
6920 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP || noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
6921 |
|
|
return arg1;
|
6922 |
|
|
if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
|
6923 |
|
|
return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL);
|
6924 |
|
|
else
|
6925 |
|
|
{
|
6926 |
|
|
if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
|
6927 |
|
|
arg2 = cast_to_fixed (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), arg2);
|
6928 |
|
|
else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
|
6929 |
|
|
error
|
6930 |
|
|
("Fixed-point values must be assigned to fixed-point variables");
|
6931 |
|
|
else
|
6932 |
|
|
arg2 = coerce_for_assign (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), arg2);
|
6933 |
|
|
return ada_value_assign (arg1, arg2);
|
6934 |
|
|
}
|
6935 |
|
|
|
6936 |
|
|
case BINOP_ADD:
|
6937 |
|
|
arg1 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
|
6938 |
|
|
arg2 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
|
6939 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
6940 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
6941 |
|
|
if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
|
6942 |
|
|
return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL);
|
6943 |
|
|
else
|
6944 |
|
|
{
|
6945 |
|
|
if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))
|
6946 |
|
|
|| ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
|
6947 |
|
|
&& VALUE_TYPE (arg1) != VALUE_TYPE (arg2))
|
6948 |
|
|
error
|
6949 |
|
|
("Operands of fixed-point addition must have the same type");
|
6950 |
|
|
return value_cast (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), value_add (arg1, arg2));
|
6951 |
|
|
}
|
6952 |
|
|
|
6953 |
|
|
case BINOP_SUB:
|
6954 |
|
|
arg1 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
|
6955 |
|
|
arg2 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
|
6956 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
6957 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
6958 |
|
|
if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
|
6959 |
|
|
return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL);
|
6960 |
|
|
else
|
6961 |
|
|
{
|
6962 |
|
|
if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))
|
6963 |
|
|
|| ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
|
6964 |
|
|
&& VALUE_TYPE (arg1) != VALUE_TYPE (arg2))
|
6965 |
|
|
error
|
6966 |
|
|
("Operands of fixed-point subtraction must have the same type");
|
6967 |
|
|
return value_cast (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), value_sub (arg1, arg2));
|
6968 |
|
|
}
|
6969 |
|
|
|
6970 |
|
|
case BINOP_MUL:
|
6971 |
|
|
case BINOP_DIV:
|
6972 |
|
|
arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
6973 |
|
|
arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
6974 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
6975 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
6976 |
|
|
if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
|
6977 |
|
|
return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL);
|
6978 |
|
|
else
|
6979 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
|
6980 |
|
|
&& (op == BINOP_DIV || op == BINOP_REM || op == BINOP_MOD))
|
6981 |
|
|
return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval);
|
6982 |
|
|
else
|
6983 |
|
|
{
|
6984 |
|
|
if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
|
6985 |
|
|
arg1 = cast_from_fixed_to_double (arg1);
|
6986 |
|
|
if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
|
6987 |
|
|
arg2 = cast_from_fixed_to_double (arg2);
|
6988 |
|
|
return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op);
|
6989 |
|
|
}
|
6990 |
|
|
|
6991 |
|
|
case UNOP_NEG:
|
6992 |
|
|
arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
6993 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
6994 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
6995 |
|
|
if (unop_user_defined_p (op, arg1))
|
6996 |
|
|
return value_x_unop (arg1, op, EVAL_NORMAL);
|
6997 |
|
|
else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
|
6998 |
|
|
return value_cast (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), value_neg (arg1));
|
6999 |
|
|
else
|
7000 |
|
|
return value_neg (arg1);
|
7001 |
|
|
|
7002 |
|
|
/* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
|
7003 |
|
|
/* case OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE:
|
7004 |
|
|
/* Only encountered when an unresolved symbol occurs in a
|
7005 |
|
|
context other than a function call, in which case, it is
|
7006 |
|
|
illegal. *//*
|
7007 |
|
|
(*pos) += 3;
|
7008 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7009 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7010 |
|
|
else
|
7011 |
|
|
error ("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation",
|
7012 |
|
|
ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 2].name));
|
7013 |
|
|
*/
|
7014 |
|
|
case OP_VAR_VALUE:
|
7015 |
|
|
*pos -= 1;
|
7016 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7017 |
|
|
{
|
7018 |
|
|
*pos += 4;
|
7019 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7020 |
|
|
}
|
7021 |
|
|
else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
7022 |
|
|
{
|
7023 |
|
|
*pos += 4;
|
7024 |
|
|
return value_zero
|
7025 |
|
|
(to_static_fixed_type
|
7026 |
|
|
(static_unwrap_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol))),
|
7027 |
|
|
not_lval);
|
7028 |
|
|
}
|
7029 |
|
|
else
|
7030 |
|
|
{
|
7031 |
|
|
arg1 =
|
7032 |
|
|
unwrap_value (evaluate_subexp_standard
|
7033 |
|
|
(expect_type, exp, pos, noside));
|
7034 |
|
|
return ada_to_fixed_value (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), 0,
|
7035 |
|
|
VALUE_ADDRESS (arg1) +
|
7036 |
|
|
VALUE_OFFSET (arg1), arg1);
|
7037 |
|
|
}
|
7038 |
|
|
|
7039 |
|
|
case OP_ARRAY:
|
7040 |
|
|
(*pos) += 3;
|
7041 |
|
|
tem2 = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
|
7042 |
|
|
tem3 = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst);
|
7043 |
|
|
nargs = tem3 - tem2 + 1;
|
7044 |
|
|
type = expect_type ? check_typedef (expect_type) : NULL_TYPE;
|
7045 |
|
|
|
7046 |
|
|
argvec =
|
7047 |
|
|
(struct value * *) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 1));
|
7048 |
|
|
for (tem = 0; tem == 0 || tem < nargs; tem += 1)
|
7049 |
|
|
/* At least one element gets inserted for the type */
|
7050 |
|
|
{
|
7051 |
|
|
/* Ensure that array expressions are coerced into pointer objects. */
|
7052 |
|
|
argvec[tem] = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
|
7053 |
|
|
}
|
7054 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7055 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7056 |
|
|
return value_array (tem2, tem3, argvec);
|
7057 |
|
|
|
7058 |
|
|
case OP_FUNCALL:
|
7059 |
|
|
(*pos) += 2;
|
7060 |
|
|
|
7061 |
|
|
/* Allocate arg vector, including space for the function to be
|
7062 |
|
|
called in argvec[0] and a terminating NULL */
|
7063 |
|
|
nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
|
7064 |
|
|
argvec =
|
7065 |
|
|
(struct value * *) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 2));
|
7066 |
|
|
|
7067 |
|
|
/* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
|
7068 |
|
|
/* FIXME: name should be defined in expresion.h */
|
7069 |
|
|
/* if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE)
|
7070 |
|
|
error ("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation",
|
7071 |
|
|
ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 5].name));
|
7072 |
|
|
*/
|
7073 |
|
|
if (0)
|
7074 |
|
|
{
|
7075 |
|
|
error ("unexpected code path, FIXME");
|
7076 |
|
|
}
|
7077 |
|
|
else
|
7078 |
|
|
{
|
7079 |
|
|
for (tem = 0; tem <= nargs; tem += 1)
|
7080 |
|
|
argvec[tem] = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
7081 |
|
|
argvec[tem] = 0;
|
7082 |
|
|
|
7083 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7084 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7085 |
|
|
}
|
7086 |
|
|
|
7087 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0])) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
|
7088 |
|
|
argvec[0] = value_addr (argvec[0]);
|
7089 |
|
|
|
7090 |
|
|
if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0])))
|
7091 |
|
|
argvec[0] = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec[0]);
|
7092 |
|
|
|
7093 |
|
|
type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0]));
|
7094 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
|
7095 |
|
|
{
|
7096 |
|
|
switch (TYPE_CODE (check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))))
|
7097 |
|
|
{
|
7098 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_FUNC:
|
7099 |
|
|
type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
|
7100 |
|
|
break;
|
7101 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
|
7102 |
|
|
break;
|
7103 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
|
7104 |
|
|
if (noside != EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
7105 |
|
|
argvec[0] = ada_value_ind (argvec[0]);
|
7106 |
|
|
type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
|
7107 |
|
|
break;
|
7108 |
|
|
default:
|
7109 |
|
|
error ("cannot subscript or call something of type `%s'",
|
7110 |
|
|
ada_type_name (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0])));
|
7111 |
|
|
break;
|
7112 |
|
|
}
|
7113 |
|
|
}
|
7114 |
|
|
|
7115 |
|
|
switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
|
7116 |
|
|
{
|
7117 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_FUNC:
|
7118 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
7119 |
|
|
return allocate_value (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
|
7120 |
|
|
return call_function_by_hand (argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1);
|
7121 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
|
7122 |
|
|
{
|
7123 |
|
|
int arity = ada_array_arity (type);
|
7124 |
|
|
type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs);
|
7125 |
|
|
if (type == NULL)
|
7126 |
|
|
error ("cannot subscript or call a record");
|
7127 |
|
|
if (arity != nargs)
|
7128 |
|
|
error ("wrong number of subscripts; expecting %d", arity);
|
7129 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
7130 |
|
|
return allocate_value (ada_aligned_type (type));
|
7131 |
|
|
return
|
7132 |
|
|
unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript
|
7133 |
|
|
(argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1));
|
7134 |
|
|
}
|
7135 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
|
7136 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
7137 |
|
|
{
|
7138 |
|
|
type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs);
|
7139 |
|
|
if (type == NULL)
|
7140 |
|
|
error ("element type of array unknown");
|
7141 |
|
|
else
|
7142 |
|
|
return allocate_value (ada_aligned_type (type));
|
7143 |
|
|
}
|
7144 |
|
|
return
|
7145 |
|
|
unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript
|
7146 |
|
|
(ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec[0]),
|
7147 |
|
|
nargs, argvec + 1));
|
7148 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_PTR: /* Pointer to array */
|
7149 |
|
|
type = to_fixed_array_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type), NULL, 1);
|
7150 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
7151 |
|
|
{
|
7152 |
|
|
type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs);
|
7153 |
|
|
if (type == NULL)
|
7154 |
|
|
error ("element type of array unknown");
|
7155 |
|
|
else
|
7156 |
|
|
return allocate_value (ada_aligned_type (type));
|
7157 |
|
|
}
|
7158 |
|
|
return
|
7159 |
|
|
unwrap_value (ada_value_ptr_subscript (argvec[0], type,
|
7160 |
|
|
nargs, argvec + 1));
|
7161 |
|
|
|
7162 |
|
|
default:
|
7163 |
|
|
error ("Internal error in evaluate_subexp");
|
7164 |
|
|
}
|
7165 |
|
|
|
7166 |
|
|
case TERNOP_SLICE:
|
7167 |
|
|
{
|
7168 |
|
|
struct value *array = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
7169 |
|
|
int lowbound
|
7170 |
|
|
= value_as_long (evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside));
|
7171 |
|
|
int upper
|
7172 |
|
|
= value_as_long (evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside));
|
7173 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7174 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7175 |
|
|
|
7176 |
|
|
/* If this is a reference to an array, then dereference it */
|
7177 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) == TYPE_CODE_REF
|
7178 |
|
|
&& TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) != NULL
|
7179 |
|
|
&& TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array))) ==
|
7180 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
|
7181 |
|
|
&& !ada_is_array_descriptor (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (array))))
|
7182 |
|
|
{
|
7183 |
|
|
array = ada_coerce_ref (array);
|
7184 |
|
|
}
|
7185 |
|
|
|
7186 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS &&
|
7187 |
|
|
ada_is_array_descriptor (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (array))))
|
7188 |
|
|
{
|
7189 |
|
|
/* Try to dereference the array, in case it is an access to array */
|
7190 |
|
|
struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (array, 0);
|
7191 |
|
|
if (arrType != NULL)
|
7192 |
|
|
array = value_at_lazy (arrType, 0, NULL);
|
7193 |
|
|
}
|
7194 |
|
|
if (ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (array)))
|
7195 |
|
|
array = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (array);
|
7196 |
|
|
|
7197 |
|
|
/* If at this point we have a pointer to an array, it means that
|
7198 |
|
|
it is a pointer to a simple (non-ada) array. We just then
|
7199 |
|
|
dereference it */
|
7200 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
|
7201 |
|
|
&& TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) != NULL
|
7202 |
|
|
&& TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array))) ==
|
7203 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
|
7204 |
|
|
{
|
7205 |
|
|
array = ada_value_ind (array);
|
7206 |
|
|
}
|
7207 |
|
|
|
7208 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
7209 |
|
|
/* The following will get the bounds wrong, but only in contexts
|
7210 |
|
|
where the value is not being requested (FIXME?). */
|
7211 |
|
|
return array;
|
7212 |
|
|
else
|
7213 |
|
|
return value_slice (array, lowbound, upper - lowbound + 1);
|
7214 |
|
|
}
|
7215 |
|
|
|
7216 |
|
|
/* FIXME: UNOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
|
7217 |
|
|
/* case UNOP_MBR:
|
7218 |
|
|
(*pos) += 2;
|
7219 |
|
|
arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
7220 |
|
|
type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type;
|
7221 |
|
|
|
7222 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7223 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7224 |
|
|
|
7225 |
|
|
switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
|
7226 |
|
|
{
|
7227 |
|
|
default:
|
7228 |
|
|
warning ("Membership test incompletely implemented; always returns true");
|
7229 |
|
|
return value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, (LONGEST) 1);
|
7230 |
|
|
|
7231 |
|
|
case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
|
7232 |
|
|
arg2 = value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
|
7233 |
|
|
(LONGEST) TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type));
|
7234 |
|
|
arg3 = value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
|
7235 |
|
|
(LONGEST) TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type));
|
7236 |
|
|
return
|
7237 |
|
|
value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
|
7238 |
|
|
(value_less (arg1,arg3)
|
7239 |
|
|
|| value_equal (arg1,arg3))
|
7240 |
|
|
&& (value_less (arg2,arg1)
|
7241 |
|
|
|| value_equal (arg2,arg1)));
|
7242 |
|
|
}
|
7243 |
|
|
*/
|
7244 |
|
|
/* FIXME: BINOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
|
7245 |
|
|
/* case BINOP_MBR:
|
7246 |
|
|
(*pos) += 2;
|
7247 |
|
|
arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
7248 |
|
|
arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
7249 |
|
|
|
7250 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7251 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7252 |
|
|
|
7253 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
7254 |
|
|
return value_zero (builtin_type_int, not_lval);
|
7255 |
|
|
|
7256 |
|
|
tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
|
7257 |
|
|
|
7258 |
|
|
if (tem < 1 || tem > ada_array_arity (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
|
7259 |
|
|
error ("invalid dimension number to '%s", "range");
|
7260 |
|
|
|
7261 |
|
|
arg3 = ada_array_bound (arg2, tem, 1);
|
7262 |
|
|
arg2 = ada_array_bound (arg2, tem, 0);
|
7263 |
|
|
|
7264 |
|
|
return
|
7265 |
|
|
value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
|
7266 |
|
|
(value_less (arg1,arg3)
|
7267 |
|
|
|| value_equal (arg1,arg3))
|
7268 |
|
|
&& (value_less (arg2,arg1)
|
7269 |
|
|
|| value_equal (arg2,arg1)));
|
7270 |
|
|
*/
|
7271 |
|
|
/* FIXME: TERNOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
|
7272 |
|
|
/* case TERNOP_MBR:
|
7273 |
|
|
arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
7274 |
|
|
arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
7275 |
|
|
arg3 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
7276 |
|
|
|
7277 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7278 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7279 |
|
|
|
7280 |
|
|
return
|
7281 |
|
|
value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
|
7282 |
|
|
(value_less (arg1,arg3)
|
7283 |
|
|
|| value_equal (arg1,arg3))
|
7284 |
|
|
&& (value_less (arg2,arg1)
|
7285 |
|
|
|| value_equal (arg2,arg1)));
|
7286 |
|
|
*/
|
7287 |
|
|
/* FIXME: OP_ATTRIBUTE should be defined in expression.h */
|
7288 |
|
|
/* case OP_ATTRIBUTE:
|
7289 |
|
|
*pos += 3;
|
7290 |
|
|
atr = (enum ada_attribute) longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst);
|
7291 |
|
|
switch (atr)
|
7292 |
|
|
{
|
7293 |
|
|
default:
|
7294 |
|
|
error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
|
7295 |
|
|
|
7296 |
|
|
case ATR_FIRST:
|
7297 |
|
|
case ATR_LAST:
|
7298 |
|
|
case ATR_LENGTH:
|
7299 |
|
|
{
|
7300 |
|
|
struct type* type_arg;
|
7301 |
|
|
if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_TYPE)
|
7302 |
|
|
{
|
7303 |
|
|
evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
|
7304 |
|
|
arg1 = NULL;
|
7305 |
|
|
type_arg = exp->elts[pc + 5].type;
|
7306 |
|
|
}
|
7307 |
|
|
else
|
7308 |
|
|
{
|
7309 |
|
|
arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
7310 |
|
|
type_arg = NULL;
|
7311 |
|
|
}
|
7312 |
|
|
|
7313 |
|
|
if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode != OP_LONG)
|
7314 |
|
|
error ("illegal operand to '%s", ada_attribute_name (atr));
|
7315 |
|
|
tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[*pos+2].longconst);
|
7316 |
|
|
*pos += 4;
|
7317 |
|
|
|
7318 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7319 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7320 |
|
|
|
7321 |
|
|
if (type_arg == NULL)
|
7322 |
|
|
{
|
7323 |
|
|
arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1);
|
7324 |
|
|
|
7325 |
|
|
if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
|
7326 |
|
|
arg1 = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1);
|
7327 |
|
|
|
7328 |
|
|
if (tem < 1 || tem > ada_array_arity (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
|
7329 |
|
|
error ("invalid dimension number to '%s",
|
7330 |
|
|
ada_attribute_name (atr));
|
7331 |
|
|
|
7332 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
7333 |
|
|
{
|
7334 |
|
|
type = ada_index_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), tem);
|
7335 |
|
|
if (type == NULL)
|
7336 |
|
|
error ("attempt to take bound of something that is not an array");
|
7337 |
|
|
return allocate_value (type);
|
7338 |
|
|
}
|
7339 |
|
|
|
7340 |
|
|
switch (atr)
|
7341 |
|
|
{
|
7342 |
|
|
default:
|
7343 |
|
|
error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
|
7344 |
|
|
case ATR_FIRST:
|
7345 |
|
|
return ada_array_bound (arg1, tem, 0);
|
7346 |
|
|
case ATR_LAST:
|
7347 |
|
|
return ada_array_bound (arg1, tem, 1);
|
7348 |
|
|
case ATR_LENGTH:
|
7349 |
|
|
return ada_array_length (arg1, tem);
|
7350 |
|
|
}
|
7351 |
|
|
}
|
7352 |
|
|
else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
|
7353 |
|
|
|| TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
|
7354 |
|
|
{
|
7355 |
|
|
struct type* range_type;
|
7356 |
|
|
char* name = ada_type_name (type_arg);
|
7357 |
|
|
if (name == NULL)
|
7358 |
|
|
{
|
7359 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
|
7360 |
|
|
range_type = type_arg;
|
7361 |
|
|
else
|
7362 |
|
|
error ("unimplemented type attribute");
|
7363 |
|
|
}
|
7364 |
|
|
else
|
7365 |
|
|
range_type =
|
7366 |
|
|
to_fixed_range_type (name, NULL, TYPE_OBJFILE (type_arg));
|
7367 |
|
|
switch (atr)
|
7368 |
|
|
{
|
7369 |
|
|
default:
|
7370 |
|
|
error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
|
7371 |
|
|
case ATR_FIRST:
|
7372 |
|
|
return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (range_type),
|
7373 |
|
|
TYPE_LOW_BOUND (range_type));
|
7374 |
|
|
case ATR_LAST:
|
7375 |
|
|
return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (range_type),
|
7376 |
|
|
TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (range_type));
|
7377 |
|
|
}
|
7378 |
|
|
}
|
7379 |
|
|
else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
|
7380 |
|
|
{
|
7381 |
|
|
switch (atr)
|
7382 |
|
|
{
|
7383 |
|
|
default:
|
7384 |
|
|
error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
|
7385 |
|
|
case ATR_FIRST:
|
7386 |
|
|
return value_from_longest
|
7387 |
|
|
(type_arg, TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type_arg, 0));
|
7388 |
|
|
case ATR_LAST:
|
7389 |
|
|
return value_from_longest
|
7390 |
|
|
(type_arg,
|
7391 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type_arg,
|
7392 |
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (type_arg) - 1));
|
7393 |
|
|
}
|
7394 |
|
|
}
|
7395 |
|
|
else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_FLT)
|
7396 |
|
|
error ("unimplemented type attribute");
|
7397 |
|
|
else
|
7398 |
|
|
{
|
7399 |
|
|
LONGEST low, high;
|
7400 |
|
|
|
7401 |
|
|
if (ada_is_packed_array_type (type_arg))
|
7402 |
|
|
type_arg = decode_packed_array_type (type_arg);
|
7403 |
|
|
|
7404 |
|
|
if (tem < 1 || tem > ada_array_arity (type_arg))
|
7405 |
|
|
error ("invalid dimension number to '%s",
|
7406 |
|
|
ada_attribute_name (atr));
|
7407 |
|
|
|
7408 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
7409 |
|
|
{
|
7410 |
|
|
type = ada_index_type (type_arg, tem);
|
7411 |
|
|
if (type == NULL)
|
7412 |
|
|
error ("attempt to take bound of something that is not an array");
|
7413 |
|
|
return allocate_value (type);
|
7414 |
|
|
}
|
7415 |
|
|
|
7416 |
|
|
switch (atr)
|
7417 |
|
|
{
|
7418 |
|
|
default:
|
7419 |
|
|
error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
|
7420 |
|
|
case ATR_FIRST:
|
7421 |
|
|
low = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 0, &type);
|
7422 |
|
|
return value_from_longest (type, low);
|
7423 |
|
|
case ATR_LAST:
|
7424 |
|
|
high = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 1, &type);
|
7425 |
|
|
return value_from_longest (type, high);
|
7426 |
|
|
case ATR_LENGTH:
|
7427 |
|
|
low = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 0, &type);
|
7428 |
|
|
high = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 1, NULL);
|
7429 |
|
|
return value_from_longest (type, high-low+1);
|
7430 |
|
|
}
|
7431 |
|
|
}
|
7432 |
|
|
}
|
7433 |
|
|
|
7434 |
|
|
case ATR_TAG:
|
7435 |
|
|
arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
7436 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7437 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7438 |
|
|
|
7439 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
7440 |
|
|
return
|
7441 |
|
|
value_zero (ada_tag_type (arg1), not_lval);
|
7442 |
|
|
|
7443 |
|
|
return ada_value_tag (arg1);
|
7444 |
|
|
|
7445 |
|
|
case ATR_MIN:
|
7446 |
|
|
case ATR_MAX:
|
7447 |
|
|
evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
|
7448 |
|
|
arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
7449 |
|
|
arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
7450 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7451 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7452 |
|
|
else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
7453 |
|
|
return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval);
|
7454 |
|
|
else
|
7455 |
|
|
return value_binop (arg1, arg2,
|
7456 |
|
|
atr == ATR_MIN ? BINOP_MIN : BINOP_MAX);
|
7457 |
|
|
|
7458 |
|
|
case ATR_MODULUS:
|
7459 |
|
|
{
|
7460 |
|
|
struct type* type_arg = exp->elts[pc + 5].type;
|
7461 |
|
|
evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
|
7462 |
|
|
*pos += 4;
|
7463 |
|
|
|
7464 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7465 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7466 |
|
|
|
7467 |
|
|
if (! ada_is_modular_type (type_arg))
|
7468 |
|
|
error ("'modulus must be applied to modular type");
|
7469 |
|
|
|
7470 |
|
|
return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type_arg),
|
7471 |
|
|
ada_modulus (type_arg));
|
7472 |
|
|
}
|
7473 |
|
|
|
7474 |
|
|
|
7475 |
|
|
case ATR_POS:
|
7476 |
|
|
evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
|
7477 |
|
|
arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
7478 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7479 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7480 |
|
|
else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
7481 |
|
|
return value_zero (builtin_type_ada_int, not_lval);
|
7482 |
|
|
else
|
7483 |
|
|
return value_pos_atr (arg1);
|
7484 |
|
|
|
7485 |
|
|
case ATR_SIZE:
|
7486 |
|
|
arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
7487 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7488 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7489 |
|
|
else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
7490 |
|
|
return value_zero (builtin_type_ada_int, not_lval);
|
7491 |
|
|
else
|
7492 |
|
|
return value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int,
|
7493 |
|
|
TARGET_CHAR_BIT
|
7494 |
|
|
* TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)));
|
7495 |
|
|
|
7496 |
|
|
case ATR_VAL:
|
7497 |
|
|
evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
|
7498 |
|
|
arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
7499 |
|
|
type = exp->elts[pc + 5].type;
|
7500 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7501 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7502 |
|
|
else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
7503 |
|
|
return value_zero (type, not_lval);
|
7504 |
|
|
else
|
7505 |
|
|
return value_val_atr (type, arg1);
|
7506 |
|
|
} */
|
7507 |
|
|
case BINOP_EXP:
|
7508 |
|
|
arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
7509 |
|
|
arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
7510 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7511 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7512 |
|
|
if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
|
7513 |
|
|
return unwrap_value (value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL,
|
7514 |
|
|
EVAL_NORMAL));
|
7515 |
|
|
else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
7516 |
|
|
return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval);
|
7517 |
|
|
else
|
7518 |
|
|
return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op);
|
7519 |
|
|
|
7520 |
|
|
case UNOP_PLUS:
|
7521 |
|
|
arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
7522 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7523 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7524 |
|
|
if (unop_user_defined_p (op, arg1))
|
7525 |
|
|
return unwrap_value (value_x_unop (arg1, op, EVAL_NORMAL));
|
7526 |
|
|
else
|
7527 |
|
|
return arg1;
|
7528 |
|
|
|
7529 |
|
|
case UNOP_ABS:
|
7530 |
|
|
arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
7531 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7532 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7533 |
|
|
if (value_less (arg1, value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval)))
|
7534 |
|
|
return value_neg (arg1);
|
7535 |
|
|
else
|
7536 |
|
|
return arg1;
|
7537 |
|
|
|
7538 |
|
|
case UNOP_IND:
|
7539 |
|
|
if (expect_type && TYPE_CODE (expect_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
|
7540 |
|
|
expect_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (expect_type));
|
7541 |
|
|
arg1 = evaluate_subexp (expect_type, exp, pos, noside);
|
7542 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7543 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7544 |
|
|
type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1));
|
7545 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
7546 |
|
|
{
|
7547 |
|
|
if (ada_is_array_descriptor (type))
|
7548 |
|
|
/* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */
|
7549 |
|
|
{
|
7550 |
|
|
struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (arg1, 0);
|
7551 |
|
|
if (arrType == NULL)
|
7552 |
|
|
error ("Attempt to dereference null array pointer.");
|
7553 |
|
|
return value_at_lazy (arrType, 0, NULL);
|
7554 |
|
|
}
|
7555 |
|
|
else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
|
7556 |
|
|
|| TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF
|
7557 |
|
|
/* In C you can dereference an array to get the 1st elt. */
|
7558 |
|
|
|| TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
|
7559 |
|
|
return
|
7560 |
|
|
value_zero
|
7561 |
|
|
(to_static_fixed_type
|
7562 |
|
|
(ada_aligned_type (check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)))),
|
7563 |
|
|
lval_memory);
|
7564 |
|
|
else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
|
7565 |
|
|
/* GDB allows dereferencing an int. */
|
7566 |
|
|
return value_zero (builtin_type_int, lval_memory);
|
7567 |
|
|
else
|
7568 |
|
|
error ("Attempt to take contents of a non-pointer value.");
|
7569 |
|
|
}
|
7570 |
|
|
arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1);
|
7571 |
|
|
type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1));
|
7572 |
|
|
|
7573 |
|
|
if (ada_is_array_descriptor (type))
|
7574 |
|
|
/* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */
|
7575 |
|
|
return ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1);
|
7576 |
|
|
else
|
7577 |
|
|
return ada_value_ind (arg1);
|
7578 |
|
|
|
7579 |
|
|
case STRUCTOP_STRUCT:
|
7580 |
|
|
tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
|
7581 |
|
|
(*pos) += 3 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (tem + 1);
|
7582 |
|
|
arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
7583 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7584 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7585 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
7586 |
|
|
return value_zero (ada_aligned_type
|
7587 |
|
|
(ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1),
|
7588 |
|
|
&exp->elts[pc +
|
7589 |
|
|
2].string,
|
7590 |
|
|
0, NULL)),
|
7591 |
|
|
lval_memory);
|
7592 |
|
|
else
|
7593 |
|
|
return unwrap_value (ada_value_struct_elt (arg1,
|
7594 |
|
|
&exp->elts[pc + 2].string,
|
7595 |
|
|
"record"));
|
7596 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE:
|
7597 |
|
|
/* The value is not supposed to be used. This is here to make it
|
7598 |
|
|
easier to accommodate expressions that contain types. */
|
7599 |
|
|
(*pos) += 2;
|
7600 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7601 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7602 |
|
|
else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
7603 |
|
|
return allocate_value (builtin_type_void);
|
7604 |
|
|
else
|
7605 |
|
|
error ("Attempt to use a type name as an expression");
|
7606 |
|
|
|
7607 |
|
|
case STRUCTOP_PTR:
|
7608 |
|
|
tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
|
7609 |
|
|
(*pos) += 3 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (tem + 1);
|
7610 |
|
|
arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
|
7611 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
|
7612 |
|
|
goto nosideret;
|
7613 |
|
|
if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
|
7614 |
|
|
return value_zero (ada_aligned_type
|
7615 |
|
|
(ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1),
|
7616 |
|
|
&exp->elts[pc +
|
7617 |
|
|
2].string,
|
7618 |
|
|
0, NULL)),
|
7619 |
|
|
lval_memory);
|
7620 |
|
|
else
|
7621 |
|
|
return unwrap_value (ada_value_struct_elt (arg1,
|
7622 |
|
|
&exp->elts[pc + 2].string,
|
7623 |
|
|
"record access"));
|
7624 |
|
|
}
|
7625 |
|
|
|
7626 |
|
|
nosideret:
|
7627 |
|
|
return value_from_longest (builtin_type_long, (LONGEST) 1);
|
7628 |
|
|
}
|
7629 |
|
|
|
7630 |
|
|
|
7631 |
|
|
/* Fixed point */
|
7632 |
|
|
|
7633 |
|
|
/* If TYPE encodes an Ada fixed-point type, return the suffix of the
|
7634 |
|
|
type name that encodes the 'small and 'delta information.
|
7635 |
|
|
Otherwise, return NULL. */
|
7636 |
|
|
|
7637 |
|
|
static const char *
|
7638 |
|
|
fixed_type_info (struct type *type)
|
7639 |
|
|
{
|
7640 |
|
|
const char *name = ada_type_name (type);
|
7641 |
|
|
enum type_code code = (type == NULL) ? TYPE_CODE_UNDEF : TYPE_CODE (type);
|
7642 |
|
|
|
7643 |
|
|
if ((code == TYPE_CODE_INT || code == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) && name != NULL)
|
7644 |
|
|
{
|
7645 |
|
|
const char *tail = strstr (name, "___XF_");
|
7646 |
|
|
if (tail == NULL)
|
7647 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
7648 |
|
|
else
|
7649 |
|
|
return tail + 5;
|
7650 |
|
|
}
|
7651 |
|
|
else if (code == TYPE_CODE_RANGE && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) != type)
|
7652 |
|
|
return fixed_type_info (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
|
7653 |
|
|
else
|
7654 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
7655 |
|
|
}
|
7656 |
|
|
|
7657 |
|
|
/* Returns non-zero iff TYPE represents an Ada fixed-point type. */
|
7658 |
|
|
|
7659 |
|
|
int
|
7660 |
|
|
ada_is_fixed_point_type (struct type *type)
|
7661 |
|
|
{
|
7662 |
|
|
return fixed_type_info (type) != NULL;
|
7663 |
|
|
}
|
7664 |
|
|
|
7665 |
|
|
/* Assuming that TYPE is the representation of an Ada fixed-point
|
7666 |
|
|
type, return its delta, or -1 if the type is malformed and the
|
7667 |
|
|
delta cannot be determined. */
|
7668 |
|
|
|
7669 |
|
|
DOUBLEST
|
7670 |
|
|
ada_delta (struct type *type)
|
7671 |
|
|
{
|
7672 |
|
|
const char *encoding = fixed_type_info (type);
|
7673 |
|
|
long num, den;
|
7674 |
|
|
|
7675 |
|
|
if (sscanf (encoding, "_%ld_%ld", &num, &den) < 2)
|
7676 |
|
|
return -1.0;
|
7677 |
|
|
else
|
7678 |
|
|
return (DOUBLEST) num / (DOUBLEST) den;
|
7679 |
|
|
}
|
7680 |
|
|
|
7681 |
|
|
/* Assuming that ada_is_fixed_point_type (TYPE), return the scaling
|
7682 |
|
|
factor ('SMALL value) associated with the type. */
|
7683 |
|
|
|
7684 |
|
|
static DOUBLEST
|
7685 |
|
|
scaling_factor (struct type *type)
|
7686 |
|
|
{
|
7687 |
|
|
const char *encoding = fixed_type_info (type);
|
7688 |
|
|
unsigned long num0, den0, num1, den1;
|
7689 |
|
|
int n;
|
7690 |
|
|
|
7691 |
|
|
n = sscanf (encoding, "_%lu_%lu_%lu_%lu", &num0, &den0, &num1, &den1);
|
7692 |
|
|
|
7693 |
|
|
if (n < 2)
|
7694 |
|
|
return 1.0;
|
7695 |
|
|
else if (n == 4)
|
7696 |
|
|
return (DOUBLEST) num1 / (DOUBLEST) den1;
|
7697 |
|
|
else
|
7698 |
|
|
return (DOUBLEST) num0 / (DOUBLEST) den0;
|
7699 |
|
|
}
|
7700 |
|
|
|
7701 |
|
|
|
7702 |
|
|
/* Assuming that X is the representation of a value of fixed-point
|
7703 |
|
|
type TYPE, return its floating-point equivalent. */
|
7704 |
|
|
|
7705 |
|
|
DOUBLEST
|
7706 |
|
|
ada_fixed_to_float (struct type *type, LONGEST x)
|
7707 |
|
|
{
|
7708 |
|
|
return (DOUBLEST) x *scaling_factor (type);
|
7709 |
|
|
}
|
7710 |
|
|
|
7711 |
|
|
/* The representation of a fixed-point value of type TYPE
|
7712 |
|
|
corresponding to the value X. */
|
7713 |
|
|
|
7714 |
|
|
LONGEST
|
7715 |
|
|
ada_float_to_fixed (struct type *type, DOUBLEST x)
|
7716 |
|
|
{
|
7717 |
|
|
return (LONGEST) (x / scaling_factor (type) + 0.5);
|
7718 |
|
|
}
|
7719 |
|
|
|
7720 |
|
|
|
7721 |
|
|
/* VAX floating formats */
|
7722 |
|
|
|
7723 |
|
|
/* Non-zero iff TYPE represents one of the special VAX floating-point
|
7724 |
|
|
types. */
|
7725 |
|
|
int
|
7726 |
|
|
ada_is_vax_floating_type (struct type *type)
|
7727 |
|
|
{
|
7728 |
|
|
int name_len =
|
7729 |
|
|
(ada_type_name (type) == NULL) ? 0 : strlen (ada_type_name (type));
|
7730 |
|
|
return
|
7731 |
|
|
name_len > 6
|
7732 |
|
|
&& (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT
|
7733 |
|
|
|| TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
|
7734 |
|
|
&& STREQN (ada_type_name (type) + name_len - 6, "___XF", 5);
|
7735 |
|
|
}
|
7736 |
|
|
|
7737 |
|
|
/* The type of special VAX floating-point type this is, assuming
|
7738 |
|
|
ada_is_vax_floating_point */
|
7739 |
|
|
int
|
7740 |
|
|
ada_vax_float_type_suffix (struct type *type)
|
7741 |
|
|
{
|
7742 |
|
|
return ada_type_name (type)[strlen (ada_type_name (type)) - 1];
|
7743 |
|
|
}
|
7744 |
|
|
|
7745 |
|
|
/* A value representing the special debugging function that outputs
|
7746 |
|
|
VAX floating-point values of the type represented by TYPE. Assumes
|
7747 |
|
|
ada_is_vax_floating_type (TYPE). */
|
7748 |
|
|
struct value *
|
7749 |
|
|
ada_vax_float_print_function (struct type *type)
|
7750 |
|
|
{
|
7751 |
|
|
switch (ada_vax_float_type_suffix (type))
|
7752 |
|
|
{
|
7753 |
|
|
case 'F':
|
7754 |
|
|
return get_var_value ("DEBUG_STRING_F", 0);
|
7755 |
|
|
case 'D':
|
7756 |
|
|
return get_var_value ("DEBUG_STRING_D", 0);
|
7757 |
|
|
case 'G':
|
7758 |
|
|
return get_var_value ("DEBUG_STRING_G", 0);
|
7759 |
|
|
default:
|
7760 |
|
|
error ("invalid VAX floating-point type");
|
7761 |
|
|
}
|
7762 |
|
|
}
|
7763 |
|
|
|
7764 |
|
|
|
7765 |
|
|
/* Range types */
|
7766 |
|
|
|
7767 |
|
|
/* Scan STR beginning at position K for a discriminant name, and
|
7768 |
|
|
return the value of that discriminant field of DVAL in *PX. If
|
7769 |
|
|
PNEW_K is not null, put the position of the character beyond the
|
7770 |
|
|
name scanned in *PNEW_K. Return 1 if successful; return 0 and do
|
7771 |
|
|
not alter *PX and *PNEW_K if unsuccessful. */
|
7772 |
|
|
|
7773 |
|
|
static int
|
7774 |
|
|
scan_discrim_bound (char *, int k, struct value *dval, LONGEST * px,
|
7775 |
|
|
int *pnew_k)
|
7776 |
|
|
{
|
7777 |
|
|
static char *bound_buffer = NULL;
|
7778 |
|
|
static size_t bound_buffer_len = 0;
|
7779 |
|
|
char *bound;
|
7780 |
|
|
char *pend;
|
7781 |
|
|
struct value *bound_val;
|
7782 |
|
|
|
7783 |
|
|
if (dval == NULL || str == NULL || str[k] == '\0')
|
7784 |
|
|
return 0;
|
7785 |
|
|
|
7786 |
|
|
pend = strstr (str + k, "__");
|
7787 |
|
|
if (pend == NULL)
|
7788 |
|
|
{
|
7789 |
|
|
bound = str + k;
|
7790 |
|
|
k += strlen (bound);
|
7791 |
|
|
}
|
7792 |
|
|
else
|
7793 |
|
|
{
|
7794 |
|
|
GROW_VECT (bound_buffer, bound_buffer_len, pend - (str + k) + 1);
|
7795 |
|
|
bound = bound_buffer;
|
7796 |
|
|
strncpy (bound_buffer, str + k, pend - (str + k));
|
7797 |
|
|
bound[pend - (str + k)] = '\0';
|
7798 |
|
|
k = pend - str;
|
7799 |
|
|
}
|
7800 |
|
|
|
7801 |
|
|
bound_val = ada_search_struct_field (bound, dval, 0, VALUE_TYPE (dval));
|
7802 |
|
|
if (bound_val == NULL)
|
7803 |
|
|
return 0;
|
7804 |
|
|
|
7805 |
|
|
*px = value_as_long (bound_val);
|
7806 |
|
|
if (pnew_k != NULL)
|
7807 |
|
|
*pnew_k = k;
|
7808 |
|
|
return 1;
|
7809 |
|
|
}
|
7810 |
|
|
|
7811 |
|
|
/* Value of variable named NAME in the current environment. If
|
7812 |
|
|
no such variable found, then if ERR_MSG is null, returns 0, and
|
7813 |
|
|
otherwise causes an error with message ERR_MSG. */
|
7814 |
|
|
static struct value *
|
7815 |
|
|
get_var_value (char *name, char *err_msg)
|
7816 |
|
|
{
|
7817 |
|
|
struct symbol **syms;
|
7818 |
|
|
struct block **blocks;
|
7819 |
|
|
int nsyms;
|
7820 |
|
|
|
7821 |
|
|
nsyms =
|
7822 |
|
|
ada_lookup_symbol_list (name, get_selected_block (NULL), VAR_NAMESPACE,
|
7823 |
|
|
&syms, &blocks);
|
7824 |
|
|
|
7825 |
|
|
if (nsyms != 1)
|
7826 |
|
|
{
|
7827 |
|
|
if (err_msg == NULL)
|
7828 |
|
|
return 0;
|
7829 |
|
|
else
|
7830 |
|
|
error ("%s", err_msg);
|
7831 |
|
|
}
|
7832 |
|
|
|
7833 |
|
|
return value_of_variable (syms[0], blocks[0]);
|
7834 |
|
|
}
|
7835 |
|
|
|
7836 |
|
|
/* Value of integer variable named NAME in the current environment. If
|
7837 |
|
|
no such variable found, then if ERR_MSG is null, returns 0, and sets
|
7838 |
|
|
*FLAG to 0. If successful, sets *FLAG to 1. */
|
7839 |
|
|
LONGEST
|
7840 |
|
|
get_int_var_value (char *name, char *err_msg, int *flag)
|
7841 |
|
|
{
|
7842 |
|
|
struct value *var_val = get_var_value (name, err_msg);
|
7843 |
|
|
|
7844 |
|
|
if (var_val == 0)
|
7845 |
|
|
{
|
7846 |
|
|
if (flag != NULL)
|
7847 |
|
|
*flag = 0;
|
7848 |
|
|
return 0;
|
7849 |
|
|
}
|
7850 |
|
|
else
|
7851 |
|
|
{
|
7852 |
|
|
if (flag != NULL)
|
7853 |
|
|
*flag = 1;
|
7854 |
|
|
return value_as_long (var_val);
|
7855 |
|
|
}
|
7856 |
|
|
}
|
7857 |
|
|
|
7858 |
|
|
|
7859 |
|
|
/* Return a range type whose base type is that of the range type named
|
7860 |
|
|
NAME in the current environment, and whose bounds are calculated
|
7861 |
|
|
from NAME according to the GNAT range encoding conventions.
|
7862 |
|
|
Extract discriminant values, if needed, from DVAL. If a new type
|
7863 |
|
|
must be created, allocate in OBJFILE's space. The bounds
|
7864 |
|
|
information, in general, is encoded in NAME, the base type given in
|
7865 |
|
|
the named range type. */
|
7866 |
|
|
|
7867 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
7868 |
|
|
to_fixed_range_type (char *name, struct value *dval, struct objfile *objfile)
|
7869 |
|
|
{
|
7870 |
|
|
struct type *raw_type = ada_find_any_type (name);
|
7871 |
|
|
struct type *base_type;
|
7872 |
|
|
LONGEST low, high;
|
7873 |
|
|
char *subtype_info;
|
7874 |
|
|
|
7875 |
|
|
if (raw_type == NULL)
|
7876 |
|
|
base_type = builtin_type_int;
|
7877 |
|
|
else if (TYPE_CODE (raw_type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
|
7878 |
|
|
base_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (raw_type);
|
7879 |
|
|
else
|
7880 |
|
|
base_type = raw_type;
|
7881 |
|
|
|
7882 |
|
|
subtype_info = strstr (name, "___XD");
|
7883 |
|
|
if (subtype_info == NULL)
|
7884 |
|
|
return raw_type;
|
7885 |
|
|
else
|
7886 |
|
|
{
|
7887 |
|
|
static char *name_buf = NULL;
|
7888 |
|
|
static size_t name_len = 0;
|
7889 |
|
|
int prefix_len = subtype_info - name;
|
7890 |
|
|
LONGEST L, U;
|
7891 |
|
|
struct type *type;
|
7892 |
|
|
char *bounds_str;
|
7893 |
|
|
int n;
|
7894 |
|
|
|
7895 |
|
|
GROW_VECT (name_buf, name_len, prefix_len + 5);
|
7896 |
|
|
strncpy (name_buf, name, prefix_len);
|
7897 |
|
|
name_buf[prefix_len] = '\0';
|
7898 |
|
|
|
7899 |
|
|
subtype_info += 5;
|
7900 |
|
|
bounds_str = strchr (subtype_info, '_');
|
7901 |
|
|
n = 1;
|
7902 |
|
|
|
7903 |
|
|
if (*subtype_info == 'L')
|
7904 |
|
|
{
|
7905 |
|
|
if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &L, &n)
|
7906 |
|
|
&& !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str, n, dval, &L, &n))
|
7907 |
|
|
return raw_type;
|
7908 |
|
|
if (bounds_str[n] == '_')
|
7909 |
|
|
n += 2;
|
7910 |
|
|
else if (bounds_str[n] == '.') /* FIXME? SGI Workshop kludge. */
|
7911 |
|
|
n += 1;
|
7912 |
|
|
subtype_info += 1;
|
7913 |
|
|
}
|
7914 |
|
|
else
|
7915 |
|
|
{
|
7916 |
|
|
strcpy (name_buf + prefix_len, "___L");
|
7917 |
|
|
L = get_int_var_value (name_buf, "Index bound unknown.", NULL);
|
7918 |
|
|
}
|
7919 |
|
|
|
7920 |
|
|
if (*subtype_info == 'U')
|
7921 |
|
|
{
|
7922 |
|
|
if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &U, &n)
|
7923 |
|
|
&& !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str, n, dval, &U, &n))
|
7924 |
|
|
return raw_type;
|
7925 |
|
|
}
|
7926 |
|
|
else
|
7927 |
|
|
{
|
7928 |
|
|
strcpy (name_buf + prefix_len, "___U");
|
7929 |
|
|
U = get_int_var_value (name_buf, "Index bound unknown.", NULL);
|
7930 |
|
|
}
|
7931 |
|
|
|
7932 |
|
|
if (objfile == NULL)
|
7933 |
|
|
objfile = TYPE_OBJFILE (base_type);
|
7934 |
|
|
type = create_range_type (alloc_type (objfile), base_type, L, U);
|
7935 |
|
|
TYPE_NAME (type) = name;
|
7936 |
|
|
return type;
|
7937 |
|
|
}
|
7938 |
|
|
}
|
7939 |
|
|
|
7940 |
|
|
/* True iff NAME is the name of a range type. */
|
7941 |
|
|
int
|
7942 |
|
|
ada_is_range_type_name (const char *name)
|
7943 |
|
|
{
|
7944 |
|
|
return (name != NULL && strstr (name, "___XD"));
|
7945 |
|
|
}
|
7946 |
|
|
|
7947 |
|
|
|
7948 |
|
|
/* Modular types */
|
7949 |
|
|
|
7950 |
|
|
/* True iff TYPE is an Ada modular type. */
|
7951 |
|
|
int
|
7952 |
|
|
ada_is_modular_type (struct type *type)
|
7953 |
|
|
{
|
7954 |
|
|
/* FIXME: base_type should be declared in gdbtypes.h, implemented in
|
7955 |
|
|
valarith.c */
|
7956 |
|
|
struct type *subranged_type; /* = base_type (type); */
|
7957 |
|
|
|
7958 |
|
|
return (subranged_type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
|
7959 |
|
|
&& TYPE_CODE (subranged_type) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
|
7960 |
|
|
&& TYPE_UNSIGNED (subranged_type));
|
7961 |
|
|
}
|
7962 |
|
|
|
7963 |
|
|
/* Assuming ada_is_modular_type (TYPE), the modulus of TYPE. */
|
7964 |
|
|
LONGEST
|
7965 |
|
|
ada_modulus (struct type * type)
|
7966 |
|
|
{
|
7967 |
|
|
return TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type) + 1;
|
7968 |
|
|
}
|
7969 |
|
|
|
7970 |
|
|
|
7971 |
|
|
|
7972 |
|
|
/* Operators */
|
7973 |
|
|
|
7974 |
|
|
/* Table mapping opcodes into strings for printing operators
|
7975 |
|
|
and precedences of the operators. */
|
7976 |
|
|
|
7977 |
|
|
static const struct op_print ada_op_print_tab[] = {
|
7978 |
|
|
{":=", BINOP_ASSIGN, PREC_ASSIGN, 1},
|
7979 |
|
|
{"or else", BINOP_LOGICAL_OR, PREC_LOGICAL_OR, 0},
|
7980 |
|
|
{"and then", BINOP_LOGICAL_AND, PREC_LOGICAL_AND, 0},
|
7981 |
|
|
{"or", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR, PREC_BITWISE_IOR, 0},
|
7982 |
|
|
{"xor", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR, PREC_BITWISE_XOR, 0},
|
7983 |
|
|
{"and", BINOP_BITWISE_AND, PREC_BITWISE_AND, 0},
|
7984 |
|
|
{"=", BINOP_EQUAL, PREC_EQUAL, 0},
|
7985 |
|
|
{"/=", BINOP_NOTEQUAL, PREC_EQUAL, 0},
|
7986 |
|
|
{"<=", BINOP_LEQ, PREC_ORDER, 0},
|
7987 |
|
|
{">=", BINOP_GEQ, PREC_ORDER, 0},
|
7988 |
|
|
{">", BINOP_GTR, PREC_ORDER, 0},
|
7989 |
|
|
{"<", BINOP_LESS, PREC_ORDER, 0},
|
7990 |
|
|
{">>", BINOP_RSH, PREC_SHIFT, 0},
|
7991 |
|
|
{"<<", BINOP_LSH, PREC_SHIFT, 0},
|
7992 |
|
|
{"+", BINOP_ADD, PREC_ADD, 0},
|
7993 |
|
|
{"-", BINOP_SUB, PREC_ADD, 0},
|
7994 |
|
|
{"&", BINOP_CONCAT, PREC_ADD, 0},
|
7995 |
|
|
{"*", BINOP_MUL, PREC_MUL, 0},
|
7996 |
|
|
{"/", BINOP_DIV, PREC_MUL, 0},
|
7997 |
|
|
{"rem", BINOP_REM, PREC_MUL, 0},
|
7998 |
|
|
{"mod", BINOP_MOD, PREC_MUL, 0},
|
7999 |
|
|
{"**", BINOP_EXP, PREC_REPEAT, 0},
|
8000 |
|
|
{"@", BINOP_REPEAT, PREC_REPEAT, 0},
|
8001 |
|
|
{"-", UNOP_NEG, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
|
8002 |
|
|
{"+", UNOP_PLUS, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
|
8003 |
|
|
{"not ", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
|
8004 |
|
|
{"not ", UNOP_COMPLEMENT, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
|
8005 |
|
|
{"abs ", UNOP_ABS, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
|
8006 |
|
|
{".all", UNOP_IND, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, /* FIXME: postfix .ALL */
|
8007 |
|
|
{"'access", UNOP_ADDR, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, /* FIXME: postfix 'ACCESS */
|
8008 |
|
|
{NULL, 0, 0, 0}
|
8009 |
|
|
};
|
8010 |
|
|
|
8011 |
|
|
/* Assorted Types and Interfaces */
|
8012 |
|
|
|
8013 |
|
|
struct type *builtin_type_ada_int;
|
8014 |
|
|
struct type *builtin_type_ada_short;
|
8015 |
|
|
struct type *builtin_type_ada_long;
|
8016 |
|
|
struct type *builtin_type_ada_long_long;
|
8017 |
|
|
struct type *builtin_type_ada_char;
|
8018 |
|
|
struct type *builtin_type_ada_float;
|
8019 |
|
|
struct type *builtin_type_ada_double;
|
8020 |
|
|
struct type *builtin_type_ada_long_double;
|
8021 |
|
|
struct type *builtin_type_ada_natural;
|
8022 |
|
|
struct type *builtin_type_ada_positive;
|
8023 |
|
|
struct type *builtin_type_ada_system_address;
|
8024 |
|
|
|
8025 |
|
|
struct type **const (ada_builtin_types[]) =
|
8026 |
|
|
{
|
8027 |
|
|
|
8028 |
|
|
&builtin_type_ada_int,
|
8029 |
|
|
&builtin_type_ada_long,
|
8030 |
|
|
&builtin_type_ada_short,
|
8031 |
|
|
&builtin_type_ada_char,
|
8032 |
|
|
&builtin_type_ada_float,
|
8033 |
|
|
&builtin_type_ada_double,
|
8034 |
|
|
&builtin_type_ada_long_long,
|
8035 |
|
|
&builtin_type_ada_long_double,
|
8036 |
|
|
&builtin_type_ada_natural, &builtin_type_ada_positive,
|
8037 |
|
|
/* The following types are carried over from C for convenience. */
|
8038 |
|
|
&builtin_type_int,
|
8039 |
|
|
&builtin_type_long,
|
8040 |
|
|
&builtin_type_short,
|
8041 |
|
|
&builtin_type_char,
|
8042 |
|
|
&builtin_type_float,
|
8043 |
|
|
&builtin_type_double,
|
8044 |
|
|
&builtin_type_long_long,
|
8045 |
|
|
&builtin_type_void,
|
8046 |
|
|
&builtin_type_signed_char,
|
8047 |
|
|
&builtin_type_unsigned_char,
|
8048 |
|
|
&builtin_type_unsigned_short,
|
8049 |
|
|
&builtin_type_unsigned_int,
|
8050 |
|
|
&builtin_type_unsigned_long,
|
8051 |
|
|
&builtin_type_unsigned_long_long,
|
8052 |
|
|
&builtin_type_long_double,
|
8053 |
|
|
&builtin_type_complex, &builtin_type_double_complex, 0};
|
8054 |
|
|
|
8055 |
|
|
/* Not really used, but needed in the ada_language_defn. */
|
8056 |
|
|
static void
|
8057 |
|
|
emit_char (int c, struct ui_file *stream, int quoter)
|
8058 |
|
|
{
|
8059 |
|
|
ada_emit_char (c, stream, quoter, 1);
|
8060 |
|
|
}
|
8061 |
|
|
|
8062 |
|
|
const struct language_defn ada_language_defn = {
|
8063 |
|
|
"ada", /* Language name */
|
8064 |
|
|
/* language_ada, */
|
8065 |
|
|
language_unknown,
|
8066 |
|
|
/* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */
|
8067 |
|
|
ada_builtin_types,
|
8068 |
|
|
range_check_off,
|
8069 |
|
|
type_check_off,
|
8070 |
|
|
case_sensitive_on, /* Yes, Ada is case-insensitive, but
|
8071 |
|
|
* that's not quite what this means. */
|
8072 |
|
|
ada_parse,
|
8073 |
|
|
ada_error,
|
8074 |
|
|
ada_evaluate_subexp,
|
8075 |
|
|
ada_printchar, /* Print a character constant */
|
8076 |
|
|
ada_printstr, /* Function to print string constant */
|
8077 |
|
|
emit_char, /* Function to print single char (not used) */
|
8078 |
|
|
ada_create_fundamental_type, /* Create fundamental type in this language */
|
8079 |
|
|
ada_print_type, /* Print a type using appropriate syntax */
|
8080 |
|
|
ada_val_print, /* Print a value using appropriate syntax */
|
8081 |
|
|
ada_value_print, /* Print a top-level value */
|
8082 |
|
|
{"", "", "", ""}, /* Binary format info */
|
8083 |
|
|
#if 0
|
8084 |
|
|
{"8#%lo#", "8#", "o", "#"}, /* Octal format info */
|
8085 |
|
|
{"%ld", "", "d", ""}, /* Decimal format info */
|
8086 |
|
|
{"16#%lx#", "16#", "x", "#"}, /* Hex format info */
|
8087 |
|
|
#else
|
8088 |
|
|
/* Copied from c-lang.c. */
|
8089 |
|
|
{"0%lo", "0", "o", ""}, /* Octal format info */
|
8090 |
|
|
{"%ld", "", "d", ""}, /* Decimal format info */
|
8091 |
|
|
{"0x%lx", "0x", "x", ""}, /* Hex format info */
|
8092 |
|
|
#endif
|
8093 |
|
|
ada_op_print_tab, /* expression operators for printing */
|
8094 |
|
|
1, /* c-style arrays (FIXME?) */
|
8095 |
|
|
0, /* String lower bound (FIXME?) */
|
8096 |
|
|
&builtin_type_ada_char,
|
8097 |
|
|
LANG_MAGIC
|
8098 |
|
|
};
|
8099 |
|
|
|
8100 |
|
|
void
|
8101 |
|
|
_initialize_ada_language (void)
|
8102 |
|
|
{
|
8103 |
|
|
builtin_type_ada_int =
|
8104 |
|
|
init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8105 |
|
|
0, "integer", (struct objfile *) NULL);
|
8106 |
|
|
builtin_type_ada_long =
|
8107 |
|
|
init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8108 |
|
|
0, "long_integer", (struct objfile *) NULL);
|
8109 |
|
|
builtin_type_ada_short =
|
8110 |
|
|
init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8111 |
|
|
0, "short_integer", (struct objfile *) NULL);
|
8112 |
|
|
builtin_type_ada_char =
|
8113 |
|
|
init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8114 |
|
|
0, "character", (struct objfile *) NULL);
|
8115 |
|
|
builtin_type_ada_float =
|
8116 |
|
|
init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, TARGET_FLOAT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8117 |
|
|
0, "float", (struct objfile *) NULL);
|
8118 |
|
|
builtin_type_ada_double =
|
8119 |
|
|
init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8120 |
|
|
0, "long_float", (struct objfile *) NULL);
|
8121 |
|
|
builtin_type_ada_long_long =
|
8122 |
|
|
init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8123 |
|
|
0, "long_long_integer", (struct objfile *) NULL);
|
8124 |
|
|
builtin_type_ada_long_double =
|
8125 |
|
|
init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8126 |
|
|
0, "long_long_float", (struct objfile *) NULL);
|
8127 |
|
|
builtin_type_ada_natural =
|
8128 |
|
|
init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8129 |
|
|
0, "natural", (struct objfile *) NULL);
|
8130 |
|
|
builtin_type_ada_positive =
|
8131 |
|
|
init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8132 |
|
|
0, "positive", (struct objfile *) NULL);
|
8133 |
|
|
|
8134 |
|
|
|
8135 |
|
|
builtin_type_ada_system_address =
|
8136 |
|
|
lookup_pointer_type (init_type (TYPE_CODE_VOID, 1, 0, "void",
|
8137 |
|
|
(struct objfile *) NULL));
|
8138 |
|
|
TYPE_NAME (builtin_type_ada_system_address) = "system__address";
|
8139 |
|
|
|
8140 |
|
|
add_language (&ada_language_defn);
|
8141 |
|
|
|
8142 |
|
|
add_show_from_set
|
8143 |
|
|
(add_set_cmd ("varsize-limit", class_support, var_uinteger,
|
8144 |
|
|
(char *) &varsize_limit,
|
8145 |
|
|
"Set maximum bytes in dynamic-sized object.",
|
8146 |
|
|
&setlist), &showlist);
|
8147 |
|
|
varsize_limit = 65536;
|
8148 |
|
|
|
8149 |
|
|
add_com ("begin", class_breakpoint, begin_command,
|
8150 |
|
|
"Start the debugged program, stopping at the beginning of the\n\
|
8151 |
|
|
main program. You may specify command-line arguments to give it, as for\n\
|
8152 |
|
|
the \"run\" command (q.v.).");
|
8153 |
|
|
}
|
8154 |
|
|
|
8155 |
|
|
|
8156 |
|
|
/* Create a fundamental Ada type using default reasonable for the current
|
8157 |
|
|
target machine.
|
8158 |
|
|
|
8159 |
|
|
Some object/debugging file formats (DWARF version 1, COFF, etc) do not
|
8160 |
|
|
define fundamental types such as "int" or "double". Others (stabs or
|
8161 |
|
|
DWARF version 2, etc) do define fundamental types. For the formats which
|
8162 |
|
|
don't provide fundamental types, gdb can create such types using this
|
8163 |
|
|
function.
|
8164 |
|
|
|
8165 |
|
|
FIXME: Some compilers distinguish explicitly signed integral types
|
8166 |
|
|
(signed short, signed int, signed long) from "regular" integral types
|
8167 |
|
|
(short, int, long) in the debugging information. There is some dis-
|
8168 |
|
|
agreement as to how useful this feature is. In particular, gcc does
|
8169 |
|
|
not support this. Also, only some debugging formats allow the
|
8170 |
|
|
distinction to be passed on to a debugger. For now, we always just
|
8171 |
|
|
use "short", "int", or "long" as the type name, for both the implicit
|
8172 |
|
|
and explicitly signed types. This also makes life easier for the
|
8173 |
|
|
gdb test suite since we don't have to account for the differences
|
8174 |
|
|
in output depending upon what the compiler and debugging format
|
8175 |
|
|
support. We will probably have to re-examine the issue when gdb
|
8176 |
|
|
starts taking it's fundamental type information directly from the
|
8177 |
|
|
debugging information supplied by the compiler. fnf@cygnus.com */
|
8178 |
|
|
|
8179 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
8180 |
|
|
ada_create_fundamental_type (struct objfile *objfile, int typeid)
|
8181 |
|
|
{
|
8182 |
|
|
struct type *type = NULL;
|
8183 |
|
|
|
8184 |
|
|
switch (typeid)
|
8185 |
|
|
{
|
8186 |
|
|
default:
|
8187 |
|
|
/* FIXME: For now, if we are asked to produce a type not in this
|
8188 |
|
|
language, create the equivalent of a C integer type with the
|
8189 |
|
|
name "<?type?>". When all the dust settles from the type
|
8190 |
|
|
reconstruction work, this should probably become an error. */
|
8191 |
|
|
type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
|
8192 |
|
|
TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8193 |
|
|
0, "<?type?>", objfile);
|
8194 |
|
|
warning ("internal error: no Ada fundamental type %d", typeid);
|
8195 |
|
|
break;
|
8196 |
|
|
case FT_VOID:
|
8197 |
|
|
type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_VOID,
|
8198 |
|
|
TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8199 |
|
|
0, "void", objfile);
|
8200 |
|
|
break;
|
8201 |
|
|
case FT_CHAR:
|
8202 |
|
|
type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
|
8203 |
|
|
TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8204 |
|
|
0, "character", objfile);
|
8205 |
|
|
break;
|
8206 |
|
|
case FT_SIGNED_CHAR:
|
8207 |
|
|
type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
|
8208 |
|
|
TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8209 |
|
|
0, "signed char", objfile);
|
8210 |
|
|
break;
|
8211 |
|
|
case FT_UNSIGNED_CHAR:
|
8212 |
|
|
type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
|
8213 |
|
|
TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8214 |
|
|
TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned char", objfile);
|
8215 |
|
|
break;
|
8216 |
|
|
case FT_SHORT:
|
8217 |
|
|
type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
|
8218 |
|
|
TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8219 |
|
|
0, "short_integer", objfile);
|
8220 |
|
|
break;
|
8221 |
|
|
case FT_SIGNED_SHORT:
|
8222 |
|
|
type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
|
8223 |
|
|
TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8224 |
|
|
0, "short_integer", objfile);
|
8225 |
|
|
break;
|
8226 |
|
|
case FT_UNSIGNED_SHORT:
|
8227 |
|
|
type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
|
8228 |
|
|
TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8229 |
|
|
TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned short", objfile);
|
8230 |
|
|
break;
|
8231 |
|
|
case FT_INTEGER:
|
8232 |
|
|
type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
|
8233 |
|
|
TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8234 |
|
|
0, "integer", objfile);
|
8235 |
|
|
break;
|
8236 |
|
|
case FT_SIGNED_INTEGER:
|
8237 |
|
|
type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0, "integer", objfile); /* FIXME -fnf */
|
8238 |
|
|
break;
|
8239 |
|
|
case FT_UNSIGNED_INTEGER:
|
8240 |
|
|
type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
|
8241 |
|
|
TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8242 |
|
|
TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned int", objfile);
|
8243 |
|
|
break;
|
8244 |
|
|
case FT_LONG:
|
8245 |
|
|
type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
|
8246 |
|
|
TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8247 |
|
|
0, "long_integer", objfile);
|
8248 |
|
|
break;
|
8249 |
|
|
case FT_SIGNED_LONG:
|
8250 |
|
|
type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
|
8251 |
|
|
TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8252 |
|
|
0, "long_integer", objfile);
|
8253 |
|
|
break;
|
8254 |
|
|
case FT_UNSIGNED_LONG:
|
8255 |
|
|
type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
|
8256 |
|
|
TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8257 |
|
|
TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned long", objfile);
|
8258 |
|
|
break;
|
8259 |
|
|
case FT_LONG_LONG:
|
8260 |
|
|
type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
|
8261 |
|
|
TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8262 |
|
|
0, "long_long_integer", objfile);
|
8263 |
|
|
break;
|
8264 |
|
|
case FT_SIGNED_LONG_LONG:
|
8265 |
|
|
type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
|
8266 |
|
|
TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8267 |
|
|
0, "long_long_integer", objfile);
|
8268 |
|
|
break;
|
8269 |
|
|
case FT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG:
|
8270 |
|
|
type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
|
8271 |
|
|
TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8272 |
|
|
TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned long long", objfile);
|
8273 |
|
|
break;
|
8274 |
|
|
case FT_FLOAT:
|
8275 |
|
|
type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT,
|
8276 |
|
|
TARGET_FLOAT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8277 |
|
|
0, "float", objfile);
|
8278 |
|
|
break;
|
8279 |
|
|
case FT_DBL_PREC_FLOAT:
|
8280 |
|
|
type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT,
|
8281 |
|
|
TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8282 |
|
|
0, "long_float", objfile);
|
8283 |
|
|
break;
|
8284 |
|
|
case FT_EXT_PREC_FLOAT:
|
8285 |
|
|
type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT,
|
8286 |
|
|
TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
|
8287 |
|
|
0, "long_long_float", objfile);
|
8288 |
|
|
break;
|
8289 |
|
|
}
|
8290 |
|
|
return (type);
|
8291 |
|
|
}
|
8292 |
|
|
|
8293 |
|
|
void
|
8294 |
|
|
ada_dump_symtab (struct symtab *s)
|
8295 |
|
|
{
|
8296 |
|
|
int i;
|
8297 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "New symtab: [\n");
|
8298 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, " Name: %s/%s;\n",
|
8299 |
|
|
s->dirname ? s->dirname : "?", s->filename ? s->filename : "?");
|
8300 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, " Format: %s;\n", s->debugformat);
|
8301 |
|
|
if (s->linetable != NULL)
|
8302 |
|
|
{
|
8303 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, " Line table (section %d):\n", s->block_line_section);
|
8304 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < s->linetable->nitems; i += 1)
|
8305 |
|
|
{
|
8306 |
|
|
struct linetable_entry *e = s->linetable->item + i;
|
8307 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, " %4ld: %8lx\n", (long) e->line, (long) e->pc);
|
8308 |
|
|
}
|
8309 |
|
|
}
|
8310 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "]\n");
|
8311 |
|
|
}
|